Τὸν μὲν πρῶτον λόγον ἐποιησάμην περὶ πάντων ὦ Θεόφιλε ὧν ἤρξατο ὁ Ἰησοῦς ποιεῖν τε καὶ διδάσκειν \s5 \c 1 \p \v 1 The former account I wrote, Theophilus, told all that Jesus began to do and to teach, The former I wrote, Theophilus, told all that began to do and to , The √ former account I wrote, √ Theophilus, told √ all that √ Jesus began to do √ and to teach, ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας ἐντειλάμενος τοῖς ἀποστόλοις διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου οὓς ἐξελέξατο ἀνελήμφθη \v 2 until the day that he was taken up, after he had given commands through the Holy Spirit to the apostles he had chosen. until the that he was taken up, after he had given through the to the he had . until the day that he was taken up, after he had given commands through the Holy Spirit to the apostles √ he had chosen. οἷς καὶ παρέστησεν ἑαυτὸν ζῶντα μετὰ τὸ παθεῖν αὐτὸν ἐν πολλοῖς τεκμηρίοις δι᾽ ἡμερῶν τεσσεράκοντα ὀπτανόμενος αὐτοῖς καὶ λέγων τὰ περὶ τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ \v 3 After his suffering, he presented himself alive to them with many convincing proofs. For forty days he appeared to them, and he spoke about the kingdom of God. After his , he presented himself to them with many convincing proofs. For forty he appeared to them, and he spoke about the . √ After √ his suffering, he presented himself alive to them with many convincing proofs. For forty days he appeared to them, and spoke √ about the kingdom √ of God. Καὶ συναλιζόμενος παρήγγειλεν αὐτοῖς ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων μὴ χωρίζεσθαι ἀλλὰ περιμένειν τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πατρὸς Ἣν ἠκούσατέ μου \s5 \v 4 When he was meeting together with them, he commanded them not to leave Jerusalem, but to wait for the promise of the Father, about which he said, "You heard from me When he was together with them, he them not to leave , but to wait for the of the , about which he said, "You from me When he was meeting together with them, he commanded them not to leave √ Jerusalem, but to wait for for promise of the Father, about which he said, "You heard from me ὅτι Ἰωάννης μὲν ἐβάπτισεν ὕδατι ὑμεῖς δὲ ἐν Πνεύματι βαπτισθήσεσθε Ἁγίῳ οὐ μετὰ πολλὰς ταύτας ἡμέρας \v 5 that John indeed baptized with water, but you will be baptized with the Holy Spirit in a few days." that indeed with , but you will be with the in a few ." that John indeed baptized with water, but you will be baptized with the Holy Spirit √ in a few √ days." Οἱ μὲν οὖν συνελθόντες ἠρώτων αὐτὸν λέγοντες Κύριε εἰ ἐν τῷ χρόνῳ τούτῳ ἀποκαθιστάνεις τὴν βασιλείαν τῷ Ἰσραήλ \s5 \p \v 6 When they were assembled together they asked him, "Lord, is this the time you will restore the kingdom to Israel?" When they were they asked him, " , is this the you will the to ?" √ √ √ √ When they were assembled together they asked him, √ "Lord, is √ √ this the time √ you will restore the kingdom √ to Israel?" Εἶπεν δὲ πρὸς αὐτούς Οὐχ ὑμῶν ἐστιν γνῶναι χρόνους ἢ καιροὺς οὓς ὁ Πατὴρ ἔθετο ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ \v 7 He said to them, "It is not for you to know the times or the seasons which the Father has determined by his own authority. He said to them, "It is not for you to the or the seasons which the has determined by his own . He said √ to them, "It is not for you to know the times or the seasons which the Father has determined by √ his own authority. ἀλλὰ λήμψεσθε δύναμιν ἐπελθόντος τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς καὶ ἔσεσθέ μου μάρτυρες ἔν τε Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ ἐν πάσῃ τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ καὶ Σαμαρείᾳ καὶ ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς \v 8 But you will receive power when the Holy Spirit comes upon you, and you will be my witnesses both in Jerusalem and in all Judea and Samaria, and to the ends of the earth." But you will when the comes upon you, and you will be my both in and in all Judea and , and to the ends of the ." But you will receive power the Holy Spirit when [1] [2] [3] comes upon you, and you will be my witnesses both in Jerusalem and in all √ Judea and Samaria, and to the ends of the earth." Καὶ ταῦτα εἰπὼν βλεπόντων αὐτῶν ἐπήρθη καὶ νεφέλη ὑπέλαβεν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν \s5 \v 9 When the Lord Jesus had said these things, as they were looking up, he was raised up, and a cloud hid him from their eyes. When the Lord Jesus had said these things, as they were looking up, he was raised up, and a cloud hid him from their eyes. When the Lord Jesus had said these things, √ √ as they were looking up, he was raised up, and a cloud hid him from √ their eyes. καὶ ὡς ἀτενίζοντες ἦσαν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν πορευομένου αὐτοῦ καὶ ἰδοὺ ἄνδρες δύο παρειστήκεισαν αὐτοῖς ἐν ἐσθήσεσι λευκαῖς \v 10 While they were looking intensely to heaven as he went, suddenly, two men stood by them in white clothing. While they were looking intensely to heaven as he went, suddenly, two men stood by them in white . √ While they were looking intensely to √ heaven √ √ as he went, √ suddenly, two men stood by them in white clothing. οἳ καὶ εἶπαν Ἄνδρες Γαλιλαῖοι τί ἑστήκατε βλέποντες εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν οὗτος ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὁ ἀναλημφθεὶς ἀφ᾽ ὑμῶν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν οὕτως ἐλεύσεται ὃν τρόπον ἐθεάσασθε αὐτὸν πορευόμενον εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν \v 11 They said, "You men of Galilee, why do you stand here looking into heaven? This Jesus who has been taken up from you into heaven, will return in the same manner as you saw him going into heaven." They said, "You men of , why do you stand here looking into heaven? This who has been taken up from you into heaven, will return in the same manner as you saw him going into heaven." They √ said, "You men of Galilee, why do you stand here looking into √ heaven? This √ Jesus who has been taken up from you into √ heaven, √ will return √ in the same manner as you saw him going into √ heaven." Τότε ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἀπὸ ὄρους τοῦ καλουμένου Ἐλαιῶνος ὅ ἐστιν ἐγγὺς Ἰερουσαλὴμ σαββάτου ἔχον ὁδόν \s5 \p \v 12 Then they returned to Jerusalem from the mountain that is called Olives, which is near to Jerusalem, a Sabbath day's journey. Then they to from the , which is near to , a day's journey. Then they returned to Jerusalem from the mountain that is called Olives, which is near to Jerusalem, a Sabbath day's √ journey. καὶ ὅτε εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ ὑπερῷον ἀνέβησαν οὗ ἦσαν καταμένοντες ὅ τε Πέτρος καὶ Ἰωάννης καὶ Ἰάκωβος καὶ Ἀνδρέας Φίλιππος καὶ Θωμᾶς Βαρθολομαῖος καὶ Μαθθαῖος Ἰάκωβος Ἁλφαίου καὶ Σίμων ὁ Ζηλωτὴς καὶ Ἰούδας Ἰακώβου \v 13 When they arrived, they went up into the upper chamber, where they were staying. They were Peter, John, James, Andrew, Philip, Thomas, Bartholomew, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas son of James. When they arrived, they went up into the upper chamber, where they were staying. They were , , , , , , , , , the Zealot, and . √ When they arrived, they went up into the upper chamber, where they were staying. They were √ Peter, √ John, √ James, √ Andrew, Philip, √ Thomas, Bartholomew, √ Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, √ Simon the Zealot, and Judas son of James. οὗτοι πάντες ἦσαν προσκαρτεροῦντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν τῇ προσευχῇ σὺν γυναιξὶν καὶ Μαριὰμ τῇ μητρὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ καὶ τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς αὐτοῦ \v 14 They all were devoted with one purpose to prayer, together with the women, and Mary the mother of Jesus, and his brothers. They all were devoted with one purpose to , together with the women, and Mary , and his . They were all devoted with one purpose √ to prayer, together with the women, and Mary the mother √ of Jesus, and √ his brothers. Καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις ἀναστὰς Πέτρος ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ἀδελφῶν εἶπεν ἦν τε ὄχλος ὀνομάτων ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ὡσεὶ ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι \s5 \p \v 15 In those days Peter stood up in the midst of the brothers, about 120 names, and said, In those stood up in the midst of the , about 120 , and said, √ In those days √ Peter stood up in the midst of the brothers, √ √ √ about √ √ 120 names, and said, √ √ √ Ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί ἔδει πληρωθῆναι τὴν γραφὴν ἣν προεῖπεν τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον διὰ στόματος Δαυὶδ περὶ Ἰούδα τοῦ γενομένου ὁδηγοῦ τοῖς συλλαβοῦσιν Ἰησοῦν \v 16 "Brothers, it was necessary that the scripture should be fulfilled, that the Holy Spirit spoke before by the mouth of David concerning Judas, who guided the ones who arrested Jesus. "Brothers, it was necessary that the scripture should be , that the spoke by the mouth of concerning Judas, who guided the ones who arrested . √ "Brothers, it was necessary that the scripture should be fulfilled, that the Holy √ Spirit spoke before by the mouth of David concerning Judas, who √ √ guided the ones who arrested Jesus. ὅτι κατηριθμημένος ἦν ἐν ἡμῖν καὶ ἔλαχεν τὸν κλῆρον τῆς διακονίας ταύτης \s5 \v 17 For he was one of us and received a share of this ministry." For he was one of us and received a share of this ." For he was one of us and received √ a share √ of this ministry." Οὗτος μὲν οὖν ἐκτήσατο χωρίον ἐκ μισθοῦ τῆς ἀδικίας καὶ πρηνὴς γενόμενος ἐλάκησεν μέσος καὶ ἐξεχύθη πάντα τὰ σπλάγχνα αὐτοῦ \v 18 (Now this man bought a field with the earnings he received for his wickedness, and there he fell headfirst, and his body burst open, and all his intestines poured out. (Now this man bought a field with the earnings he received for his , and there he fell headfirst, and his body burst open, and all his intestines poured out. √ (Now this man bought a field with the earnings he received for his wickedness, and there he fell headfirst, and his body burst open, and all √ his intestines poured out. καὶ γνωστὸν ἐγένετο πᾶσι τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν Ἰερουσαλήμ ὥστε κληθῆναι τὸ χωρίον ἐκεῖνο τῇ ἰδίᾳ διαλέκτῳ αὐτῶν Ἁκελδαμάχ τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν Χωρίον αἵματος \v 19 All those living in Jerusalem heard about this, so they called that field in their language "Akeldama," that is, "Field of Blood.") All those living in heard about this, so they that field in their "Akeldama," that is, "Field of Blood.") √ All those living in Jerusalem √ √ heard about this, so they called √ that field in their √ language "Akeldama," that is, "Field of Blood.") Γέγραπται γὰρ ἐν βίβλῳ Ψαλμῶν Γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος καὶ μὴ ἔστω ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν αὐτῇ Καί Τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν αὐτοῦ λαβέτω ἕτερος \s5 \v 20 "For it is written in the Book of Psalms, \q 'Let his field be made desolate, \q and do not let even one person live there'; \q 'Let someone else take his position of leadership.' "For it in the Book of Psalms, 'Let his field be , and do not let even one person live there'; 'Let someone else take his position of leadership.' For it is written in the Book of Psalms, \q his field 'Let [1] [2] be made √ desolate, \q and not do [1] let √ even one person live √ there'; \q √ someone else 'Let [1] take his √ position of leadership.' Δεῖ οὖν τῶν συνελθόντων ἡμῖν ἀνδρῶν ἐν παντὶ χρόνῳ ᾧ εἰσῆλθεν καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς ὁ Κύριος Ἰησοῦς \s5 \m \p \v 21 It is necessary, therefore, that one of the men who accompanied us all the time the Lord Jesus went in and out among us, It is necessary, therefore, that one of the men who accompanied us all the the went in and out among us, It is necessary, therefore, that one of the men who accompanied us √ all the time √ the Lord Jesus went in and out among us, ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ βαπτίσματος Ἰωάννου ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ἧς ἀνελήμφθη ἀφ᾽ ἡμῶν μάρτυρα τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ σὺν ἡμῖν γενέσθαι ἕνα τούτων \v 22 beginning from the baptism of John to the day that he was taken up from us, become a witness with us of his resurrection." beginning from the baptism of to the that he was taken up from us, become a with us of his ." beginning from the baptism of John to the day that he was taken up from us, become a witness with us of his resurrection." √ √ Καὶ ἔστησαν δύο Ἰωσὴφ τὸν καλούμενον Βαρσαββᾶν ὃς ἐπεκλήθη Ἰοῦστος καὶ Μαθθίαν \v 23 They put forward two men, Joseph called Barsabbas, who was also called Justus, and Matthias. They put forward two men, Barsabbas, who was also Justus, and Matthias. √ They put forward two men, Joseph √ called Barsabbas, who was also called Justus, and Matthias. καὶ προσευξάμενοι εἶπαν Σὺ Κύριε καρδιογνῶστα πάντων ἀνάδειξον ὃν ἐξελέξω ἐκ τούτων τῶν δύο ἕνα \s5 \v 24 They prayed and said, "You, Lord, know the hearts of all people, so reveal which of these two is the one whom you have chosen They and said, "You, , know the of all people, so reveal which of these two is the one whom you have √ They prayed and said, "You, Lord, know the hearts of all people, so reveal which of these √ two is the one you have chosen λαβεῖν τὸν τόπον τῆς διακονίας ταύτης καὶ ἀποστολῆς ἀφ᾽ ἧς παρέβη Ἰούδας πορευθῆναι εἰς τὸν τόπον τὸν ἴδιον \v 25 to take the place in this ministry and apostleship from which Judas turned away to go to his own place." to take the place in this and from which Judas turned away to go to his own place." to take the place √ in this ministry and apostleship from which Judas turned away to go to √ his own √ place." καὶ ἔδωκαν κλήρους αὐτοῖς καὶ ἔπεσεν ὁ κλῆρος ἐπὶ Μαθθίαν καὶ συνκατεψηφίσθη μετὰ τῶν ἕνδεκα ἀποστόλων \v 26 They cast lots for them, and the lot fell to Matthias, and he was numbered with the eleven apostles. They for them, and the to Matthias, and he was numbered with . √ They cast lots for them, and the lot fell to Matthias, and he was numbered with the eleven apostles. Καὶ ἐν τῷ συμπληροῦσθαι τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς Πεντηκοστῆς ἦσαν πάντες ὁμοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό \s5 \c 2 \p \v 1 When the day of Pentecost came, they were all together in the same place. When the of came, they were all together in the same place. √ the day √ of Pentecost √ √ √ When [1] [2] [3] came, they were all together in the same place. καὶ ἐγένετο ἄφνω ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἦχος ὥσπερ φερομένης πνοῆς βιαίας καὶ ἐπλήρωσεν ὅλον τὸν οἶκον οὗ ἦσαν καθήμενοι \v 2 Suddenly a sound like the rush of a violent wind came from heaven, and it filled the whole house where they were sitting. Suddenly a sound the rush of a violent wind came from heaven, and it filled the whole where they were sitting. √ Suddenly a sound like the rush of a violent wind came from √ heaven, and it filled the whole √ house where they were sitting. καὶ ὤφθησαν αὐτοῖς διαμεριζόμεναι γλῶσσαι ὡσεὶ πυρός καὶ ἐκάθισεν ἐφ᾽ ἕνα ἕκαστον αὐτῶν \v 3 There appeared to them tongues like fire that were distributed, and they sat upon each one of them. There appeared to them that were distributed, and they sat upon each one of them. √ There appeared to them tongues like fire that were distributed, and they sat upon each one of them. καὶ ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες Πνεύματος Ἁγίου καὶ ἤρξαντο λαλεῖν ἑτέραις γλώσσαις καθὼς τὸ Πνεῦμα ἐδίδου ἀποφθέγγεσθαι αὐτοῖς \v 4 They were all filled with the Holy Spirit and began to speak in other tongues, as the Spirit gave them the ability. They were all and began to speak in other , the gave them the ability. √ all They were [1] filled with the Holy Spirit and began to speak in other tongues, as the Spirit gave them the ability. Ἦσαν δὲ εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ κατοικοῦντες Ἰουδαῖοι ἄνδρες εὐλαβεῖς ἀπὸ παντὸς ἔθνους τῶν ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν \s5 \p \v 5 Now there were Jews who were living in Jerusalem, godly men, from every nation under heaven. Now there were who were living in , godly men, from every under heaven. Now there were Jews who were living in Jerusalem, godly men, from every nation √ under √ heaven. γενομένης δὲ τῆς φωνῆς ταύτης συνῆλθεν τὸ πλῆθος καὶ συνεχύθη ὅτι ἤκουον εἷς ἕκαστος τῇ ἰδίᾳ διαλέκτῳ λαλούντων αὐτῶν \v 6 When this sound was heard, the multitude came together and was confused because everyone heard them speaking in his own language. When this sound was , the multitude and was confused because everyone heard them speaking in his own . √ √ √ √ When this sound was heard, the multitude came together and was confused because √ √ everyone heard them speaking √ in his own language. Ἐξίσταντο δὲ καὶ ἐθαύμαζον λέγοντες Οὐχ ἰδοὺ ἅπαντες οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ λαλοῦντες Γαλιλαῖοι \v 7 They were amazed and marveled; they said, "Really, are not all these who are speaking Galileans? They were and ; they said, "Really, are not all these who are speaking ? They were amazed √ and marveled; they said, "Really, are not all these who are speaking Galileans? καὶ πῶς ἡμεῖς ἀκούομεν ἕκαστος τῇ ἰδίᾳ διαλέκτῳ ἡμῶν ἐν ᾗ ἐγεννήθημεν \s5 \v 8 Why is it that we are hearing them, each in our own language in which we were born? Why is it that we are hearing them, each in our own in which we were ? √ Why is it that we are hearing them, each in our own language in which we were born? Πάρθοι καὶ Μῆδοι καὶ Ἐλαμῖται καὶ οἱ κατοικοῦντες τὴν Μεσοποταμίαν Ἰουδαίαν τε καὶ Καππαδοκίαν Πόντον καὶ τὴν Ἀσίαν \v 9 Parthians and Medes and Elamites, and those who live in Mesopotamia, in Judea and Cappadocia, in Pontus and Asia, Parthians and and , and those who live in , in Judea and Cappadocia, in and , Parthians and Medes and Elamites, and those who live √ in Mesopotamia, in Judea √ and Cappadocia, in Pontus and √ Asia, Φρυγίαν τε καὶ Παμφυλίαν Αἴγυπτον καὶ τὰ μέρη τῆς Λιβύης τῆς κατὰ Κυρήνην καὶ οἱ ἐπιδημοῦντες Ῥωμαῖοι \v 10 Phrygia and Pamphylia, in Egypt and the parts of Libya toward Cyrene, and visitors from Rome, Phrygia and Pamphylia, in and the parts of Libya toward , and visitors from , Phrygia √ and Pamphylia, in Egypt and the parts √ of Libya √ toward Cyrene, and √ visitors from Rome, Ἰουδαῖοί τε καὶ προσήλυτοι Κρῆτες καὶ Ἄραβες ἀκούομεν λαλούντων αὐτῶν ταῖς ἡμετέραις γλώσσαις τὰ μεγαλεῖα τοῦ Θεοῦ \v 11 Jews and proselytes, Cretans and Arabians, we hear them telling in our languages about the mighty works of God." and proselytes, and , we them telling in our about the of ." Jews √ and proselytes, Cretans and Arabians, we hear them telling √ in our languages about the mighty works √ of God." Ἐξίσταντο δὲ πάντες καὶ διηπόρουν ἄλλος πρὸς ἄλλον λέγοντες Τί θέλει τοῦτο εἶναι \s5 \v 12 They were all amazed and perplexed; they said to one another, "What does this mean?" They were all amazed and ; they said to one another, "What does this mean?" all They were [1] amazed √ and perplexed; they said to √ √ one another, "What this √ √ does [1] mean?" Ἕτεροι δὲ διαχλευάζοντες ἔλεγον ὅτι Γλεύκους μεμεστωμένοι εἰσίν \v 13 But others mocked and said, "They are full of new wine." But others mocked and said, "They are full of ." But others mocked and said, √ "They are full of new wine." Σταθεὶς δὲ ὁ Πέτρος σὺν τοῖς ἕνδεκα ἐπῆρεν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀπεφθέγξατο αὐτοῖς Ἄνδρες Ἰουδαῖοι καὶ οἱ κατοικοῦντες Ἰερουσαλὴμ πάντες τοῦτο ὑμῖν γνωστὸν ἔστω καὶ ἐνωτίσασθε τὰ ῥήματά μου \s5 \p \v 14 But Peter stood with the eleven, raised his voice, and declared to them, "Men of Judea and all of you who live at Jerusalem, let this be known to you; pay attention to my words. But stood with , raised his , and to them, "Men of and all of you who live at , let this be known to you; pay attention to my . But √ Peter stood with the eleven, raised √ his voice, and declared to them, "Men of Judea and all of you who live at Jerusalem, this let [1] be known to you; √ pay attention to √ my words. οὐ γὰρ ὡς ὑμεῖς ὑπολαμβάνετε οὗτοι μεθύουσιν ἔστιν γὰρ ὥρα τρίτη τῆς ἡμέρας \v 15 For these people are not drunk as you assume, for it is only the third hour of the day. For these people are not as you assume, for it is only the third of the . For these people not are [1] drunk as you assume, for it is only the third hour of the day. ἀλλὰ τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ εἰρημένον διὰ τοῦ προφήτου Ἰωήλ \s5 \v 16 But this is what was spoken through the prophet Joel: But this is what was spoken through the : But this is what was spoken through the prophet Joel: Καὶ ἔσται ἐν ταῖς ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις λέγει ὁ Θεός ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματός μου ἐπὶ πᾶσαν σάρκα καὶ προφητεύσουσιν οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν καὶ αἱ θυγατέρες ὑμῶν καὶ οἱ νεανίσκοι ὑμῶν ὁράσεις ὄψονται καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι ὑμῶν ἐνυπνίοις ἐνυπνιασθήσονται \q \v 17 'It will be in the last days,' God says, \q 'I will pour out my Spirit on all flesh. \q Your sons and your daughters will prophesy, \q your young men will see visions, \q and your old men will dream dreams. 'It will be in the ,' says, 'I will pour out my on all . Your and your daughters will , your young men will see , and your old men will . √ 'It will be in the last days,' √ God says, 'I will pour out √ √ my Spirit on all flesh. √ √ Your sons and √ your daughters will prophesy, √ √ your young men will see visions, and √ your old men will dream dreams. \q \q \q \q καί γε ἐπὶ τοὺς δούλους μου καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς δούλας μου ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματός μου καὶ προφητεύσουσιν \s5 \q \v 18 Surely on my servants and my female servants in those days \q I will pour out my Spirit, and they will prophesy. Surely on my and my in those I will pour out my , and they will . √ Surely on √ my servants and √ √ my female servants in √ those days I will pour out √ √ my Spirit, and they will prophesy. \q καὶ δώσω τέρατα ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἄνω καὶ σημεῖα ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς κάτω αἷμα καὶ πῦρ καὶ ἀτμίδα καπνοῦ \q \v 19 I will show wonders in the sky above \q and signs on the earth below, \q blood, fire, and vapor of smoke. I will show in the sky above and on the below, , , and vapor of smoke. √ I will show wonders in the sky above and signs on the earth below, blood, √ fire, and vapor of smoke. \q \q ὁ ἥλιος μεταστραφήσεται εἰς σκότος καὶ ἡ σελήνη εἰς αἷμα πρὶν ἐλθεῖν ἡμέραν Κυρίου τὴν μεγάλην καὶ ἐπιφανῆ \s5 \q \v 20 The sun will be turned to darkness \q and the moon to blood \q before the great and remarkable day of the Lord comes. The sun will be to and the moon to before the and remarkable comes. The sun will be turned to darkness and the moon to blood before the great and remarkable day the of [1] Lord comes. \q \q καὶ ἔσται πᾶς ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου σωθήσεται \q \v 21 It will be that everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved.' It will be that everyone who on the of the will be .' √ It will be that everyone who √ calls on the name the of [1] Lord will be saved.' Ἄνδρες Ἰσραηλῖται ἀκούσατε τοὺς λόγους τούτους Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον ἄνδρα ἀποδεδειγμένον ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς δυνάμεσι καὶ τέρασι καὶ σημείοις οἷς ἐποίησεν δι᾽ αὐτοῦ ὁ Θεὸς ἐν μέσῳ ὑμῶν καθὼς αὐτοὶ οἴδατε \s5 \m \p \v 22 Men of Israel, hear these words: Jesus of Nazareth was a man accredited to you by God with the mighty deeds and wonders and signs which God did through him in your midst, as you yourselves know. Men of , these : of was a man accredited to you by with the mighty deeds and and which did through him in your midst, you yourselves . Men of Israel, hear these words: √ Jesus √ of Nazareth was a man accredited to you by √ God the with [1] mighty deeds and wonders and signs which √ God did through him in your midst, as yourselves you [1] know. τοῦτον τῇ ὡρισμένῃ βουλῇ καὶ προγνώσει τοῦ Θεοῦ ἔκδοτον διὰ χειρὸς ἀνόμων προσπήξαντες ἀνείλατε \v 23 This man was handed over by God's predetermined plan and foreknowledge; and you, by the hand of lawless men, put him to death by nailing him to a cross. This man was by plan and ; and you, men, him by him . This man was handed over √ by God's √ predetermined plan and foreknowledge; and you by the hand of lawless men, him put [1] to death him by nailing [1] to a cross. ὃν ὁ Θεὸς ἀνέστησεν λύσας τὰς ὠδῖνας τοῦ θανάτου καθότι οὐκ ἦν δυνατὸν κρατεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ \v 24 But God raised him up, freeing him from the agonies of death, because it was impossible for him to be held by it. But him up, him from the agonies of , because it was for him to be held by it. √ But √ God him raised [1] up, freeing him from I see the preposition "from" as separate rather than implied with agonies because the ULB made "him" the predicate rather than "agonies"" the agonies √ of death, because it was √ √ impossible for him to be held by it. Δαυὶδ γὰρ λέγει εἰς αὐτόν Προορώμην τὸν Κύριον ἐνώπιόν μου διὰ παντός ὅτι ἐκ δεξιῶν μού ἐστιν ἵνα μὴ σαλευθῶ \s5 \v 25 For David says about him, \q 'I saw the Lord always before my face, \q for he is beside my right hand so that I should not be moved. For says about him, 'I saw the always before my face, for he is beside my so that I should not be moved. For David says about him, 'I saw the Lord √ always before my face, for he is beside my right hand so that not I should [1] be moved. \q \q διὰ τοῦτο ηὐφράνθη ἡ καρδία μου καὶ ἠγαλλιάσατο ἡ γλῶσσά μου ἔτι δὲ καὶ ἡ σάρξ μου κατασκηνώσει ἐπ᾽ ἐλπίδι \q \v 26 Therefore my heart was glad and my tongue rejoiced. \q Also, my flesh will live in hope. Therefore my was and my . Also, my will live in . √ √ Therefore √ my heart was glad and √ my tongue rejoiced. √ √ Also, √ my flesh will live in hope. \q ὅτι οὐκ ἐνκαταλείψεις τὴν ψυχήν μου εἰς ᾅδην οὐδὲ δώσεις τὸν Ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν \s5 \q \v 27 For you will not abandon my soul to Hades, \q neither will you allow your Holy One to see decay. For you will not my to , neither will you allow your to see decay. For not you will [1] abandon √ my soul to Hades, neither will you allow √ your Holy One to see decay. \q ἐγνώρισάς μοι ὁδοὺς ζωῆς πληρώσεις με εὐφροσύνης μετὰ τοῦ προσώπου σου \q \v 28 You have made known to me the ways of life; \q you will make me full of gladness with your face.' You have to me the ways of ; you will me of with your .' You have made known to me the ways of life; me you will make [1] full of gladness with √ your face.' \q Ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί ἐξὸν εἰπεῖν μετὰ παρρησίας πρὸς ὑμᾶς περὶ τοῦ πατριάρχου Δαυὶδ ὅτι καὶ ἐτελεύτησεν καὶ ἐτάφη καὶ τὸ μνῆμα αὐτοῦ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν ἄχρι τῆς ἡμέρας ταύτης \s5 \m \p \v 29 Brothers, it is proper for me to speak to you confidently about the patriarch David, that he both died and was buried, and his tomb is with us to this day. Brothers, it is for me to speak to you about the , that he both and was , and his is with us to this . √ Brothers, it is proper for me to speak to you √ √ confidently about the patriarch David, that both he [1] died and was buried, and √ his tomb is with us to √ this day. προφήτης οὖν ὑπάρχων καὶ εἰδὼς ὅτι ὅρκῳ ὤμοσεν αὐτῷ ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ καρποῦ τῆς ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ καθίσαι ἐπὶ τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ \v 30 Therefore, he was a prophet and knew that God had sworn with an oath to him that he would set one of the fruit of his loins on his throne. Therefore, he was a and that had with an to him that he would set one of the of his on his . Therefore, he was a prophet and knew that √ God had sworn with an oath to him that he would set one of the fruit √ of his loins on √ his throne. προϊδὼν ἐλάλησεν περὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τοῦ Χριστοῦ ὅτι οὔτε ἐνκατελείφθη εἰς ᾅδην οὔτε ἡ σὰρξ αὐτοῦ εἶδεν διαφθοράν \v 31 He saw what was to happen in the future and spoke about the resurrection of the Christ, \q that he was neither abandoned to Hades, nor did his flesh see decay. He saw what was to happen in the future and spoke about the of the , that he was neither to , nor did his see decay. He saw what was to happen in the future and spoke about the resurrection of the Christ, that neither he was [1] abandoned to Hades, nor √ his flesh did [1] [2] see decay. \q Τοῦτον τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀνέστησεν ὁ Θεός οὗ πάντες ἡμεῖς ἐσμεν μάρτυρες \s5 \m \v 32 This Jesus—God raised him up, of which we all are witnesses. This — him up, of which we all are . This √ Jesus- √ God him raised [1] up, of which we all are witnesses. τῇ δεξιᾷ οὖν τοῦ Θεοῦ ὑψωθεὶς τήν τε ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος τοῦ Ἁγίου λαβὼν παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς ἐξέχεεν τοῦτο ὃ ὑμεῖς καὶ βλέπετε καὶ ἀκούετε \v 33 Therefore, having been exalted to the right hand of God and having received the promised Holy Spirit from the Father, he has poured out what you see and hear. Therefore, having been to the of and having the from the , he has poured out what you see and . Therefore, having been exalted to the right hand √ of God and having received the promised √ Holy √ Spirit from the Father, he has poured out √ what you √ see and hear. Οὐ γὰρ Δαυὶδ ἀνέβη εἰς τοὺς οὐρανούς λέγει δὲ αὐτός Εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου Κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου \s5 \m \v 34 For David did not ascend to the heaven, but he says, \q 'The Lord said to my Lord, "Sit at my right hand For did not ascend to the heaven, but he says, 'The said to my , "Sit at my For David not did [1] ascend to the heaven, but he says, 'The Lord said to my Lord, "Sit at my right hand \q ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου \q \v 35 until I make your enemies the footstool for your feet."' \m until I make your the for your feet."' until √ I make √ your enemies the footstool √ of your feet."' \m Ἀσφαλῶς οὖν γινωσκέτω πᾶς οἶκος Ἰσραὴλ ὅτι καὶ Κύριον αὐτὸν καὶ Χριστὸν ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεός τοῦτον τὸν Ἰησοῦν ὃν ὑμεῖς ἐσταυρώσατε \p \v 36 Therefore, let all the house of Israel certainly know that God has made him both Lord and Christ, this Jesus whom you crucified." Therefore, let all the certainly that has made him both and , this whom you ." Therefore, all the house of Israel certainly let [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] know that √ God has made him both Lord and Christ, this √ Jesus whom you crucified." Ἀκούσαντες δὲ κατενύγησαν τὴν καρδίαν εἶπόν τε πρὸς τὸν Πέτρον καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς ἀποστόλους Τί ποιήσωμεν ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί \s5 \p \v 37 Now when they heard this, they were pierced in their hearts, and said to Peter and the rest of the apostles, "Brothers, what must we do?" Now when they this, they were in their , and said to and the rest of the , "Brothers, what must we do?" Now when they heard this, they were pierced √ in their hearts, and said to √ Peter and the rest of the apostles, "Brothers, what must we do?" √ Πέτρος δὲ πρὸς αὐτούς Μετανοήσατε φησίν Καὶ βαπτισθήτω ἕκαστος ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἄφεσιν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ὑμῶν καὶ λήμψεσθε τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος \p \v 38 Then Peter said to them, "Repent and be baptized, each of you, in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins, and you will receive the gift of the Holy Spirit. Then said to them, "Repent and be , each of you, in the of for the of your , and you will the of the . Then Peter said to them, "Repent and be baptized, each of you, in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness √ of your sins, and you will receive the gift of the Holy Spirit. ὑμῖν γάρ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις ὑμῶν καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς εἰς μακρὰν ὅσους ἂν προσκαλέσηται Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν \v 39 For the promise is to you and to your children and to all who are far off, as many people as the Lord our God will call." For the is to you and to your and to all who are far off, as many people as the our will ." For the promise is to you and √ your to [1] children and to all who √ are far off, as many people as √ the Lord √ our God will call." Ἑτέροις τε λόγοις πλείοσιν διεμαρτύρατο καὶ παρεκάλει αὐτοὺς λέγων Σώθητε ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς τῆς σκολιᾶς ταύτης \s5 \v 40 With many other words he testified and exhorted them, saying, "Be saved from this perverse generation." With many other he and them, saying, "Be from this ." With many other √ words he testified and exhorted them, saying, "Be saved from this √ perverse √ generation." οἱ μὲν οὖν ἀποδεξάμενοι τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ ἐβαπτίσθησαν καὶ προσετέθησαν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ ψυχαὶ ὡσεὶ τρισχίλιαι \v 41 Then they received his word and were baptized, and there were added in that day about three thousand souls. Then they his and were , and there were added in about three thousand . √ Then they received √ his word and were baptized, and there were added in √ that day about three thousand souls. Ἦσαν δὲ προσκαρτεροῦντες τῇ διδαχῇ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ τῇ κοινωνίᾳ τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου καὶ ταῖς προσευχαῖς \v 42 They devoted themselves to the apostles' teaching and fellowship, in the breaking of bread and in prayers. They devoted themselves to the ' and , in the breaking of and in . √ √ √ They devoted themselves to the apostles' teaching √ and √ fellowship, in the breaking √ of bread and √ in prayers. Ἐγίνετο δὲ πάσῃ ψυχῇ φόβος πολλά τε τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα διὰ τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐγίνετο \s5 \p \v 43 Fear came upon every soul, and many wonders and signs were done through the apostles. Fear came upon every soul, and many and were done through the . Fear came √ upon every soul, and many wonders and signs were done through the apostles. Πάντες δὲ οἱ πιστεύοντες ἦσαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ καὶ εἶχον ἅπαντα κοινά \v 44 All who believed were together and had all things in common, All who were together and had all things in common, All √ who believed were √ √ √ together and had all things in common, καὶ τὰ κτήματα καὶ τὰς ὑπάρξεις ἐπίπρασκον καὶ διεμέριζον αὐτὰ πᾶσιν καθότι ἄν τις χρείαν εἶχεν \v 45 and they sold their property and possessions and distributed them to all, according to the needs anyone had. and they sold their property and and distributed them to all, according to the needs anyone had. and they sold their √ property and √ possessions and distributed them to all, according to √ the needs anyone had. Καθ᾽ ἡμέραν τε προσκαρτεροῦντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ κλῶντές τε κατ᾽ οἶκον ἄρτον μετελάμβανον τροφῆς ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει καὶ ἀφελότητι καρδίας \s5 \v 46 So day after day they devoted themselves with one purpose in the temple. They also broke bread in homes, and they shared food together with glad and generous hearts, So after day they devoted themselves with one purpose in the . They also broke in , and they shared food together with and generous , So √ √ day after day they devoted themselves with one purpose in the temple. also They [1] broke bread in homes, and they shared food together with glad and generous hearts, αἰνοῦντες τὸν Θεὸν καὶ ἔχοντες χάριν πρὸς ὅλον τὸν λαόν ὁ δὲ Κύριος προσετίθει τοὺς σῳζομένους καθ᾽ ἡμέραν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό \v 47 praising God and having favor with all the people, and every day the Lord added to their number those who were being saved. and having favor with all the , and every the added to their number those who were being . praising √ God and having favor with all the people, and every day the Lord added to √ √ their number those who were being saved. Πέτρος δὲ καὶ Ἰωάννης ἀνέβαινον εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν ἐπὶ τὴν ὥραν τῆς προσευχῆς τὴν ἐνάτην \s5 \c 3 \p \v 1 Now Peter and John were going up into the temple at the hour of prayer, the ninth hour. Now and were going up into the at the of , the ninth hour. Now Peter and John were going up to the temple at the hour √ of prayer, the ninth hour. καί τις ἀνὴρ χωλὸς ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ ὑπάρχων ἐβαστάζετο ὃν ἐτίθουν καθ᾽ ἡμέραν πρὸς τὴν θύραν τοῦ ἱεροῦ τὴν λεγομένην Ὡραίαν τοῦ αἰτεῖν ἐλεημοσύνην παρὰ τῶν εἰσπορευομένων εἰς τὸ ἱερόν \v 2 Now a man who was lame from his mother's womb was being carried to the temple gate called Beautiful. They would place him there every day so he could ask those who were going into the temple for alms. Now a man who was lame from his mother's was being to the Beautiful. They would place him there every so he could those who were going into the for . Now √ a man who was lame from his mother's womb was being carried to the √ temple gate √ called Beautiful. They would place him there every day √ so he could ask √ those who were going into the temple for alms. ὃς ἰδὼν Πέτρον καὶ Ἰωάννην μέλλοντας εἰσιέναι εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν ἠρώτα ἐλεημοσύνην λαβεῖν \v 3 When he saw Peter and John about to enter the temple, he asked them for alms. When he saw and about to enter the , he asked them for . When he saw Peter and John about to enter √ the temple, he asked them for alms. Ἀτενίσας δὲ Πέτρος εἰς αὐτὸν σὺν τῷ Ἰωάννῃ εἶπεν Βλέψον εἰς ἡμᾶς \s5 \v 4 Peter, fastening his eyes upon him, with John, said, "Look at us." , fastening his eyes upon him, with , said, "Look at us." Peter, √ fastening his eyes upon him, with √ John, said, "Look at us." ὁ δὲ ἐπεῖχεν αὐτοῖς προσδοκῶν τι παρ᾽ αὐτῶν λαβεῖν \v 5 The lame man looked at them, expecting to receive something from them. The lame man looked at them, expecting to something from them. The √ lame man looked at them, expecting to receive something from them. εἶπεν δὲ Πέτρος Ἀργύριον καὶ χρυσίον οὐχ ὑπάρχει μοι ὃ δὲ ἔχω τοῦτό σοι δίδωμι ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Ναζωραίου ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει \v 6 But Peter said, "Silver and gold I do not have, but what I do have, I will give to you. In the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth, walk." But said, "Silver and I do not have, but what I do have, I will give to you. In the of of , ." But Peter said, "Silver and gold not √ √ I do [1] have, but what I do have, √ I will give to you. In the name of Jesus Christ √ of Nazareth, √ √ ULB did not translate "rise and", also not in ASV walk. Καὶ πιάσας αὐτὸν τῆς δεξιᾶς χειρὸς ἤγειρεν αὐτόν παραχρῆμα δὲ ἐστερεώθησαν αἱ βάσεις αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰ σφυδρά \s5 \v 7 Taking him by the right hand, Peter raised him up, and immediately the man's feet and ankles were made strong. Taking him by the right , Peter him up, and immediately the man's feet and ankles were . √ Taking him by the right hand, Peter him raised [1] up, and immediately the man's √ feet and √ ankles were made strong. καὶ ἐξαλλόμενος ἔστη καὶ περιεπάτει καὶ εἰσῆλθεν σὺν αὐτοῖς εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν περιπατῶν καὶ ἁλλόμενος καὶ αἰνῶν τὸν Θεόν \v 8 Leaping up, the lame man stood and began to walk; and he entered with Peter and John into the temple, walking, leaping, and praising God. Leaping up, the lame man stood and began to ; and he entered with Peter and John into the , , leaping, and praising . √ Leaping up, the lame man stood and began to walk; and he entered with √ Peter and John into the temple, walking, √ leaping, and praising √ God. Καὶ εἶδεν πᾶς ὁ λαὸς αὐτὸν περιπατοῦντα καὶ αἰνοῦντα τὸν Θεόν \s5 \v 9 All the people saw him walking and praising God. All the saw him and praising . √ All the people saw him walking and praising √ God. ἐπεγίνωσκον δὲ αὐτὸν ὅτι αὐτὸς ἦν ὁ πρὸς τὴν ἐλεημοσύνην καθήμενος ἐπὶ τῇ Ὡραίᾳ Πύλῃ τοῦ ἱεροῦ καὶ ἐπλήσθησαν θάμβους καὶ ἐκστάσεως ἐπὶ τῷ συμβεβηκότι αὐτῷ \v 10 They noticed that it was the man who had been asking people for alms at the Beautiful Gate of the temple; and they were filled with wonder and amazement because of what had happened to him. They noticed that it was the man who had been asking people for at the Beautiful Gate of the ; and they were filled with and because of what had happened to him. They noticed √ that it was the man who √ √ √ had been asking people for alms at the Beautiful Gate of the temple; and they were filled with wonder and amazement because of what had happened to him. Κρατοῦντος δὲ αὐτοῦ τὸν Πέτρον καὶ τὸν Ἰωάννην συνέδραμεν πᾶς ὁ λαὸς πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τῇ στοᾷ τῇ καλουμένῃ Σολομῶντος ἔκθαμβοι \s5 \p \v 11 As he was holding on to Peter and John, all the people ran together to them in the porch that is called Solomon's, greatly marveling. As he was holding on to and , all the together to them in the porch that is , greatly . As he was holding on √ to Peter and √ John, all the people ran together to them in the porch that is called Solomon's, greatly marveling. ἰδὼν δὲ ὁ Πέτρος ἀπεκρίνατο πρὸς τὸν λαόν Ἄνδρες Ἰσραηλῖται τί θαυμάζετε ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἢ ἡμῖν τί ἀτενίζετε ὡς ἰδίᾳ δυνάμει ἢ εὐσεβείᾳ πεποιηκόσιν τοῦ περιπατεῖν αὐτόν \v 12 When Peter saw this, he answered the people, "You Israelite men, why do you marvel? Why do you fix your eyes on us, as if we made him walk by our own power or godliness? When saw this, he answered the , "You men, why do you ? Why do you fix your eyes on us, as if we made him by our own or ? When √ Peter saw this, he answered √ √the/w> people, "You Israelite men, why do you marvel? √ √ √ Why do you fix your eyes on us, as if we made √ him walk by our own power or godliness? Ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ καὶ ὁ θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ καὶ ὁ θεὸς Ἰακώβ ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν ἐδόξασεν τὸν Παῖδα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν ὃν ὑμεῖς μὲν παρεδώκατε καὶ ἠρνήσασθε κατὰ πρόσωπον Πιλάτου κρίναντος ἐκείνου ἀπολύειν \s5 \v 13 The God of Abraham, and of Isaac, and of Jacob, the God of our fathers, has glorified his servant Jesus. He is the one whom you handed over and rejected before the face of Pilate, when he had decided to release him. The of , and of , and of , the of our , has his . He is the one whom you and the face of , when he had to release him. The God of Abraham, and √ √ of Isaac, and √ √ of Jacob, the God √ of our fathers, has glorified √ his servant Jesus. He is the one whom you √ handed over and rejected √ before the face of Pilate, when he had decided to release him. ὑμεῖς δὲ τὸν Ἅγιον καὶ Δίκαιον ἠρνήσασθε καὶ ᾐτήσασθε ἄνδρα φονέα χαρισθῆναι ὑμῖν \v 14 You rejected the Holy and Righteous One, and you asked instead for a murderer to be given to you. You the Holy and Righteous One, and you asked instead for a murderer to be given to you. you rejected √ the Holy and Righteous One, and instead you asked √ for a murderer to be given to you. τὸν δὲ Ἀρχηγὸν τῆς ζωῆς ἀπεκτείνατε ὃν ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν οὗ ἡμεῖς μάρτυρές ἐσμεν \s5 \v 15 You killed the Founder of life, whom God raised from the dead—and we are witnesses of this. You the Founder of , whom from the —and we are of this. You killed √ the Founder √ of life, whom √ God raised from the dead- and √ we are witnesses of this. Καὶ ἐπὶ τῇ πίστει τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ τοῦτον ὃν θεωρεῖτε καὶ οἴδατε ἐστερέωσεν τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἡ πίστις ἡ δι᾽ αὐτοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ τὴν ὁλοκληρίαν ταύτην ἀπέναντι πάντων ὑμῶν \v 16 On the basis of faith in his name, his name made this man, whom you see and know, strong. The faith that is through Jesus has given him this perfect health in the presence of you all. On the basis of in his , his this man, whom you see and , . The that is through Jesus has given him this health in the presence of you all. √ On the basis of faith √ in his name, his name this man, whom you see and know, made [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] strong. √ √ The faith that is through √ Jesus has given him √ this perfect health in the presence I don't think the article goes with a preposition so I didn't make a separate word for the article of you all. Καὶ νῦν ἀδελφοί οἶδα ὅτι κατὰ ἄγνοιαν ἐπράξατε ὥσπερ καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες ὑμῶν \s5 \v 17 Now, brothers, I know that you acted in ignorance, as did also your rulers. Now, , I that you acted in ignorance, did also your . √ Now, brothers, I know that you acted in ignorance, as did also √ your rulers. ὁ δὲ Θεὸς ἃ προκατήγγειλεν διὰ στόματος πάντων τῶν προφητῶν παθεῖν τὸν Χριστὸν αὐτοῦ ἐπλήρωσεν οὕτως \v 18 But the things which God foretold by the mouth of all the prophets, that his Christ should suffer, he has now fulfilled. But the things which foretold by the mouth of all the , that his should , he has now . √ But the things which God foretold by the mouth of all the prophets, that √ his Christ should suffer, now he has [1] fulfilled. μετανοήσατε οὖν καὶ ἐπιστρέψατε πρὸς τὸ ἐξαλειφθῆναι ὑμῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας \s5 \v 19 Repent, therefore, and turn, so that your sins may be blotted out, Repent, therefore, and , so that your may be , Repent, therefore, and turn, √ so that your √ sins √ may be blotted out, ὅπως ἂν ἔλθωσιν καιροὶ ἀναψύξεως ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ ἀποστείλῃ τὸν προκεχειρισμένον ὑμῖν Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν \v 20 so that times of refreshing may come from the presence of the Lord; and that he may send the Christ who has been appointed for you, Jesus. so that of refreshing may come from the of the ; and that he may the who has been for you, . so that √ times of refreshing may come from the presence of the Lord; and that he may send the Christ who has been appointed for you, Jesus. ὃν δεῖ οὐρανὸν μὲν δέξασθαι ἄχρι χρόνων ἀποκαταστάσεως πάντων ὧν ἐλάλησεν ὁ Θεὸς διὰ στόματος τῶν ἁγίων ἀπ᾽ αἰῶνος αὐτοῦ προφητῶν \s5 \v 21 He is the One heaven must receive until the time of the restoration of all things, about which God spoke from ancient times by the mouth of his holy prophets. He is the One heaven must until the time of the restoration of all things, about which spoke from ancient by the mouth of his . He is the One heaven must √ receive until the time the of [1] restoration of all things, about which √ God spoke from ancient times by the mouth √ of his holy prophets. Μωϋσῆς μὲν εἶπεν ὅτι Προφήτην ὑμῖν ἀναστήσει Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ὑμῶν ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν ὡς ἐμέ αὐτοῦ ἀκούσεσθε κατὰ πάντα ὅσα ἂν λαλήσῃ πρὸς ὑμᾶς \v 22 Moses indeed said, 'The Lord God will raise up a prophet like me from among your brothers. You must listen to everything he tells you. indeed said, 'The will a like me from among your . You must to everything he tells you. Moses indeed said, √ "The Lord √ God will raise up a prophet like me √ √ from among your brothers. √ You must listen √ to everything √ √ he tells √ you. ἔσται δὲ πᾶσα ψυχὴ ἥτις ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ τοῦ προφήτου ἐκείνου ἐξολεθρευθήσεται ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ \v 23 It will happen that every person who does not listen to that prophet will be completely destroyed from among the people.' It will happen that every who does not to that will be from among the .' It will happen √ that every person who √ not does [1] listen √ to that prophet will be completely destroyed from among the people.' Καὶ πάντες δὲ οἱ προφῆται ἀπὸ Σαμουὴλ καὶ τῶν καθεξῆς ὅσοι ἐλάλησαν καὶ κατήγγειλαν τὰς ἡμέρας ταύτας \s5 \v 24 Yes, and all the prophets from Samuel and those who came after him, they spoke out and announced these days. Yes, and all the from and those who came after him, they spoke out and these . Yes, and all the prophets from Samuel and those who came after him, they spoke out and announced √ these days. ὑμεῖς ἐστε οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν προφητῶν καὶ τῆς διαθήκης ἧς διέθετο ὁ Θεὸς πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ὑμῶν λέγων πρὸς Ἀβραάμ Καὶ ἐν τῷ σπέρματί σου ἐνευλογηθήσονται πᾶσαι αἱ πατριαὶ τῆς γῆς \v 25 You are the sons of the prophets and of the covenant that God made with your ancestors, as he said to Abraham, 'In your seed all the families of the earth will be blessed.' You are the the and of the that made with your , as he said to , 'In your all the of the will be .' You are the sons of the prophets and of the covenant that √ God made with √ your ancestors, as he said to Abraham, √ 'In √ your seed all the families of the earth will be blessed.' ὑμῖν πρῶτον ἀναστήσας ὁ Θεὸς τὸν Παῖδα αὐτοῦ ἀπέστειλεν αὐτὸν εὐλογοῦντα ὑμᾶς ἐν τῷ ἀποστρέφειν ἕκαστον ἀπὸ τῶν πονηριῶν ὑμῶν \v 26 After God raised up his servant, he sent him to you first, in order to bless you by turning every one of you from your wickedness." After up his , he him to you first, in order to you by every one of you from your ." After √ God raised up √ his servant, he sent him to you first, in order to bless you √ √ by turning every one of you from √ your wickedness." Λαλούντων δὲ αὐτῶν πρὸς τὸν λαὸν ἐπέστησαν αὐτοῖς οἱ ἱερεῖς καὶ ὁ στρατηγὸς τοῦ ἱεροῦ καὶ οἱ Σαδδουκαῖοι \s5 \c 4 \p \v 1 As Peter and John were speaking to the people, the priests and the captain of the temple and the Sadducees came upon them. As Peter and John were speaking to the , the and the of the and the came upon them. As √ Peter and John were speaking to the people, the priests and the captain of the temple and the Sadducees came upon them. διαπονούμενοι διὰ τὸ διδάσκειν αὐτοὺς τὸν λαὸν καὶ καταγγέλλειν ἐν τῷ Ἰησοῦ τὴν ἀνάστασιν τὴν ἐκ νεκρῶν \v 2 They were deeply troubled because Peter and John were teaching the people and proclaiming in Jesus the resurrection from the dead. They were deeply troubled because Peter and John were the and in the from the . They were deeply troubled because √ Peter and John √ were teaching the people and proclaiming in √ Jesus the resurrection from the dead. καὶ ἐπέβαλον αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας καὶ ἔθεντο εἰς τήρησιν εἰς τὴν αὔριον ἦν γὰρ ἑσπέρα ἤδη \v 3 They laid hands on them and put them in custody until the next morning, since it was now evening. They laid on them and put them in until the next morning, since it was now evening. √ They laid √ hands on them and put them in custody until the next morning, since it was already evening. πολλοὶ δὲ τῶν ἀκουσάντων τὸν λόγον ἐπίστευσαν καὶ ἐγενήθη ὁ ἀριθμὸς τῶν ἀνδρῶν ὡς χιλιάδες πέντε \v 4 But many of the people who had heard the message believed; and the number of the men who believed was about five thousand. But many of the people who had the ; and the number of the men who believed was about five thousand. But many of the people who had heard the message believed; and the number of the men who believed was about five thousand. Ἐγένετο δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν αὔριον συναχθῆναι αὐτῶν τοὺς ἄρχοντας καὶ τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους καὶ τοὺς γραμματεῖς ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ \s5 \p \v 5 It came about on the next day that their rulers, elders, and scribes gathered together in Jerusalem. It came about on the next day that their , , and in . It came about √ on the next day that their √ rulers, √ √ elders, and √ scribes gathered together in Jerusalem. καὶ Ἅννας ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς καὶ Καϊάφας καὶ Ἰωάννης καὶ Ἀλέξανδρος καὶ ὅσοι ἦσαν ἐκ γένους ἀρχιερατικοῦ \v 6 Annas the high priest was there, and Caiaphas, and John, and Alexander, and all who were relatives of the high priest. the was there, and , and , and Alexander, and all who were of the . √ Annas the high priest was there, and Caiaphas, and John, and Alexander, and all who were relatives of the high priest. καὶ στήσαντες αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ μέσῳ ἐπυνθάνοντο Ἐν ποίᾳ δυνάμει ἢ ἐν ποίῳ ὀνόματι ἐποιήσατε τοῦτο ὑμεῖς \v 7 When they had set Peter and John in their midst, they asked them, "By what power, or in what name, have you done this?" When they had set Peter and John in their midst, they asked them, "By what , or in what , have you done this?" When they had set √ Peter and John in their midst, they asked them, "By what power, or in what name, you have [1] done this?" Τότε Πέτρος πλησθεὶς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς Ἄρχοντες τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ πρεσβύτεροι \s5 \v 8 Then Peter, filled with the Holy Spirit, said to them, "You rulers of the people, and elders, Then , , said to them, "You of the , and , Then Peter, filled with the Holy Spirit, said to them, "You rulers of the people, and elders, εἰ ἡμεῖς σήμερον ἀνακρινόμεθα ἐπὶ εὐεργεσίᾳ ἀνθρώπου ἀσθενοῦς ἐν τίνι οὗτος σέσωσται \v 9 if we are on trial today concerning a good deed done to a sick man, and by what means this man was healed, if we are concerning a deed done to a sick man, and by what means this man was , if we are on trial today concerning a good deed done to a sick man, and by what means this man was healed, γνωστὸν ἔστω πᾶσιν ὑμῖν καὶ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ Ἰσραὴλ ὅτι ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Ναζωραίου ὃν ὑμεῖς ἐσταυρώσατε ὃν ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐν τούτῳ οὗτος παρέστηκεν ἐνώπιον ὑμῶν ὑγιής \v 10 let it be known to you all and to all the people of Israel that this man stands before you healthy in the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth, whom you crucified, but whom God raised from the dead. let it be known to you all and to all the of that this man stands before you in the of of , whom you , but whom from the . let it be known to you all and to all the people of Israel that this man stands before you healthy in the name of Jesus Christ √ of Nazareth, whom you crucified, but whom √ God raised from the dead. √ √ οὗτός ἐστιν Ὁ λίθος ὁ ἐξουθενηθεὶς ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν τῶν οἰκοδόμων ὁ γενόμενος εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας \s5 \v 11 Jesus Christ is the stone which you builders rejected but which has been made the cornerstone. Jesus Christ is the stone which you builders but which has been made the . √ Jesus Christ is the stone which √ you √ builders rejected but which has been made √ the √ √ cornerstone. Καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἄλλῳ οὐδενὶ ἡ σωτηρία οὐδὲ γὰρ ὄνομά ἐστιν ἕτερον ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν τὸ δεδομένον ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἐν ᾧ δεῖ σωθῆναι ἡμᾶς \p \v 12 There is no salvation in any other person, for there is no other name under heaven given among men by which we must be saved." There is no in any other person, for there is no other under heaven given among men by which we must be ." √ There is √ √ no salvation in any other person, √ for there is no other name under √ heaven √ given among men by which we must be saved." Θεωροῦντες δὲ τὴν τοῦ Πέτρου παρρησίαν καὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ καταλαβόμενοι ὅτι ἄνθρωποι ἀγράμματοί εἰσιν καὶ ἰδιῶται ἐθαύμαζον ἐπεγίνωσκόν τε αὐτοὺς ὅτι σὺν τῷ Ἰησοῦ ἦσαν \s5 \p \v 13 Now when they saw the boldness of Peter and John and realized that they were ordinary, uneducated men, they were surprised, becoming aware that Peter and John had been with Jesus. Now when they saw the of and and that they were ordinary, uneducated men, they were , becoming aware that Peter and John had been with . Now when they saw √the boldness √ of Peter and John and realized that they were ordinary, uneducated men, √ they were surprised, becoming aware √ that √ Peter and John had been with √ Jesus. τόν τε ἄνθρωπον βλέποντες σὺν αὐτοῖς ἑστῶτα τὸν τεθεραπευμένον οὐδὲν εἶχον ἀντειπεῖν \v 14 Because they saw the man who was healed standing with them, they had nothing to say against this. Because they saw the man who was standing with them, they had nothing to say against this. Because they saw the √ man who was healed standing with them, they had nothing to say against this. κελεύσαντες δὲ αὐτοὺς ἔξω τοῦ συνεδρίου ἀπελθεῖν συνέβαλλον πρὸς ἀλλήλους \s5 \v 15 But after they had commanded the apostles to leave the council meeting, they talked among themselves. But after they had the apostles to leave the meeting, they talked among themselves. But after the had commanded √ the apostles to leave √ the council meeting, they talked among themselves. λέγοντες Τί ποιήσωμεν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τούτοις ὅτι μὲν γὰρ γνωστὸν σημεῖον γέγονεν δι᾽ αὐτῶν πᾶσιν τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν Ἰερουσαλὴμ φανερόν καὶ οὐ δυνάμεθα ἀρνεῖσθαι \v 16 They said, "What should we do with these men? For a remarkable sign has been done through them, and this is evident to everyone who lives in Jerusalem, and we cannot deny it. They said, "What should we do with these men? For a sign has been done through them, and this is evident to everyone who lives in , and we it. They said, "What should we do √ with these men? √ √ For a remarkable sign has been done through them, and this is evident to everyone who lives in Jerusalem, and √ √ we cannot deny it. ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα μὴ ἐπὶ πλεῖον διανεμηθῇ εἰς τὸν λαόν ἀπειλησώμεθα αὐτοῖς μηκέτι λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ μηδενὶ ἀνθρώπων \v 17 But in order that it spreads no further among the people, let us warn them not to speak anymore to anyone in this name." But in order that it spreads no further among the , let us warn them not to speak anymore to anyone in this ." But in order that it spreads no √ further among the people, let us warn them to speak not [1] anymore to anyone in √ this name." √ Καὶ καλέσαντες αὐτοὺς παρήγγειλαν τὸ καθόλου μὴ φθέγγεσθαι μηδὲ διδάσκειν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ \v 18 Then they called them in and commanded them not to speak or teach at all in the name of Jesus. Then they them in and them not to speak or at all in the of . Then they called them in and commanded them √ not to speak or teach at all in the name of Jesus. Ὁ δὲ Πέτρος καὶ Ἰωάννης ἀποκριθέντες εἶπον πρὸς αὐτούς Εἰ δίκαιόν ἐστιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ ὑμῶν ἀκούειν μᾶλλον ἢ τοῦ Θεοῦ κρίνατε \s5 \v 19 But Peter and John answered and said to them, "Whether it is proper in the sight of God to obey you rather than him, you judge. But and answered and said to them, "Whether it is in the sight of to you rather than him, you . √ But Peter and John answered and said to them, "Whether it is proper in the sight √ of God to obey you rather than √ √ him, I am surprised the ULB used a pronoun for God when the ASV did not, especially considering most Christians who will use this translation will likely face this situation in persecution you judge. οὐ δυνάμεθα γὰρ ἡμεῖς ἃ εἴδαμεν καὶ ἠκούσαμεν μὴ λαλεῖν \v 20 We are not able to stop speaking about the things we have seen and heard." We not to stop speaking about the things we have seen and ." √ We not are [1] able stop to [1] speaking about the things we have seen and heard." Οἱ δὲ προσαπειλησάμενοι ἀπέλυσαν αὐτούς μηδὲν εὑρίσκοντες τὸ πῶς κολάσωνται αὐτούς διὰ τὸν λαόν ὅτι πάντες ἐδόξαζον τὸν Θεὸν ἐπὶ τῷ γεγονότι \s5 \v 21 After further warning Peter and John, they let them go. They were unable to find any excuse to punish them, because all of the people were glorifying God for what had been done. After further warning Peter and John, they let them go. They were unable to find any excuse to them, because all of the were for what had been done. √ After further warning √ Peter and John, them they let [1] go. unable They were [1] to find √ any excuse to punish them, because all of the people √ were glorifying √ God for what had been done. ἐτῶν γὰρ ἦν πλειόνων τεσσεράκοντα ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐφ᾽ ὃν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον τοῦτο τῆς ἰάσεως \v 22 The man who had experienced this sign of healing was more than forty years old. The man who had experienced this of was more than forty old. The man √ who had experienced this √ sign √ of healing was more than forty years old. √ Ἀπολυθέντες δὲ ἦλθον πρὸς τοὺς ἰδίους καὶ ἀπήγγειλαν ὅσα πρὸς αὐτοὺς οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι εἶπαν \s5 \p \v 23 After they were set free, Peter and John came to their own people and reported all that the chief priests and the elders had said to them. After they were , Peter and John came to their own people and all that the and the ı had said to them. After they were set free, √ Peter and John came to √ their own people and reported all that the chief priests and the elders had said to them. οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἦραν φωνὴν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν καὶ εἶπαν Δέσποτα σὺ ὁ ποιήσας τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς \v 24 When they heard it, they raised their voices with one purpose to God and said, "Lord, you made the heavens and the earth and the sea, and all that is in them. When they it, they raised their with one purpose to and said, " , you made the heavens and the and the sea, and all that is in them. When they heard it, they raised their voices with one purpose to √ God and said, "Lord, you √ made the heavens and the earth and the sea, and all that is in them. ὁ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου στόματος Δαυὶδ παιδός σου εἰπών Ἵνατί ἐφρύαξαν ἔθνη καὶ λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά \v 25 You spoke by the Holy Spirit through the mouth of your servant, our father David, \q 'Why did the Gentile nations rage, \q and the peoples imagine useless things?' You spoke by the through the mouth of your , our , 'Why did the nations , and the imagine things?' You spoke by the Holy Spirit through the mouth √ of your servant, √ our father David, 'Why the Gentile nations did [1] [2] rage, and the peoples imagine useless things?' \q \q παρέστησαν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες συνήχθησαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ κατὰ τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ κατὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ \s5 \m \v 26 You said, \q 'The kings of the earth set themselves together, \q and the rulers gathered together \q against the Lord, and against his Christ.' You said, 'The of the set themselves together, and the against the , and against his .' You said, 'The kings of the earth set √ √ √ themselves together, and the rulers gathered together against the Lord, and against √ his Christ.' \q \q \q Συνήχθησαν γὰρ ἐπ᾽ ἀληθείας ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ ἐπὶ τὸν ἅγιον Παῖδά σου Ἰησοῦν ὃν ἔχρισας Ἡρῴδης τε καὶ Πόντιος Πιλᾶτος σὺν ἔθνεσιν καὶ λαοῖς Ἰσραήλ \s5 \m \p \v 27 Indeed, both Herod and Pontius Pilate, together with the Gentiles and the people of Israel, gathered together in this city against your holy servant Jesus, whom you anointed. Indeed, both and , together with the and the of , in this city against your , whom you anointed. √ √ √ Indeed, both Herod √ and Pontius Pilate, together with the Gentiles and the people of Israel, gathered together in √ this city against √ your holy servant Jesus, whom you anointed. ποιῆσαι ὅσα ἡ χείρ σου καὶ ἡ βουλὴ σου προώρισεν γενέσθαι \v 28 They gathered together to do all that your hand and your plan had decided in advance would happen. They gathered together to do all that your and your plan had would happen. They gathered together to do all that √ your hand and √ your plan had decided in advance would happen. καὶ τὰ νῦν Κύριε ἔπιδε ἐπὶ τὰς ἀπειλὰς αὐτῶν καὶ δὸς τοῖς δούλοις σου μετὰ παρρησίας πάσης λαλεῖν τὸν λόγον σου \s5 \v 29 Now, Lord, look upon their warnings and grant to your servants to speak your word with all boldness. Now, , look upon their warnings and grant to your to speak your with all . √ √ Now, Lord, look upon √ their warnings and grant to your servants to speak √ your word with all boldness. ἐν τῷ τὴν χεῖρά σου ἐκτείνειν σε εἰς ἴασιν καὶ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα γίνεσθαι διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ ἁγίου Παιδός σου Ἰησοῦ \v 30 Stretch out your hand to heal and to give signs and wonders through the name of your holy servant Jesus." Stretch out your to and to give and through the of your ." √ √ √ Stretch out your hand √ to heal and to give signs and wonders through the name √ of your holy servant Jesus." Καὶ δεηθέντων αὐτῶν ἐσαλεύθη ὁ τόπος ἐν ᾧ ἦσαν συνηγμένοι καὶ ἐπλήσθησαν ἅπαντες τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος καὶ ἐλάλουν τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ μετὰ παρρησίας \v 31 After they had prayed, the place where they were gathered together was shaken, and they were all filled with the Holy Spirit and they spoke the word of God with boldness. After they had , the place where they were was shaken, and they were all and they spoke the of with . √ they After [1] had prayed, the place √ √ where there were gathered together was shaken, and all they were [1] filled with the Holy Spirit and they spoke the word √ of God with boldness. Τοῦ δὲ πλήθους τῶν πιστευσάντων ἦν καρδία καὶ ψυχὴ μία καὶ οὐδὲ εἷς τι τῶν ὑπαρχόντων αὐτῷ ἔλεγεν ἴδιον εἶναι ἀλλ᾽ ἦν αὐτοῖς πάντα κοινά \s5 \p \v 32 The great number of those who believed were of one heart and soul. No one said that anything he possessed was his own, but they had everything in common. The great number of those who were of one and . No one said that anything he was his own, but they had everything in common. The √ great number of those who believed were of one heart and soul. √ No one said anything √ he possessed was his own, but they had √ everything in common. καὶ δυνάμει μεγάλῃ ἀπεδίδουν τὸ μαρτύριον οἱ ἀπόστολοι τῆς ἀναστάσεως τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ χάρις τε μεγάλη ἦν ἐπὶ πάντας αὐτούς \v 33 With great power the apostles were proclaiming their testimony about the resurrection of the Lord Jesus, and great grace was upon them all. With the were their about the of the , and was upon them all. √ With great power the apostles were proclaiming their testimony about the resurrection of the Lord Jesus, and great grace was upon them all. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐνδεής τις ἦν ἐν αὐτοῖς ὅσοι γὰρ κτήτορες χωρίων ἢ οἰκιῶν ὑπῆρχον πωλοῦντες ἔφερον τὰς τιμὰς τῶν πιπρασκομένων \s5 \v 34 There was no person among them who lacked anything, for all who owned title to lands or houses sold them and brought the money from the things that were sold There was no person among them who lacked anything, for all who owned title to lands or sold them and brought the money from the things that were sold There was no √ person among them who lacked anything, for all who owned title to lands or houses sold them and brought the money from the things that were sold καὶ ἐτίθουν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀποστόλων διεδίδετο δὲ ἑκάστῳ καθότι ἄν τις χρείαν εἶχεν \v 35 and laid it at the apostles' feet, and it was distributed to each one according to their need. and laid it at the ' feet, and it was distributed to each one according to their need. and laid it at the apostles' √ feet, and it was distributed to each one according √ to their need. √ Ἰωσὴφ δὲ ὁ ἐπικληθεὶς Βαρνάβας ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποστόλων ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον Υἱὸς παρακλήσεως Λευίτης Κύπριος τῷ γένει \s5 \p \v 36 Joseph, whom the apostles called Barnabas (which is translated Son of Encouragement), a Levite, a man from Cyprus, , whom the (which is Son of Encouragement), a , a man from , Joseph, √ whom the apostles called Barnabas √ (which) is translated Son of Encouragement), a Levite, √ √ a man from Cyprus, ὑπάρχοντος αὐτῷ ἀγροῦ πωλήσας ἤνεγκεν τὸ χρῆμα καὶ ἔθηκεν πρὸς τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀποστόλων \v 37 sold a field that belonged to him and brought the money and laid it at the apostles' feet. sold a field that belonged to him and brought the money and laid it at the ' feet. sold a field that belonged to him and brought the money and laid it at √the apostles' √ feet. Ἀνὴρ δέ τις Ἁνανίας ὀνόματι σὺν Σαπφίρῃ τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπώλησεν κτῆμα \s5 \c 5 \p \v 1 Now a certain man named Ananias, with Sapphira his wife, sold a piece of property, Now a certain man Ananias, with Sapphira his wife, sold a piece of , Now a certain man named Ananias, with Sapphira √ his wife, sold a piece of property, καὶ ἐνοσφίσατο ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς συνειδυίης καὶ τῆς γυναικός καὶ ἐνέγκας μέρος τι παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀποστόλων ἔθηκεν \v 2 and he kept back part of the sale money (his wife also knew it), and brought the other part of it and laid it at the apostles' feet. and he kept back part of the sale money (his wife also knew it), and brought the other part of it and laid it at the ' feet. and he kept back part √ of the sale money (his wife also knew it), and brought the other part of it and laid it at the apostles' √ feet. Εἶπεν δὲ ὁ Πέτρος Ἁνανία διὰ τί ἐπλήρωσεν ὁ Σατανᾶς τὴν καρδίαν σου ψεύσασθαί σε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον καὶ νοσφίσασθαι ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς τοῦ χωρίου \s5 \v 3 But Peter said, "Ananias, why has Satan filled your heart to lie to the Holy Spirit and to keep back part of the price of the land? But said, "Ananias, why has filled your to lie to the and to keep back part of the price of the land? But √ Peter said, "Ananias, √ √ why √ Satan has [1] filled your √ heart to lie √ to the Holy √ Spirit and to keep back part √ of the price of the land? οὐχὶ μένον σοὶ ἔμενεν καὶ πραθὲν ἐν τῇ σῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ὑπῆρχεν τί ὅτι ἔθου ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου τὸ πρᾶγμα τοῦτο οὐκ ἐψεύσω ἀνθρώποις ἀλλὰ τῷ Θεῷ \v 4 While it remained unsold, did it not remain your own, and after it was sold, was it not under your authority? Why did you put it in your heart to do this? You have not lied to men, but to God." While it remained unsold, did it not remain your own, and after it was sold, was it not under your ? Why did you put it in your to do this? You have not lied to men, but to ." While it remained unsold, did it not √ √ remain your own, and after it was sold, was it not under √ your authority? Why √ did you put √ it in √ your heart to do this? not You have [1] lied to men, but √ to God." Ἀκούων δὲ ὁ Ἁνανίας τοὺς λόγους τούτους πεσὼν ἐξέψυξεν καὶ ἐγένετο φόβος μέγας ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας \v 5 Hearing these words, Ananias fell down and breathed his last, and great fear came upon all who heard it. Hearing these , Ananias and his , and came upon all who it. Hearing √ √ √ these words, Ananias fell down and breathed his last, and fear great came upon all who heard it. ἀναστάντες δὲ οἱ νεώτεροι συνέστειλαν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐξενέγκαντες ἔθαψαν \v 6 The young men arose and wrapped him up, and they carried him out and buried him. The young men arose and wrapped him up, and they him out and him. √ The young men arose and him wrapped [1] up, and him him they carried [1] out and buried him. Ἐγένετο δὲ ὡς ὡρῶν τριῶν διάστημα καὶ ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ μὴ εἰδυῖα τὸ γεγονὸς εἰσῆλθεν \s5 \p \v 7 After about three hours, his wife came in, not knowing what had happened. After about three , his wife came in, not what had happened. √ √ After about three hours, √ √ his wife came in, not knowing what had happened. ἀπεκρίθη δὲ πρὸς αὐτὴν Πέτρος Εἰπέ μοι εἰ τοσούτου τὸ χωρίον ἀπέδοσθε Ἡ δὲ εἶπεν Ναί τοσούτου \v 8 Peter said to her, "Tell me whether you sold the land for so much." She said, "Yes, for so much." said to her, "Tell me whether you sold the land for so much." She said, "Yes, for so much." Peter √ said to her, "Tell me whether you the land for so much." √ √ She said, "Yes, for so much." Ὁ δὲ Πέτρος πρὸς αὐτήν Τί ὅτι συνεφωνήθη ὑμῖν πειράσαι τὸ Πνεῦμα Κυρίου ἰδοὺ οἱ πόδες τῶν θαψάντων τὸν ἄνδρα σου ἐπὶ τῇ θύρᾳ καὶ ἐξοίσουσίν σε \s5 \v 9 Then Peter said to her, "How is it that you have agreed together to test the Spirit of the Lord? Look, the feet of the men who buried your husband are at the door, and they will carry you out." Then said to her, "How is it that you have agreed together to the ? Look, the feet of the men who your husband are at the door, and they will you out." √ Then Peter said to her, "How is it that you have agreed together to test the Spirit of the Lord? Look, the feet of the men who buried √ your husband are at the door, and you they will carry [1] out." Ἔπεσεν δὲ παραχρῆμα πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐξέψυξεν εἰσελθόντες δὲ οἱ νεανίσκοι εὗρον αὐτὴν νεκράν καὶ ἐξενέγκαντες ἔθαψαν πρὸς τὸν ἄνδρα αὐτῆς \v 10 She immediately fell down at his feet and breathed her last. When the young men came in, they found her dead, and carried her out and buried her beside her husband. She immediately at his feet and her . When the young men came in, they found her , and her out and her beside her husband. immediately She [1] fell down √ at his √ feet and breathed her last. When the young men came in, they found her dead, and her carried [1] out and buried her beside √ her husband. Καὶ ἐγένετο φόβος μέγας ἐφ᾽ ὅλην τὴν ἐκκλησίαν καὶ ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας ταῦτα \v 11 Great fear came upon the whole church and upon all who heard these things. Great came upon the whole and upon all who these things. √ Great fear came upon the whole church and upon all who heard these things. Διὰ δὲ τῶν χειρῶν τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐγίνετο σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα πολλὰ ἐν τῷ λαῷ καὶ ἦσαν ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἅπαντες ἐν τῇ στοᾷ Σολομῶντος \s5 \p \v 12 Many signs and wonders were taking place among the people through the hands of the apostles. They were all together in Solomon's Porch. Many and were taking place among the through the of the . They were all together in Porch. Many √ signs and wonders were taking place among the people through √the hands of the apostles. √ They were all together in √ Solomon's Porch. τῶν δὲ λοιπῶν οὐδεὶς ἐτόλμα κολλᾶσθαι αὐτοῖς ἀλλ᾽ ἐμεγάλυνεν αὐτοὺς ὁ λαός \v 13 But none of the rest had the courage to join them; however, they were held in high esteem by the people. But none of the rest had the to join them; however, they were held in high by the . But none of the rest had the courage to join them; however, they were held in high esteem wasn't sure how to do this since ULB changed subject and predicate around by the people. μᾶλλον δὲ προσετίθεντο πιστεύοντες τῷ Κυρίῳ πλήθη ἀνδρῶν τε καὶ γυναικῶν \s5 \v 14 Still more believers were being added to the Lord, multitudes of men and women, Still more were being added to the , multitudes of men and women, Still more √ believers were being added to the Lord, multitudes of men √ and women, ὥστε καὶ εἰς τὰς πλατείας ἐκφέρειν τοὺς ἀσθενεῖς καὶ τιθέναι ἐπὶ κλιναρίων καὶ κραβάττων ἵνα ἐρχομένου Πέτρου κἂν ἡ σκιὰ ἐπισκιάσῃ τινὶ αὐτῶν \v 15 so that they even carried the sick into the streets and laid them on beds and couches, so that as Peter came by, his shadow might fall on some of them. so that they even the sick into the streets and laid them on beds and couches, so that as came by, his might fall on some of them. so that even they [1] carried the sick into the streets and laid them on beds and couches, so that √ as Peter came by, √ his shadow might fall on some of them. συνήρχετο δὲ καὶ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν πέριξ πόλεων Ἰερουσαλήμ φέροντες ἀσθενεῖς καὶ ὀχλουμένους ὑπὸ πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων οἵτινες ἐθεραπεύοντο ἅπαντες \v 16 There also came together a great number of people from the towns around Jerusalem, bringing the sick and those afflicted with unclean spirits, and they were all healed. There also a great number of people from the towns around , bringing the sick and those afflicted with , and they were all . also There [1] came together √ √ a great number of people from the towns around Jerusalem, bringing the sick and those afflicted with unclean spirits, and they all were [1] healed. Ἀναστὰς δὲ ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς καὶ πάντες οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ ἡ οὖσα αἵρεσις τῶν Σαδδουκαίων ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου \s5 \p \v 17 But the high priest rose up, and all those who were with him (which is the sect of the Sadducees); and they were filled with jealousy But the up, and all those who were with him (which is the sect of the ); and they were filled with But the high priest rose up, and all those who were with him (which is the sect of the Sadducees); and they were filled with jealousy καὶ ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀποστόλους καὶ ἔθεντο αὐτοὺς ἐν τηρήσει δημοσίᾳ \v 18 and laid hands on the apostles, and held them in custody in the common prison. and laid on the , and them in the common prison. and laid √ hands on the apostles, and held them in custody the the in [1] common prison. Ἄγγελος δὲ Κυρίου διὰ νυκτὸς ἤνοιξε τὰς θύρας τῆς φυλακῆς ἐξαγαγών τε αὐτοὺς εἶπεν \s5 \v 19 Yet during the night an angel of the Lord opened the doors of the prison and led them out, and said, Yet during the night an of the opened the doors of the and led them out, and said, Yet during the night an angel of the Lord opened the doors of the prison and them led [1] out, and said, Πορεύεσθε καὶ σταθέντες λαλεῖτε ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τῷ λαῷ πάντα τὰ ῥήματα τῆς Ζωῆς ταύτης \v 20 "Go, stand in the temple and speak to the people all the words of this life." "Go, stand in the and speak to the all the of this ." "Go, √ stand in √the temple and speak to the people all the words √ of this life." Ἀκούσαντες δὲ εἰσῆλθον ὑπὸ τὸν ὄρθρον εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν καὶ ἐδίδασκον Παραγενόμενος δὲ ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ συνεκάλεσαν τὸ συνέδριον καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γερουσίαν τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ καὶ ἀπέστειλαν εἰς τὸ δεσμωτήριον ἀχθῆναι αὐτούς \v 21 When they heard this, they entered into the temple about daybreak and taught. But the high priest came, and those who were with him, and called the council together, all the elders of the people of Israel, and sent to the prison to have the apostles brought. When they this, they entered into the about daybreak and . But the came, and those who were with him, and the together, all the of the , and to the to have the apostles brought. When they heard this, they entered into the temple about √ daybreak and taught. But the high priest came, and those who were with him, and the council called [1] [2] together, all the elders of the people of Israel, and sent to the prison √ the apostles to have [1] brought. οἱ δὲ παραγενόμενοι ὑπηρέται οὐχ εὗρον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ ἀναστρέψαντες δὲ ἀπήγγειλαν \s5 \v 22 But the officers that went did not find them in the prison, and they returned and reported, But the that went did not find them in the , and they and , But the officers that went not did [1] find them in the prison, and they returned and reported, λέγοντες ὅτι Τὸ δεσμωτήριον εὕρομεν κεκλεισμένον ἐν πάσῃ ἀσφαλείᾳ καὶ τοὺς φύλακας ἑστῶτας ἐπὶ τῶν θυρῶν ἀνοίξαντες δὲ ἔσω οὐδένα εὕρομεν \v 23 "We found the prison securely shut and the guards standing at the door, but when we had opened it, we found no one inside." "We found the securely shut and the guards standing at the door, but when we had opened it, we found no one inside." √ √ "We found the prison √ √ √ securely shut and the guards standing at the door, but when we had opened it, we found no one inside." Ὡς δὲ ἤκουσαν τοὺς λόγους τούτους ὅ τε στρατηγὸς τοῦ ἱεροῦ καὶ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς διηπόρουν περὶ αὐτῶν τί ἂν γένοιτο τοῦτο \s5 \v 24 Now when the captain of the temple and the chief priests heard these words, they were much perplexed concerning them as to what would come of it. Now when the of the and the these , they were much perplexed concerning them as to what would come of it. Now when the √ captain of the temple and the chief priests heard √ these words, they were much perplexed concerning them √ √ as to what would come of it. παραγενόμενος δέ τις ἀπήγγειλεν αὐτοῖς ὅτι Ἰδοὺ οἱ ἄνδρες οὓς ἔθεσθε ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ εἰσὶν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ ἑστῶτες καὶ διδάσκοντες τὸν λαόν \v 25 Then someone came and told them, "The men whom you put in the prison are standing in the temple and teaching the people." Then someone came and told them, "The men whom you put in the are standing in the and the ." Then someone came and told them, √ √ "The men whom you put in the prison are standing in the temple and teaching the people." Τότε ἀπελθὼν ὁ στρατηγὸς σὺν τοῖς ὑπηρέταις ἦγεν αὐτούς οὐ μετὰ βίας ἐφοβοῦντο γὰρ τὸν λαόν μὴ λιθασθῶσιν \s5 \v 26 So the captain went with the officers and brought them back, but without violence, for they feared the people, that they might be stoned. So the went with the and brought them back, but without violence, for they the , that they might be . So the captain went with the officers and them brought [1] back, but √ √ without violence, for they feared the people, that √ they might be stoned. ἀγαγόντες δὲ αὐτοὺς ἔστησαν ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτοὺς ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς \v 27 When they had brought them, they set them before the council. The high priest interrogated them, When they had brought them, they set them before the . The interrogated them, When they had brought them, they set them before the council. √ The high priest interrogated them, λέγων Οὐ Παραγγελίᾳ παρηγγείλαμεν ὑμῖν μὴ διδάσκειν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ καὶ ἰδοὺ πεπληρώκατε τὴν Ἰερουσαλὴμ τῆς διδαχῆς ὑμῶν καὶ βούλεσθε ἐπαγαγεῖν ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς τὸ αἷμα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου \v 28 saying, "We ordered you with a command not to teach in this name, and yet you have filled Jerusalem with your teaching and desire to bring this man's blood upon us." saying, "We you with a not to in this , and yet you have filled with your and to bring this man's upon us." saying, √ "We ordered you with a command not to teach in √ this name, and yet you have filled √ Jerusalem √ with your teaching and desire to bring √ this man's √ blood upon us." Ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ Πέτρος καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι εἶπαν Πειθαρχεῖν δεῖ Θεῷ μᾶλλον ἢ ἀνθρώποις \s5 \v 29 But Peter and the apostles answered, "We must obey God rather than men. But and the answered, "We must rather than men. But Peter and the apostles √ answered, must "We [1] obey God rather than men. ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν ἤγειρεν Ἰησοῦν ὃν ὑμεῖς διεχειρίσασθε κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ ξύλου \v 30 The God of our fathers raised up Jesus, whom you killed by hanging him on a tree. The of our up , whom you by hanging him on a tree. The God √ of our fathers raised up Jesus, whom you killed by hanging him on a tree. τοῦτον ὁ Θεὸς Ἀρχηγὸν καὶ Σωτῆρα ὕψωσεν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ τοῦ δοῦναι μετάνοιαν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν \v 31 God exalted him to his right hand to be a Prince and a Savior, to give repentance to Israel, and forgiveness of sins. him to his to be a Prince and a , to give to , and of . √ √ God exalted him √ to his right hand to be a Prince and a Savior, √ to give repentance √ to Israel, and forgiveness of sins. καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐσμεν μάρτυρες τῶν ῥημάτων τούτων καὶ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ὃ ἔδωκεν ὁ Θεὸς τοῖς πειθαρχοῦσιν αὐτῷ \v 32 We are witnesses of these things, and so is the Holy Spirit, whom God has given to those who obey him." We are of these things, and so is the , whom has given to those who him." √ We are witnesses √ of these things, and so is the Holy √ Spirit, whom √ God has given to those who obey him." Οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες διεπρίοντο καὶ ἐβούλοντο ἀνελεῖν αὐτούς \s5 \p \v 33 When the council members heard this, they were furious and they wanted to kill the apostles. When the council members this, they were furious and they wanted to the apostles. When √ the council heard this, they were furious and they wanted to kill √ the apostles. Ἀναστὰς δέ τις ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ Φαρισαῖος ὀνόματι Γαμαλιήλ νομοδιδάσκαλος τίμιος παντὶ τῷ λαῷ ἐκέλευσεν ἔξω βραχὺ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ποιῆσαι \v 34 But a Pharisee named Gamaliel, a teacher of the law who was honored by all the people, stood up in the council and gave a command to take the men outside for a little while. But a Gamaliel, a of the law who was by all the , stood up in the and gave a to take the men outside for a little while. But a Pharisee named Gamaliel, a teacher of the law who was honored by all the people, stood up √ in the council and gave a command to take the men outside for a little while. Εἶπέν τε πρὸς αὐτούς Ἄνδρες Ἰσραηλῖται προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τούτοις τί μέλλετε πράσσειν \s5 \v 35 Then he said to them, "Men of Israel, pay close attention to what you propose to do with these people. Then he said to them, "Men of , pay close attention to what you propose to do with these people. Then he said to them, "Men of Israel, pay close attention √ √ √ to what you propose to do with these people. πρὸ γὰρ τούτων τῶν ἡμερῶν ἀνέστη Θευδᾶς λέγων εἶναί τινα ἑαυτόν ᾧ προσεκλίθη ἀνδρῶν ἀριθμὸς ὡς τετρακοσίων ὃς ἀνῃρέθη καὶ πάντες ὅσοι ἐπείθοντο αὐτῷ διελύθησαν καὶ ἐγένοντο εἰς οὐδέν \v 36 For before these days, Theudas rose up claiming to be somebody, and a number of men, about four hundred, joined him. He was killed, and all who had been obeying him were scattered and came to nothing. For before these , Theudas up claiming to be somebody, and a number of men, about four hundred, joined him. He was , and all who had been him were scattered and came to nothing. For before these √ days, Theudas rose up claiming to be somebody, √ and a number of men, about four hundred, joined him. √ He was killed and all who had been obeying him were scattered and came to nothing. μετὰ τοῦτον ἀνέστη Ἰούδας ὁ Γαλιλαῖος ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῆς ἀπογραφῆς καὶ ἀπέστησεν λαὸν ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ κἀκεῖνος ἀπώλετο καὶ πάντες ὅσοι ἐπείθοντο αὐτῷ διεσκορπίσθησαν \v 37 After this man, Judas of Galilee rose up in the days of the census and drew away some people after him. He also perished, and all who had been obeying him were scattered. After this man, Judas of up in the of the and drew away some after him. He also , and all who had been him were . After this man, Judas √ of Galilee rose up in the days of the census and drew away some people after him. He also perished, and all who had been obeying him were scattered. Καὶ τὰ νῦν λέγω ὑμῖν ἀπόστητε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τούτων καὶ ἄφετε αὐτούς ὅτι ἐὰν ᾖ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ἡ βουλὴ αὕτη ἢ τὸ ἔργον τοῦτο καταλυθήσεται \s5 \v 38 Now I say to you, keep away from these men and let them alone, for if this plan or work is of men, it will be overthrown. Now I say to you, keep away from these men and let them alone, for if this plan or is of men, it will be . √ √ Now I say to you, keep away from √ these men and them let [1] alone, for if √ this plan or √ work √ is of men, it will be overthrown. εἰ δὲ ἐκ Θεοῦ ἐστιν οὐ δυνήσεσθε καταλῦσαι αὐτούς μήποτε καὶ θεομάχοι εὑρεθῆτε Ἐπείσθησαν δὲ αὐτῷ \v 39 But if it is of God, you will not be able to overthrow them; you may even find that you are fighting against God." So they were persuaded. But if it is of , you not to overthrow them; you may even find that you are fighting against ." So they . But if it is of God, not you will [1] be able to overthrow them; may even you [1] be found √ fighting against God." So they were persuaded. √ καὶ προσκαλεσάμενοι τοὺς ἀποστόλους δείραντες παρήγγειλαν μὴ λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ καὶ ἀπέλυσαν \s5 \v 40 Then they called the apostles in and beat them and commanded them not to speak in the name of Jesus, and let them go. Then they the in and beat them and them not to speak in the of , and let them go. Then the apostles they called [1] [2] in and beat them and commanded them not to speak in the name √ of Jesus, and them let [1] go. Οἱ μὲν οὖν ἐπορεύοντο χαίροντες ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ συνεδρίου ὅτι κατηξιώθησαν ὑπὲρ τοῦ Ὀνόματος ἀτιμασθῆναι \v 41 They went away from before the council rejoicing that they were counted worthy to suffer dishonor for the Name. They went away from the that they were counted to suffer for the Name. They √ √ went away from before the council rejoicing that they were counted worthy to suffer dishonor for the Name. πᾶσάν τε ἡμέραν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ καὶ κατ᾽ οἶκον οὐκ ἐπαύοντο διδάσκοντες καὶ εὐαγγελιζόμενοι τὸν Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν \v 42 Thereafter every day, in the temple and from house to house, they were continuously teaching and proclaiming the good news that the Christ is Jesus. Thereafter every , in the and from to house, they were continuously and the that the is . Thereafter, every √ day, in the temple and from house to house, √ √ continuously they were [1] teaching and proclaiming the good news that the Christ is Jesus. Ἐν δὲ ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις πληθυνόντων τῶν μαθητῶν ἐγένετο γογγυσμὸς τῶν Ἑλληνιστῶν πρὸς τοὺς Ἑβραίους ὅτι παρεθεωροῦντο ἐν τῇ διακονίᾳ τῇ καθημερινῇ αἱ χῆραι αὐτῶν \s5 \c 6 \p \v 1 Now in these days, when the number of the disciples was multiplying, a complaint by the Grecian Jews began against the Hebrews, because their widows were being overlooked in the daily distribution of help. Now in these days, when the number of the was , a complaint by the Jews began against the , because their widows were being overlooked in the distribution of help. Now in √ these days, when the number of disciples was multiplying, a complaint by the Grecian Jews began against the Hebrews, because √ their widows were being overlooked in the daily √ distribution of help. Προσκαλεσάμενοι δὲ οἱ δώδεκα τὸ πλῆθος τῶν μαθητῶν εἶπαν Οὐκ ἀρεστόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς καταλείψαντας τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ διακονεῖν τραπέζαις \s5 \v 2 The twelve called the multitude of the disciples to them and said, "It is not right for us to give up the word of God in order to serve tables. The twelve the multitude of the to them and said, "It is not right for us to the in to tables. √ The twelve called the multitude of the disciples to them and said, "It is not right for us to give up the word √ of God in order to serve tables. ἐπισκέψασθε δέ ἀδελφοί ἄνδρας ἐξ ὑμῶν μαρτυρουμένους ἑπτὰ πλήρεις Πνεύματος καὶ σοφίας οὓς καταστήσομεν ἐπὶ τῆς χρείας ταύτης \v 3 You should therefore choose, brothers, seven men from among yourselves, men of good reputation, full of the Spirit and of wisdom, whom we may appoint over this business. You should therefore choose, , seven men from among yourselves, men of good , and of , whom we may over this business. therefore therefore You should [1] choose, √ brothers, seven men from among yourselves, men of good reputation, full the of [1] Spirit and of wisdom, whom we may appoint over √ this business. ἡμεῖς δὲ τῇ προσευχῇ καὶ τῇ διακονίᾳ τοῦ λόγου προσκαρτερήσομεν \v 4 As for us, we will always continue in prayer and in the ministry of the word." As for us, we will always continue in and in the of the ." As for us,<.w> we √ always we will [1] continue √ in prayer and in the ministry of the word." Καὶ ἤρεσεν ὁ λόγος ἐνώπιον παντὸς τοῦ πλήθους καὶ ἐξελέξαντο Στέφανον ἄνδρα πλήρης πίστεως καὶ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου καὶ Φίλιππον καὶ Πρόχορον καὶ Νικάνορα καὶ Τίμωνα καὶ Παρμενᾶν καὶ Νικόλαον προσήλυτον Ἀντιοχέα \s5 \v 5 Their speech pleased the whole multitude. So they chose Stephen, a man full of faith and of the Holy Spirit, and Philip, Prochorus, Nicanor, Timon, Parmenas, and Nicolaus, a proselyte from Antioch. Their speech pleased the whole multitude. So they , a man of and , and , Prochorus, Nicanor, Timon, Parmenas, and Nicolaus, a proselyte from . √ √ Their speech pleased √ the whole √ multitude. So they chose Stephen, a man full of faith and of the Holy Spirit, and Philip, √ Prochorus, √ Nicanor, √ Timon, √ Parmenas, and Nicolaus, a proselyte from Antioch. οὓς ἔστησαν ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ προσευξάμενοι ἐπέθηκαν αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας \v 6 The believers brought these men before the apostles, who prayed and then placed their hands upon them. The believers brought these men before the , who and then placed their upon them. √ The believers brought these men before the apostles, √ who prayed and then placed their hands upon them. Καὶ ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ηὔξανεν καὶ ἐπληθύνετο ὁ ἀριθμὸς τῶν μαθητῶν ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ σφόδρα πολύς τε ὄχλος τῶν ἱερέων ὑπήκουον τῇ πίστει \s5 \p \v 7 So the word of God continued to spread, and the number of disciples in Jerusalem increased greatly, and a large number of the priests became obedient to the faith. So the continued to spread, and the number of in greatly, and a large number of the became to the . So the word √ of God continued to spread, and the number √ of disciples in Jerusalem increased greatly, and a large number of the priests became obedient to the faith. Στέφανος δὲ πλήρης χάριτος καὶ δυνάμεως ἐποίει τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα μεγάλα ἐν τῷ λαῷ \s5 \p \v 8 Now Stephen, full of grace and power, was doing great wonders and signs among the people. Now , full of and power, was doing and among the . Now Stephen, full of grace and power, was doing great wonders and signs among the people. ἀνέστησαν δέ τινες τῶν ἐκ τῆς συναγωγῆς τῆς λεγομένης Λιβερτίνων καὶ Κυρηναίων καὶ Ἀλεξανδρέων καὶ τῶν ἀπὸ Κιλικίας καὶ Ἀσίας συζητοῦντες τῷ Στεφάνῳ \v 9 But there arose some people who belonged to the synagogue called the synagogue of the Freedmen, of the Cyrenians and Alexandrians, and some from Cilicia and Asia. These people were debating with Stephen. But there arose some people who belonged to the the synagogue of the Freedmen, of the and Alexandrians, and some from and . These people were debating with . But there arose some people who belonged to the synagogue √ called the synagogue of the Freedmen, √ of the Cyrenians and Alexandrians, and some √ from Cilicia and Asia. These people were debating √ with Stephen. καὶ οὐκ ἴσχυον ἀντιστῆναι τῇ σοφίᾳ καὶ τῷ Πνεύματι ᾧ ἐλάλει \s5 \v 10 But they were not able to stand against the wisdom and the Spirit with which Stephen spoke. But they not to stand against the and the with which Stephen spoke. But not there were [1] able to stand against the wisdom and the Spirit with which Stephen spoke. Τότε ὑπέβαλον ἄνδρας λέγοντας ὅτι Ἀκηκόαμεν αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος ῥήματα βλάσφημα εἰς Μωϋσῆν καὶ τὸν Θεόν \v 11 Then they bribed some men to say, "We have heard Stephen speak blasphemous words against Moses and against God." Then they some men to say, "We have Stephen speak against and against ." Then they bribed some men to say, √ "We have heard √ Stephen speak blasphemous words against Moses and √ against God." συνεκίνησάν τε τὸν λαὸν καὶ τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους καὶ τοὺς γραμματεῖς καὶ ἐπιστάντες συνήρπασαν αὐτὸν καὶ ἤγαγον εἰς τὸ συνέδριον \s5 \v 12 They stirred up the people, the elders, and the scribes, and they approached Stephen and seized him and brought him before the council. They stirred up the , the , and the , and they approached Stephen and him and brought him before the . They stirred up √ the people, √ the elders, and the scribes, and they approached Stephen and seized him and brought him before the council. Ἔστησάν τε μάρτυρας ψευδεῖς λέγοντας Ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος οὐ παύεται λαλῶν ῥήματα κατὰ τοῦ τόπου τοῦ ἁγίου τούτου καὶ τοῦ νόμου \v 13 They brought false witnesses, who said, "This man does not stop speaking words against this holy place and the law. They brought , who said, "This man does not stop speaking against this and . They brought √ false witnesses, who said, √ "This man not does [1] stop speaking words against √ this holy √ place and the law. ἀκηκόαμεν γὰρ αὐτοῦ λέγοντος ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος οὗτος καταλύσει τὸν τόπον τοῦτον καὶ ἀλλάξει τὰ ἔθη ἃ παρέδωκεν ἡμῖν Μωϋσῆς \v 14 For we have heard him say that this Jesus of Nazareth will destroy this place and change the customs that Moses handed down to us." For we have him say that this of will this place and change the customs that handed down to us." For we have heard him say that this Jesus √ of Nazareth will destroy √ this place and change the customs that Moses handed down to us." Καὶ ἀτενίσαντες εἰς αὐτὸν πάντες οἱ καθεζόμενοι ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ εἶδον τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ πρόσωπον ἀγγέλου \v 15 Everyone who sat in the council fixed their eyes on him and saw his face was like the face of an angel. Everyone who sat in the fixed their eyes on him and saw his was the of an . √ Everyone who sat in √the council fixed their eyes on him and saw √ his face was like the face of an angel. Εἶπεν δὲ ὁ ἀρχιερεύς Εἰ ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχει \s5 \c 7 \p \v 1 The high priest said, "Are these things true?" The said, "Are these things true?" The √ high priest said, √ "Are these things true?" Ὁ δὲ ἔφη Ἄνδρες ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες ἀκούσατε Ὁ Θεὸς τῆς δόξης ὤφθη τῷ πατρὶ ἡμῶν Ἀβραὰμ ὄντι ἐν τῇ Μεσοποταμίᾳ πρὶν ἢ κατοικῆσαι αὐτὸν ἐν Χαρράν \v 2 Stephen said, \p "Brothers and fathers, listen to me: The God of glory appeared to our father Abraham when he was in Mesopotamia, before he lived in Haran; Stephen said, "Brothers and , to me: The of appeared to our when he was in , before he lived in Haran; √ √ Stephen said, √ "Brothers and fathers, listen to me: The God √ of glory appeared √ to our father Abraham when he was in √ Mesopotamia, before √ he lived in Haran; \p καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν Ἔξελθε ἐκ τῆς γῆς σου καὶ ἐκ τῆς συγγενείας σου καὶ δεῦρο εἰς τὴν γῆν ἣν ἄν σοι δείξω \v 3 he said to him, 'Leave your land and your relatives, and go into the land that I will show you.' he said to him, 'Leave your and your relatives, and go into the that I will show you.' √ he said to him, 'Leave √ √ your land and √ √ your relatives, and go into the land that √ I will show you.' τότε ἐξελθὼν ἐκ γῆς Χαλδαίων κατῴκησεν ἐν Χαρράν κἀκεῖθεν μετὰ τὸ ἀποθανεῖν τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ μετῴκισεν αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν γῆν ταύτην εἰς ἣν ὑμεῖς νῦν κατοικεῖτε \s5 \p \v 4 "Then he left the land of the Chaldeans and lived in Haran; from there, after his father died, God brought him into this land, where you live now. "Then he left the of the and lived in Haran; from there, after his , God brought him into this , where you live now. "Then he left √ the land the of [1] Chaldeans and lived in Haran; from there, after √ his father √ died, God brought him into √ this land, √ where you live now. Καὶ οὐκ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κληρονομίαν ἐν αὐτῇ οὐδὲ βῆμα ποδός καὶ ἐπηγγείλατο δοῦναι αὐτῷ εἰς κατάσχεσιν αὐτὴν καὶ τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ μετ᾽ αὐτόν οὐκ ὄντος αὐτῷ τέκνου \v 5 He gave none of it as an inheritance to him, no, not even enough to set a foot on. But he promised—even though Abraham had no child yet—that he would give the land as a possession to him and to his descendants after him. He gave none of it as an to him, no, not even enough to set a foot on. But he —even though Abraham had no yet—that he would give the land as a to him and to his after him. √ He gave none of it as an inheritance to him, no, √ √ not even enough to set a foot on. But he promised- even though Abraham had no child yet- that he would give the land as a possession to him √ √ and √ to his descendants after him. ἐλάλησεν δὲ οὕτως ὁ Θεὸς ὅτι ἔσται τὸ σπέρμα αὐτοῦ πάροικον ἐν γῇ ἀλλοτρίᾳ καὶ δουλώσουσιν αὐτὸ καὶ κακώσουσιν ἔτη τετρακόσια \s5 \v 6 God was speaking to him like this, that his descendants would live for a while in a foreign land, and that the inhabitants there would bring them into slavery and mistreat them for four hundred years. was speaking to him like this, that his would live for a while in a , and that the inhabitants there would them and them for four hundred . √ God was speaking to him √ like this, that √ √ his descendants would live for a while in a foreign land, and that the inhabitants there them would bring [1] into slavery and mistreat them for four hundred years. Καὶ τὸ ἔθνος ᾧ ἐὰν δουλεύσουσιν κρινῶ ἐγώ ὁ Θεὸς εἶπεν Καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐξελεύσονται καὶ λατρεύσουσίν μοι ἐν τῷ τόπῳ τούτῳ \v 7 'But I will judge the nation that they serve,' said God, 'and after that they will come out and worship me in this place.' 'But I the that they ,' said , 'and after that they will come out and me in this place.' But 'I will judge the nation that √ they serve,' √ said God, 'and after that they will come out and worship me in √ this place.' Καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ διαθήκην περιτομῆς καὶ οὕτως ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰσαὰκ καὶ περιέτεμεν αὐτὸν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ὀγδόῃ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ τὸν Ἰακώβ καὶ Ἰακὼβ τοὺς δώδεκα πατριάρχας \v 8 Then God gave Abraham the covenant of circumcision, so Abraham became the father of Isaac and circumcised him on the eighth day; Isaac became the father of Jacob, and Jacob the father of the twelve patriarchs. Then God gave Abraham the of , so Abraham became the of and him on the eighth ; became the father of , and the father of . Then God gave √ Abraham the covenant of circumcision, so √ Abraham became the father √ of Isaac and circumcised him on the eighth √ day; √ Isaac became the father √ of Jacob, and Jacob the father of the twelve patriarchs. Καὶ οἱ πατριάρχαι ζηλώσαντες τὸν Ἰωσὴφ ἀπέδοντο εἰς Αἴγυπτον καὶ ἦν ὁ Θεὸς μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ \s5 \p \v 9 "Because the patriarchs were jealous of Joseph, they sold him into Egypt; but God was with him "Because the were of , they sold him into ; but was with him "Because the patriarchs were jealous √ of Joseph, they sold him into Egypt; but √ God was with him καὶ ἐξείλατο αὐτὸν ἐκ πασῶν τῶν θλίψεων αὐτοῦ καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ χάριν καὶ σοφίαν ἐναντίον Φαραὼ βασιλέως Αἰγύπτου καὶ κατέστησεν αὐτὸν ἡγούμενον ἐπ᾽ Αἴγυπτον καὶ ἐφ᾽ ὅλον τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ \v 10 and rescued him from all his tribulation. He gave Joseph favor and wisdom in the presence of Pharaoh, king of Egypt, who appointed him governor over Egypt and over all his household. and him from all his . He gave Joseph and in the presence of Pharaoh, , who him over and over all his . and rescued him from all √ his tribulation. √ He gave √ Joseph favor and wisdom in the presence of Pharaoh, king of Egypt, √ who appointed him governor over Egypt and over all √ his household. Ἦλθεν δὲ λιμὸς ἐφ᾽ ὅλην τὴν Αἴγυπτον καὶ Χανάαν καὶ θλῖψις μεγάλη καὶ οὐχ ηὕρισκον χορτάσματα οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν \s5 \p \v 11 "Now a famine and great tribulation came over all Egypt and Canaan, and our fathers could find no food. "Now a and came over all and Canaan, and our could find no food. "Now a famine and great tribulation came over all √ Egypt and Canaan, and √ our fathers could find no food. ἀκούσας δὲ Ἰακὼβ ὄντα σιτία εἰς Αἴγυπτον ἐξαπέστειλεν τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν πρῶτον \v 12 But when Jacob heard that there was grain in Egypt, he sent out our fathers on their first trip. But when that there was grain in , he our on their first trip. But when Jacob heard that there was grain in Egypt, he sent out √ our fathers on their first trip. καὶ ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ ἀνεγνωρίσθη Ἰωσὴφ τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς αὐτοῦ καὶ φανερὸν ἐγένετο τῷ Φαραὼ τὸ γένος τοῦ Ἰωσήφ \v 13 On their second trip Joseph made himself known to his brothers, and Joseph's family became known to Pharaoh. On their second trip himself to his , and became known to . √ On their second trip Joseph himself made [1] known √ his to [1] brothers, and √ Joseph's √ family became known √ to Pharaoh ἀποστείλας δὲ Ἰωσὴφ μετεκαλέσατο Ἰακὼβ τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν συγγένειαν ἐν ψυχαῖς ἑβδομήκοντα πέντε \s5 \v 14 Joseph sent his brothers back to invite Jacob his father to come to Egypt, along with all his relatives, seventy-five persons in all. his brothers back to his to come to Egypt, along with all his relatives, seventy-five in all. Joseph √ his brothers sent [1] [2] back to invite Jacob √ his father to come to Egypt, along with all √ his relatives, √ √ seventy-five persons √ all. Καὶ κατέβη Ἰακὼβ εἰς Αἴγυπτον καὶ ἐτελεύτησεν αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν \v 15 So Jacob went down into Egypt, and he died, he and our fathers. So went down into , and he , he and our . So Jacob went down into Egypt, and he died, he and √ our fathers. καὶ μετετέθησαν εἰς Συχὲμ καὶ ἐτέθησαν ἐν τῷ μνήματι ᾧ ὠνήσατο Ἀβραὰμ τιμῆς ἀργυρίου παρὰ τῶν υἱῶν Ἑμμὼρ ἐν Συχέμ \v 16 They were carried over to Shechem and laid in the tomb that Abraham had bought for a price in silver from the sons of Hamor in Shechem. They were carried over to Shechem and laid in the that had bought for a price in from the of Hamor in Shechem. √ They were carried over to Shechem and laid in √the tomb that Abraham had bought for a price in silver from the sons of Hamor in Shechem. Καθὼς δὲ ἤγγιζεν ὁ χρόνος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας ἧς ὡμολόγησεν ὁ Θεὸς τῷ Ἀβραάμ ηὔξησεν ὁ λαὸς καὶ ἐπληθύνθη ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ \s5 \p \v 17 "As the time of the promise approached, the promise that God had made to Abraham, the people grew and multiplied in Egypt, "As the of the approached, the that had made to , the grew and in , "As √ the time of the promise approached, the promise that √ God had made √ to Abraham, the people grew and multiplied in Egypt, ἄχρι οὗ ἀνέστη βασιλεὺς ἕτερος ἐπ᾽ Αἴγυπτον ὃς οὐκ ᾔδει τὸν Ἰωσήφ \v 18 until there arose another king over Egypt, a king who did not know about Joseph. until there arose another over , a king who did not about . until √ there arose another king over Egypt, a king who not did [1] know √ about Joseph. οὗτος κατασοφισάμενος τὸ γένος ἡμῶν ἐκάκωσεν τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν τοῦ ποιεῖν τὰ βρέφη ἔκθετα αὐτῶν εἰς τὸ μὴ ζωογονεῖσθαι \v 19 He deceived our people and mistreated our fathers, forcing them to expose their newborn infants so they would not be kept alive. He deceived our and our , forcing them to expose their newborn infants so they would not be kept . He deceived √ our people and mistreated √ our fathers, √ forcing them to expose √ their newborn infants √ √ so not they would [1] be kept alive. Ἐν ᾧ καιρῷ ἐγεννήθη Μωϋσῆς καὶ ἦν ἀστεῖος τῷ Θεῷ ὃς ἀνετράφη μῆνας τρεῖς ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ τοῦ πατρός \s5 \p \v 20 "At that time Moses was born; he was very beautiful before God and was nourished for three months in his father's house. "At that was born; he was very beautiful before and was nourished for three in his . "At that time Moses was born; √ he was very beautiful √ before God and √ was nourished for three months in his father's √ house. ἐκτεθέντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ἀνείλατο αὐτὸν ἡ θυγάτηρ Φαραὼ καὶ ἀνεθρέψατο αὐτὸν ἑαυτῇ εἰς υἱόν \v 21 When he was placed outside, Pharaoh's daughter adopted him and raised him as her own son. When he was placed outside, daughter adopted him and raised him as her own . When he was placed outside, √ Pharaoh's daughter adopted him and raised him as her own √ son. καὶ ἐπαιδεύθη Μωϋσῆς ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ Αἰγυπτίων ἦν δὲ δυνατὸς ἐν λόγοις καὶ ἔργοις αὐτοῦ \s5 \v 22 Moses was educated in all the wisdom of the Egyptians, and he was mighty in his words and works. was in all the of the , and he was in and . √ Moses was educated in all the wisdom of the Egyptians, and he was mighty in his words and works. Ὡς δὲ ἐπληροῦτο αὐτῷ τεσσερακονταέτης χρόνος ἀνέβη ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ ἐπισκέψασθαι τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἰσραήλ \p \v 23 "But when he was about forty years old, it came into his heart to visit his brothers, the descendants of Israel. "But when he was about forty years old, it came into his to visit his , the . "But when he was √ about forty years old, it came into √ his heart to visit √ his brothers, the descendants of Israel. καὶ ἰδών τινα ἀδικούμενον ἠμύνατο καὶ ἐποίησεν ἐκδίκησιν τῷ καταπονουμένῳ πατάξας τὸν Αἰγύπτιον \v 24 Seeing an Israelite being mistreated, Moses defended him and avenged him who was oppressed by striking the Egyptian: Seeing an Israelite being , Moses defended him and him who was by striking the : √ Seeing √ an Israelite being mistreated, Moses defended him and √ avenged him who was oppressed by striking the Egyptian: ἐνόμιζεν δὲ συνιέναι τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ ὅτι ὁ Θεὸς διὰ χειρὸς αὐτοῦ δίδωσιν σωτηρίαν αὐτοῖς οἱ δὲ οὐ συνῆκαν \v 25 he thought that his brothers would understand that God, by his hand, was giving them salvation, but they did not understand. he thought that his would that , by his , was giving them , but they did not . he thought √ that √ his brothers would understand that √ God, by his hand, was giving them salvation, but they not did [1] understand. Τῇ τε ἐπιούσῃ ἡμέρᾳ ὤφθη αὐτοῖς μαχομένοις καὶ συνήλλασσεν αὐτοὺς εἰς εἰρήνην εἰπών Ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί ἐστε ἱνατί ἀδικεῖτε ἀλλήλους \s5 \v 26 On the next day he appeared to them when they were fighting, and he tried to make peace between them, saying, 'Men, you are brothers; why are you wronging one another?' On the next he appeared to them when they were fighting, and he tried to make between them, saying, 'Men, you are ; why are you one another?' On the √ next day he appeared to them when they were fighting, and he tried to make peace between them, saying, 'Men, you are brothers; why are you wronging one another?' Ὁ δὲ ἀδικῶν τὸν πλησίον ἀπώσατο αὐτὸν εἰπών Τίς σε κατέστησεν ἄρχοντα καὶ δικαστὴν ἐφ᾽ ἡμῶν \p \v 27 "But the one who had wronged his neighbor pushed him away, and said, 'Who appointed you a ruler and a judge over us? "But the one who had his him , and said, 'Who you a and a over us? "But the one who had wronged √ his neighbor him pushed [1] away, and said, 'Who appointed you a ruler and a judge over us? μὴ ἀνελεῖν με σὺ θέλεις ὃν τρόπον ἀνεῖλες ἐχθὲς τὸν Αἰγύπτιον \v 28 Would you like to kill me, as you killed the Egyptian yesterday?' Would you like to me, as you the yesterday?' √ Would you like to kill me, √ as you you killed the Egyptian yesterday? ἔφυγεν δὲ Μωϋσῆς ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ καὶ ἐγένετο πάροικος ἐν γῇ Μαδιάμ οὗ ἐγέννησεν υἱοὺς δύο \s5 \v 29 Moses ran away after hearing this statement; he became a foreigner in the land of Midian, where he became the father of two sons. away after hearing this statement; he became a in the of Midian, where he became the of two . Moses √ ran away √ after hearing √ this statement; √ he became a foreigner in the land of Median, where he became the father of two sons. Καὶ πληρωθέντων ἐτῶν τεσσεράκοντα ὤφθη αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τοῦ ὄρους Σινᾶ ἄγγελος ἐν φλογὶ πυρὸς βάτου \p \v 30 "When forty years were past, an angel appeared to him in the wilderness of Mount Sinai, in a flame of fire in a bush. "When forty were past, an appeared to him in the of , in a flame of in a bush. When forty years were past, an angel appeared to him in the wilderness √ of Mount Sinai, in a flame√ of fire in a bush. ὁ δὲ Μωϋσῆς ἰδὼν ἐθαύμαζεν τὸ ὅραμα προσερχομένου δὲ αὐτοῦ κατανοῆσαι ἐγένετο φωνὴ Κυρίου \s5 \v 31 When Moses saw the fire, he marveled at the sight; and as he approached to look at it, the voice of the Lord came, saying, When saw the fire, he at the sight; and as he approached to look at it, the of the came, saying, √ When Moses saw the fire, he marveled at the sight; and as he approached to look at it, the voice of the Lord came, saying, Ἐγὼ ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πατέρων σου ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακώβ ἔντρομος δὲ γενόμενος Μωϋσῆς οὐκ ἐτόλμα κατανοῆσαι \v 32 'I am the God of your fathers, the God of Abraham, and of Isaac, and of Jacob.' Moses trembled and did not dare to look. 'I am the of your , the of , and of , and of .' and did not to look. 'I am the God of your fathers, the God of Abraham, and of Isaac, and of Jacob.' Moses trembled and did not dare to look. Εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ Κύριος Λῦσον τὸ ὑπόδημα τῶν ποδῶν σου ὁ γὰρ τόπος ἐφ᾽ ᾧ ἕστηκας γῆ ἁγία ἐστίν \s5 \p \v 33 "The Lord said to him, 'Take off the sandals from your feet, for the place where you are standing is holy ground. "The said to him, 'Take off the from your feet, for the place where you are standing is . The Lord said √ to him, 'Take off the sandals √ from your feet, for the place √ where you are standing is holy ground. ἰδὼν εἶδον τὴν κάκωσιν τοῦ λαοῦ μου τοῦ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ καὶ τοῦ στεναγμοῦ αὐτῶν ἤκουσα καὶ κατέβην ἐξελέσθαι αὐτούς καὶ νῦν δεῦρο ἀποστείλω σε εἰς Αἴγυπτον \v 34 I have certainly seen the oppression of my people who are in Egypt; I have heard their groaning, and I have come down to rescue them; now come, I will send you to Egypt.' I have certainly seen the of who are in ; I have their , and I have come down to them; now come, I will you to .' certainly I have [1] seen Not sure if I did this correctly, perhaps the whole phrase should translate the one word εἶδον as Accordance tagged for NASB the oppression √ of my people who are in Egypt; √ I have heard √ their groaning, and I have come down to rescue them; √ now come, I will send you to Egypt.' Τοῦτον τὸν Μωϋσῆν ὃν ἠρνήσαντο εἰπόντες Τίς σε κατέστησεν ἄρχοντα καὶ δικαστήν τοῦτον ὁ Θεὸς καὶ ἄρχοντα καὶ λυτρωτὴν ἀπέσταλκεν σὺν χειρὶ ἀγγέλου τοῦ ὀφθέντος αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ βάτῳ \s5 \p \v 35 "This Moses whom they rejected, when they said, 'Who appointed you a ruler and a judge?'—he was the one whom God sent as both a ruler and deliverer. God sent him by the hand of the angel who appeared to Moses in the bush. "This whom they , when they said, 'Who you a and a ?'—he was the one whom as both a and . God sent him the who appeared to Moses in the bush. This √ Moses whom they rejected, when they said, 'Who appointed you a ruler and a judge?'- √ he was the one whom √ God sent as both a ruler and a deliverer. God sent him by the hand of the angel who appeared √ to Moses in the bush. οὗτος ἐξήγαγεν αὐτοὺς ποιήσας τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ καὶ ἐν Ἐρυθρᾷ Θαλάσσῃ καὶ ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἔτη τεσσεράκοντα \v 36 Moses led them out of Egypt, after doing miracles and signs in Egypt and at the Sea of Reeds, and in the wilderness during forty years. Moses led them out of , after doing and in Egypt and at the , and in the during forty . √ Moses them led [1] out of Egypt, after doing miracles and signs in √ Egypt and at the Sea of Reeds, and in the wilderness during forty years. Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Μωϋσῆς ὁ εἴπας τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ Προφήτην ὑμῖν ἀναστήσει ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν ὡς ἐμέ \p \v 37 "It is the same Moses who said to the people of Israel, 'God will raise up a prophet for you from among your brothers, a prophet like me.' "It is the same who said to the , ' will a for you from among your , a prophet like me.' "It is the same Moses who said to the people of Israel, √ 'God will raise up a prophet for you from √ among your brothers, a prophet like me.' οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ γενόμενος ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ μετὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου τοῦ λαλοῦντος αὐτῷ ἐν τῷ ὄρει Σινᾶ καὶ τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν ὃς ἐδέξατο λόγια ζῶντα δοῦναι ἡμῖν \s5 \v 38 This is the man who was in the assembly in the wilderness with the angel who had spoken to him on Mount Sinai, who was with our fathers, and who received living words to give to us. This is the man who was in the in the with the who had spoken to him on , who was with our , and who words to give to us. This is the man who was in the assembly in the wilderness with the angel who had spoken to him on √ Mount Sinai, √ √ who was with our fathers, and who received living words to give to us. ᾧ οὐκ ἠθέλησαν ὑπήκοοι γενέσθαι οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν ἀλλὰ ἀπώσαντο καὶ ἐστράφησαν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν εἰς Αἴγυπτον \p \v 39 "But our fathers refused to obey him; they pushed him away from themselves, and in their hearts they turned back to Egypt. "But our refused to him; they him from themselves, and in their they to ı. "But √ our fathers √ √ refused √ √ to obey him; √ him they pushed [1] away from themselves, and in √ their hearts they turned back to Egypt. εἰπόντες τῷ Ἀαρών Ποίησον ἡμῖν θεοὺς οἳ προπορεύσονται ἡμῶν ὁ γὰρ Μωϋσῆς οὗτος ὃς ἐξήγαγεν ἡμᾶς ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου οὐκ οἴδαμεν τί ἐγένετο αὐτῷ \v 40 At that time they said to Aaron, 'Make us gods who will lead us. As for this Moses, who led us out of the land of Egypt, we do not know what has happened to him.' At that time they said to , 'Make us gods who will lead us. As for this , who led us out of the of , we do not what has happened to him.' At that time they said √ to Aaron, 'Make us gods who will lead us. As for √ this Moses, who led us out of the land of Egypt, not we do [1] know what has happened to him.' Καὶ ἐμοσχοποίησαν ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις καὶ ἀνήγαγον θυσίαν τῷ εἰδώλῳ καὶ εὐφραίνοντο ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν \s5 \v 41 So they made a calf in those days and brought a sacrifice to the idol, and rejoiced because of the work of their hands. So they made a in those and brought a to the , and because of the of their . So they made a calf in √ those days and brought a sacrifice to the idol, and rejoiced because of the work √ of their hands. ἔστρεψεν δὲ ὁ Θεὸς καὶ παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς λατρεύειν τῇ στρατιᾷ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν βίβλῳ τῶν προφητῶν Μὴ σφάγια καὶ θυσίας προσηνέγκατέ μοι ἔτη τεσσεράκοντα ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ οἶκος Ἰσραήλ \v 42 But God turned and gave them up to worship the stars in the sky, as it is written in the book of the prophets, \q 'Did you bring me offerings and sacrifices \q during the forty years in the wilderness, house of Israel? But and gave them up to the stars in the sky, it in the book of the , 'Did you bring me offerings and during the forty in the , of ? But √ God turned and them gave [1] up to worship the stars in the sky, as it is written in the book of the prophets, 'Did you bring me √ offerings and sacrifices during the forty years in the wilderness, house of Israel? \q \q καὶ ἀνελάβετε τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ Μολὸχ καὶ τὸ ἄστρον τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῶν Ῥαιφάν τοὺς τύπους οὓς ἐποιήσατε προσκυνεῖν αὐτοῖς καὶ μετοικιῶ ὑμᾶς ἐπέκεινα Βαβυλῶνος \s5 \q \v 43 You accepted the tabernacle of Molech \q and the star of the god Rephan, \q and the images that you made to worship them: \q and I will carry you away beyond Babylon.' You accepted the of and the star of the god Rephan, and the that you made to them: and I will carry you away beyond .' √ You accepted the tabernacle of Molech and the star of the god √ Rephan, and images that you made to worship them: and you I will carry [1] away beyond Babylon.' \q \q \q Ἡ σκηνὴ τοῦ μαρτυρίου ἦν τοῖς πατράσιν ἡμῶν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ καθὼς διετάξατο ὁ λαλῶν τῷ Μωϋσῇ ποιῆσαι αὐτὴν κατὰ τὸν τύπον ὃν ἑωράκει \s5 \m \p \v 44 "Our fathers had the tabernacle of the testimony in the wilderness, just as God commanded when he spoke to Moses, that he should make it like the pattern that he had seen. "Our had the of the in the , God when he spoke to , that he should make it like the pattern that he had seen. √ "Our fathers had the tabernacle of the testimony in the wilderness, just as God commanded when he spoke to Moses, that he should make it like the pattern that he had seen. ἣν καὶ εἰσήγαγον διαδεξάμενοι οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν μετὰ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῇ κατασχέσει τῶν ἐθνῶν ὧν ἐξῶσεν ὁ Θεὸς ἀπὸ προσώπου τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν ἕως τῶν ἡμερῶν Δαυίδ \v 45 Later, our fathers, under Joshua, received the tabernacle and brought it with them when they took possession of the land. God took the land from the nations and drove them out before the face of our fathers. The tabernacle remained in the land until the time of David, Later, our , under , received the tabernacle and brought it with them when they of the land. took the land from the and drove them out the face of our . The tabernacle remained in the land until the of , Later, √ √ our fathers, under Joshua, received the tabernacle and brought it with them when they √ √ took possession of the land. √ God took the land from the nations and them drove [1] out before the face √ of our fathers. The tabernacle remained in the land until the time of David, I had to add several clauses and words ὃς εὗρεν χάριν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ᾐτήσατο εὑρεῖν σκήνωμα τῷ οἴκῳ Ἰακώβ \v 46 who found favor in the sight of God, and he asked if he might find a dwelling place for the house of Jacob \f + \ft The phrase: \fqa the house of Jacob, \fqa* is found in many ancient copies. Other ancient texts have the phrase: \fqa the God of Jacob \fqa* . \f*. who found in the sight of God, and he asked if he might find a dwelling place for the . who found favor in the sight √ of God, and asked if he might find a dwelling place for the house of Jacob \f + \ft The phrase: \fqa the house of Jacob, \fqa* is found in many ancient copies. Other ancient texts have the phrase: \fqa the God of Jacob \fqa* . \f* Σολομῶν δὲ οἰκοδόμησεν αὐτῷ οἶκον \s5 \v 47 But it was Solomon who built the house for God. But it was who built the for God. But it was Solomon who built the house √ for God. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ ὁ Ὕψιστος ἐν χειροποιήτοις κατοικεῖ καθὼς ὁ προφήτης λέγει \p \v 48 "However, the Most High does not live in houses made with hands, as the prophet says, "However, the does not live in houses made with hands, the says, "However, the Most High not does [1] live in houses made with hands, as the prophet says, Ὁ οὐρανός μοι θρόνος ἡ δὲ γῆ ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν μου ποῖον οἶκον οἰκοδομήσετέ μοι λέγει Κύριος ἢ τίς τόπος τῆς καταπαύσεώς μου \q \v 49 'Heaven is my throne, and the earth is the footstool for my feet. \q What kind of house can you build for me? says the Lord, \q or what is the place for my rest? 'Heaven is my , and the is the for my feet. What kind of can you build for me? says the , or what is the place for my ? √ 'Heaven is my throne, and the earth is the footstool √ for my feet. What kind of house can you build for me? says the Lord, or what is the place √ for my rest? \q \q οὐχὶ ἡ χείρ μου ἐποίησεν ταῦτα πάντα \q \v 50 Did my hand not make all these things?' Did my not make all these things?' √ my hand not Did [1] [2] [3] make all these things?' Σκληροτράχηλοι καὶ ἀπερίτμητοι καρδίαις καὶ τοῖς ὠσίν ὑμεῖς ἀεὶ τῷ Πνεύματι τῷ Ἁγίῳ ἀντιπίπτετε ὡς οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν καὶ ὑμεῖς \s5 \m \p \v 51 "You stiff-necked people, uncircumcised in heart and ears, you always resist the Holy Spirit; you act just as your fathers acted. "You people, in and ears, you always resist the ; you act just as your acted. "You stiff-necked people, √ uncircumcised in heart and √ ears, you always resist the Holy √ Spirit; √ you act just as √ your fathers acted. τίνα τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἐδίωξαν οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν καὶ ἀπέκτειναν τοὺς προκαταγγείλαντας περὶ τῆς ἐλεύσεως τοῦ Δικαίου οὗ νῦν ὑμεῖς προδόται καὶ φονεῖς ἐγένεσθε \v 52 Which of the prophets did your fathers not persecute? They killed the prophets who appeared in advance of the coming of the Righteous One; and you have now become the betrayers and murderers of him also, Which of the did your not ? They killed the prophets who appeared in advance of the coming of the Righteous One; and you have now become the and of him also, Which of the prophets your fathers not did [1] [2] [3] persecute? √ √ They killed the prophets who appeared in advance √ of the coming of the Righteous One; and you now have [1] become the betrayers and murderers of him also, οἵτινες ἐλάβετε τὸν νόμον εἰς διαταγὰς ἀγγέλων καὶ οὐκ ἐφυλάξατε \v 53 you people who received the law that angels had ordained, but you did not keep it." you people who that had ordained, but you did not it." you people who received the law √ that angels had ordained, but not you do [1] keep it." Ἀκούοντες δὲ ταῦτα διεπρίοντο ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν καὶ ἔβρυχον τοὺς ὀδόντας ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν \s5 \p \v 54 Now when the council members heard these things, they were furious in their hearts and they ground their teeth at Stephen. Now when the council members these things, they were furious in their and they ground their teeth at Stephen. Now when the council members heard these things, they were furious √ in their hearts and they ground √ their teeth at √ Stephen. ὑπάρχων δὲ πλήρης Πνεύματος Ἁγίου ἀτενίσας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν εἶδεν δόξαν Θεοῦ καὶ Ἰησοῦν ἑστῶτα ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ \v 55 But he, being full of the Holy Spirit, looked up intently into heaven and saw the glory of God; and he saw Jesus standing at the right hand of God. But he, being , looked up intently into heaven and saw the of ; and he saw standing at the of . But he, being full of the Holy Spirit, looked up intently into √ heaven and saw the glory of God; and he saw Jesus standing at the right hand √ of God. καὶ εἶπεν Ἰδοὺ θεωρῶ τοὺς οὐρανοὺς διηνοιγμένους καὶ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκ δεξιῶν ἑστῶτα τοῦ Θεοῦ \v 56 Stephen said, "Look, I see the heavens opened, and the Son of Man standing at the right hand of God." Stephen said, "Look, I see the heavens opened, and the standing at the of ." √ Stephen said, "Look, I see the heavens opened, and the Son √ of Man standing at the right hand √ of God." Κράξαντες δὲ φωνῇ μεγάλῃ συνέσχον τὰ ὦτα αὐτῶν καὶ ὥρμησαν ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν \s5 \p \v 57 At this the council members covered their ears, and shouting out with a loud voice, they rushed at him with one purpose. At this the council members covered their ears, and with a loud , they rushed at him with one purpose. At this the council members covered √ their ears, and shouting out with a loud voice, √ they rushed at him with one purpose. καὶ ἐκβαλόντες ἔξω τῆς πόλεως ἐλιθοβόλουν καὶ οἱ μάρτυρες ἀπέθεντο τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας νεανίου καλουμένου Σαύλου \v 58 They forced him out of the city and began to stone him. The witnesses laid down their outer clothing at the feet of a young man named Saul. They of the city and began to him. The laid down their outer at the feet of a young man ı. √ They forced him out of the city and began to stone him. √ The witnesses laid down √ their clothing at the feet of a young man named Saul. Καὶ ἐλιθοβόλουν τὸν Στέφανον ἐπικαλούμενον καὶ λέγοντα Κύριε Ἰησοῦ δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου \s5 \p \v 59 As they were stoning Stephen, he was calling out to the Lord and saying, "Lord Jesus, receive my spirit." As they were , he was to the and saying, "Lord , my ." As they were stoning √ Stephen, he was calling out to the Lord and saying, "Lord Jesus, receive √ my spirit." θεὶς δὲ τὰ γόνατα ἔκραξεν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ Κύριε μὴ στήσῃς αὐτοῖς ταύτην τὴν ἁμαρτίαν καὶ τοῦτο εἰπὼν ἐκοιμήθη \v 60 He knelt down and cried out with a loud voice, "Lord, do not hold this sin against them." When he had said this, he fell asleep. He knelt down and with a loud , " , do not hold this against them." When he had said this, he . He knelt √ √ down and cried out with a loud voice, "Lord not do [1] hold this √ sin against them." When he had said this, he fell asleep. Σαῦλος δὲ ἦν συνευδοκῶν τῇ ἀναιρέσει αὐτοῦ Ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ διωγμὸς μέγας ἐπὶ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τὴν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις πάντες δὲ διεσπάρησαν κατὰ τὰς χώρας τῆς Ἰουδαίας καὶ Σαμαρείας πλὴν τῶν ἀποστόλων \s5 \c 8 \p \v 1 Saul was in agreement with his death. \p So there began on that day a great persecution against the church that was in Jerusalem; and the believers were all scattered throughout the regions of Judea and Samaria, except the apostles. was in agreement with his . So there began on a against the that was in ; and the believers were all scattered throughout the regions of Judea and , except the . Saul √ was in agreement with √ his death. So there began on that √ day a great persecution against the church that was in Jerusalem; and the believers all were [1] scattered throughout the regions √ of Judea and Samaria, except the apostles. \p συνεκόμισαν δὲ τὸν Στέφανον ἄνδρες εὐλαβεῖς καὶ ἐποίησαν κοπετὸν μέγαν ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ \v 2 Devout men buried Stephen and made great lamentation over him. Devout men buried Stephen and made over him. Devout men buried √ √ Stephen and made great lamentation over him. Σαῦλος δὲ ἐλυμαίνετο τὴν ἐκκλησίαν κατὰ τοὺς οἴκους εἰσπορευόμενος σύρων τε ἄνδρας καὶ γυναῖκας παρεδίδου εἰς φυλακήν \v 3 But Saul tried to destroy the church. He would enter house after house, drag off both men and women, and put them in prison. But tried to destroy the . He would enter after house, drag off both men and women, and put them in . But Saul tried to destroy the church. He would enter house √ √ after house, drag off both men and women, and put them in prison. Οἱ μὲν οὖν διασπαρέντες διῆλθον εὐαγγελιζόμενοι τὸν λόγον \s5 \p \v 4 Yet the believers who had been scattered went about preaching the word. Yet the believers who had been scattered went about the . Yet the believers who had √ been scattered went about preaching the word. Φίλιππος δὲ κατελθὼν εἰς τὴν πόλιν τῆς Σαμαρείας ἐκήρυσσεν αὐτοῖς τὸν Χριστόν \v 5 Philip went down to the city of Samaria and proclaimed to them the Christ. went down to the city of and to them the . Philip √ went down to the city √ of Samaria and proclaimed to them √ Christ. προσεῖχον δὲ οἱ ὄχλοι τοῖς λεγομένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ Φιλίππου ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἐν τῷ ἀκούειν αὐτοὺς καὶ βλέπειν τὰ σημεῖα ἃ ἐποίει \s5 \v 6 Crowds of people were giving close attention to what was being said by Philip; with one mind they heard him, and they saw the signs he did. Crowds of were giving close attention to what was being said by ; with one mind they him, and they saw the he did. Crowds of people were giving close attention √ √ to what was being said by √ Philip; with one mind √ √ they heard him, and they saw the signs √ he did. πολλοὶ γὰρ τῶν ἐχόντων πνεύματα ἀκάθαρτα βοῶντα φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ἐξήρχοντο πολλοὶ δὲ παραλελυμένοι καὶ χωλοὶ ἐθεραπεύθησαν \v 7 Unclean spirits came out of many who were possessed, crying out with a loud voice, and many who were paralyzed and lame were healed. Unclean came out of many who were possessed, with a loud , and many who were paralyzed and lame were . √ Unclean spirits came out of many who were possessed, crying out with a loud voice, and many who were paralyzed and lame were healed. ἐγένετο δὲ πολλὴ χαρὰ ἐν τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ \v 8 So there was much joy in that city. So there was much in that city. So there was much joy in √ that city. Ἀνὴρ δέ τις ὀνόματι Σίμων προϋπῆρχεν ἐν τῇ πόλει μαγεύων καὶ ἐξιστάνων τὸ ἔθνος τῆς Σαμαρείας λέγων εἶναί τινα ἑαυτὸν μέγαν \s5 \p \v 9 But there was a certain man in the city named Simon, who had earlier been practicing sorcery; he used to astonish the people of Samaria while claiming that he was an important person. But there was a certain man in the city , who had earlier been practicing ; he used to the of while claiming that he was an important person. But there was a certain man in the city named Simon, who had earlier been practicing sorcery; √ he used to astonish the people √ of Samaria while claiming that he was √ an important person. ᾧ προσεῖχον πάντες ἀπὸ μικροῦ ἕως μεγάλου λέγοντες Οὗτός ἐστιν ἡ δύναμις τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡ καλουμένη Μεγάλη \v 10 All the Samaritans, from the least to the greatest, paid attention to him; they said, "This man is that power of God which is called Great." All the Samaritans, from the least to the , paid attention to him; they said, "This man is that of which is Great." All the Samaritans, from the least to the greatest, paid attention to him; they said, "This man is that power √ of God which is called Great." προσεῖχον δὲ αὐτῷ διὰ τὸ ἱκανῷ χρόνῳ ταῖς μαγείαις ἐξεστακέναι αὐτούς \v 11 They listened to him because he had astonished them for a long time with his sorceries. They listened to him because he had them for a long with his . They listened √ to him because he had astonished them √ for a long time with his sorceries. Ὅτε δὲ ἐπίστευσαν τῷ Φιλίππῳ εὐαγγελιζομένῳ περὶ τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ ὀνόματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐβαπτίζοντο ἄνδρες τε καὶ γυναῖκες \s5 \v 12 But when they believed Philip as he proclaimed the gospel about the kingdom of God and the name of Jesus Christ, they were baptized, both men and women. But when they as he about the and the of , they were , both men and women. But when they believed √ Philip as he proclaimed the gospel about the kingdom √ of God and the name of Jesus Christ, they were baptized, both men and women. ὁ δὲ Σίμων καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπίστευσεν καὶ βαπτισθεὶς ἦν προσκαρτερῶν τῷ Φιλίππῳ θεωρῶν τε σημεῖα καὶ δυνάμεις μεγάλας γινομένας ἐξίστατο \v 13 Even Simon himself believed, and after he was baptized he stayed with Philip constantly. When he saw signs and mighty works taking place, he was amazed. Even himself , and after he was he stayed with constantly. When he saw and taking place, he was . √ Even Simon √ himself believed, and he was after [1] baptized Philip he stayed with [1] constantly. √ When he saw √ signs and mighty works taking place, he was amazed. Ἀκούσαντες δὲ οἱ ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ἀπόστολοι ὅτι δέδεκται ἡ Σαμάρεια τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀπέστειλαν πρὸς αὐτοὺς Πέτρον καὶ Ἰωάννην \s5 \p \v 14 Now when the apostles in Jerusalem heard that Samaria had received the word of God, they sent to them Peter and John. Now when the in that had the , they to them and . Now when the apostles in Jerusalem heard that √ Samaria had received the word √ of God, they sent to them Peter and John. οἵτινες καταβάντες προσηύξαντο περὶ αὐτῶν ὅπως λάβωσιν Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον \v 15 When they had come down, they prayed for them, that they might receive the Holy Spirit. When they had come down, they for them, that they might the . When they had come down, they prayed for them, that they might receive the Holy Spirit. οὐδέπω γὰρ ἦν ἐπ᾽ οὐδενὶ αὐτῶν ἐπιπεπτωκός μόνον δὲ βεβαπτισμένοι ὑπῆρχον εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ \v 16 For until that time, the Holy Spirit had not come upon any of them; they had only been baptized into the name of the Lord Jesus. For until that , the Holy Spirit had not come upon any of them; they had only been into the of the . For until that time, the Holy Spirit had not come Not sure if I did this correctly upon any of them; they had only √ been baptized into the name of the Lord Jesus. τότε ἐπετίθεσαν τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς καὶ ἐλάμβανον Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον \v 17 Then Peter and John placed their hands on them, and they received the Holy Spirit. Then Peter and John placed their on them, and they the . Then Peter and John placed their hands on them, and they received the Holy Spirit. Ἰδὼν δὲ ὁ Σίμων ὅτι διὰ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν τῶν ἀποστόλων δίδοται τὸ Πνεῦμα προσήνεγκεν αὐτοῖς χρήματα \s5 \v 18 Now when Simon saw that the Holy Spirit was given through the laying on of the apostles' hands, he offered them money. Now when saw that the was given through the laying on of the ' , he offered them money. Now when √ Simon saw that the Holy Spirit was given through the laying on of the √ apostles' hands, he offered them money. λέγων Δότε κἀμοὶ τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην ἵνα ᾧ ἐὰν ἐπιθῶ τὰς χεῖρας λαμβάνῃ Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον \v 19 He said, "Give me this authority, too, that whoever I place my hands on might receive the Holy Spirit." He said, "Give me this , too, that whoever I place my on might the ." He said, "Give √ this authority, me [1] [2] too, that √ √ whoever my hands I place [1] [2] on might receive the Holy Spirit." Πέτρος δὲ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν Τὸ ἀργύριόν σου σὺν σοὶ εἴη εἰς ἀπώλειαν ὅτι τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐνόμισας διὰ χρημάτων κτᾶσθαι \s5 \p \v 20 But Peter said to him, "May your silver perish along with you, because you thought to obtain the gift of God with money. But said to him, "May your along with you, because you thought to obtain the of with money. But Peter said to him, "May √ your silver √ √ perish along with you, because you thought to obtain the gift √ of God with money. οὐκ ἔστιν σοι μερὶς οὐδὲ κλῆρος ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ ἡ γὰρ καρδία σου οὐκ ἔστιν εὐθεῖα ἔναντι τοῦ Θεοῦ \v 21 You have no part or allotted portion in this matter, because your heart is not right with God. You have no part or in this matter, because your is not right with . √ √ You have no part or allotted portion in √ this matter, √ because your heart is not right with √ God. μετανόησον οὖν ἀπὸ τῆς κακίας σου ταύτης καὶ δεήθητι τοῦ Κυρίου εἰ ἄρα ἀφεθήσεταί σοι ἡ ἐπίνοια τῆς καρδίας σου \v 22 Therefore repent of this wickedness of yours, and pray to the Lord, so that he might perhaps forgive you for the intention of your heart. Therefore of this of yours, and to the , so that he might perhaps you for the intention of your . Therefore repent of √ this wickedness of yours, and pray to the Lord, so that perhaps he might [1] forgive you for the intention √ of your heart. εἰς γὰρ χολὴν πικρίας καὶ σύνδεσμον ἀδικίας ὁρῶ σε ὄντα \v 23 For I see that you are in the poison of bitterness and in the bonds of unrighteousness." For I see that you are in the poison of bitterness and in the of ." √ For I see that you are in the poison of bitterness and in the bonds of unrighteousness." Ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ Σίμων εἶπεν Δεήθητε ὑμεῖς ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ πρὸς τὸν Κύριον ὅπως μηδὲν ἐπέλθῃ ἐπ᾽ ἐμὲ ὧν εἰρήκατε \s5 \p \v 24 Simon answered and said, "Pray to the Lord for me, so that nothing you have said may happen to me." answered and said, "Pray to the for me, so that nothing you have said may happen to me." √ √ Simon answered and said, √ "Pray to the Lord for me, so that nothing √ you have said may happen to me." Οἱ μὲν οὖν διαμαρτυράμενοι καὶ λαλήσαντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου ὑπέστρεφον εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα πολλάς τε κώμας τῶν Σαμαριτῶν εὐηγγελίζοντο \s5 \p \v 25 When they had testified and spoken the word of the Lord, Peter and John returned to Jerusalem, proclaiming the gospel to many villages of the Samaritans. When they had and spoken the , Peter and John to , the to many villages of the . √ √ When they had testified and spoken the word of the Lord, Peter and John returned to Jerusalem, proclaiming the gospel to many √ villages of the Samaritans. Ἄγγελος δὲ Κυρίου ἐλάλησεν πρὸς Φίλιππον λέγων Ἀνάστηθι καὶ πορεύου κατὰ μεσημβρίαν ἐπὶ τὴν ὁδὸν τὴν καταβαίνουσαν ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλὴμ εἰς Γάζαν αὕτη ἐστὶν ἔρημος \s5 \p \v 26 Now an angel of the Lord spoke to Philip and said, "Arise and go toward the south to the road that goes down from Jerusalem to Gaza." (This road is in a desert.) Now an of the spoke to and said, "Arise and go toward the south to the road that goes down from to ." (This road is in a .) Now an angel of the Lord spoke to Philip and said, "Arise and go toward the south to the road that goes down from Jerusalem to Gaza." (This road is in the desert.) καὶ ἀναστὰς ἐπορεύθη καὶ ἰδοὺ ἀνὴρ Αἰθίοψ εὐνοῦχος δυνάστης Κανδάκης βασιλίσσης Αἰθιόπων ὃς ἦν ἐπὶ πάσης τῆς γάζης αὐτῆς ὃς ἐληλύθει προσκυνήσων εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ \v 27 He arose and went. Behold, there was a man from Ethiopia, a eunuch of great authority under Candace, queen of the Ethiopians. He was in charge of all her treasure. He had come to Jerusalem to worship. He arose and went. Behold, there a man from , a of great authority under Candace, of the Ethiopians. He was of all her treasure. He had come to to . √ He arose and went. √ Behold, there was a man from Ethiopia, a eunuch I believe this indefinite article is correct because it is before a long vowel/diphthong rather than a regular vowel. of great authority under Candace, queen the of [1] Ethiopians. √ He was in charge of all √ her treasure. √ He had come to Jerusalem to worship. ἦν τε ὑποστρέφων καὶ καθήμενος ἐπὶ τοῦ ἅρματος αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀνεγίνωσκεν τὸν προφήτην Ἠσαΐαν \v 28 He was returning and sitting in his chariot, and was reading the prophet Isaiah. He was and sitting in his , and was reading the . He was √ returning and sitting in √ his chariot, and was reading the prophet Isaiah. Εἶπεν δὲ τὸ Πνεῦμα τῷ Φιλίππῳ Πρόσελθε καὶ κολλήθητι τῷ ἅρματι τούτῳ \s5 \p \v 29 The Spirit said to Philip, "Go over and stay close to this chariot." The said to , "Go over and stay close to this ." The √ Spirit said to Philip, "Go over and stay close to this chariot." Προσδραμὼν δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος ἤκουσεν αὐτοῦ ἀναγινώσκοντος Ἠσαΐαν τὸν προφήτην καὶ εἶπεν Ἆρά γε γινώσκεις ἃ ἀναγινώσκεις \p \v 30 So Philip ran to him, and heard him reading Isaiah the prophet, and said, "Do you understand what you are reading?" So to him, and heard him reading the , and said, "Do you what you are reading?" So √ Philip ran to him, and heard him reading Isaiah the prophet, and said, √ √ "Do you understand what you are reading?" Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν Πῶς γὰρ ἂν δυναίμην ἐὰν μή τις ὁδηγήσει με παρεκάλεσέν τε τὸν Φίλιππον ἀναβάντα καθίσαι σὺν αὐτῷ \p \v 31 Then he said, "How can I, unless someone guides me?" He invited Philip to come up into the chariot and sit with him. Then he said, "How I, unless someone guides me?" He to come up into the chariot and sit with him. √ Then he said, "How √ √ can I, √ √ unless someone guides me?" He invited √ √ Philip to come up into the chariot and sit with him. Ἡ δὲ περιοχὴ τῆς γραφῆς ἣν ἀνεγίνωσκεν ἦν αὕτη Ὡς πρόβατον ἐπὶ σφαγὴν ἤχθη καὶ ὡς ἀμνὸς ἐναντίον τοῦ κείραντος αὐτὸν ἄφωνος οὕτως οὐκ ἀνοίγει τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ \s5 \p \v 32 Now the passage of the scripture which the Ethiopian was reading was this, \q "He was led like a sheep to the slaughter, \q and like a lamb before his shearer is silent, \q so he did not open his mouth. Now the passage of the scripture which the Ethiopian was reading was this, "He was led like a to the , and like a lamb his shearer is silent, so he did not open his mouth. Now the passage of the scripture which the Ethiopian was reading was this, "He was lead like a sheep to the slaughter, and like a lamb before √ his shearer is silent, so not he did [1] open √ his mouth. \q \q \q Ἐν τῇ ταπεινώσει αὐτοῦ ἡ κρίσις αὐτοῦ ἤρθη τὴν γενεὰν αὐτοῦ τίς διηγήσεται ὅτι αἴρεται ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἡ ζωὴ αὐτοῦ \q \v 33 In his humiliation justice was taken away from him. \q Who can give a full account of his descendants? \q For his life was taken from the earth." In his was taken away from him. Who can of his ? For his was taken from the ." In √ his humiliation √ justice was taken away from him. √ Who can give a full account of his descendants? For √ his life was taken from the earth." \q \q Ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ εὐνοῦχος τῷ Φιλίππῳ εἶπεν Δέομαί σου περὶ τίνος ὁ προφήτης λέγει τοῦτο περὶ ἑαυτοῦ ἢ περὶ ἑτέρου τινός \s5 \m \p \v 34 So the eunuch asked Philip, and said, "I beg you, tell me who is the prophet speaking about, himself, or someone else?" So the asked , and said, "I you, tell me who is the speaking about, himself, or someone else?" So the eunuch asked √ Philip, and said, "I beg you, tell me who is the prophet speaking about, √ √ himself, or √ someone else?" Ἀνοίξας δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῆς γραφῆς ταύτης εὐηγγελίσατο αὐτῷ τὸν Ἰησοῦν \v 35 Philip began to speak, and beginning with this scripture he proclaimed the gospel about Jesus to him. began to speak, and beginning with this scripture he about to him. √ √ Philip began to speak, √ √ √ and beginning with √ this scripture he proclaimed the gospel √ about Jesus to him. Ὡς δὲ ἐπορεύοντο κατὰ τὴν ὁδόν ἦλθον ἐπί τι ὕδωρ καί φησιν ὁ εὐνοῦχος Ἰδοὺ ὕδωρ τί κωλύει με βαπτισθῆναι \s5 \v 36 As they went on the road, they came to some water and the eunuch said, "Look, there is water here. What prevents me from being baptized?" As they went on the road, they came to some and the said, "Look, there is here. What prevents me from being ?" As √ they went on the road, they came to some water and the eunuch said, "Look, there is water here. What me prevents [1] from being baptized?" καὶ ἐκέλευσεν στῆναι τὸ ἅρμα καὶ κατέβησαν ἀμφότεροι εἰς τὸ ὕδωρ ὅ τε Φίλιππος καὶ ὁ εὐνοῦχος καὶ ἐβάπτισεν αὐτόν \v 38 So the Ethiopian commanded the chariot to stop. They went down into the water, both Philip and the eunuch, and Philip baptized him. So the Ethiopian the to stop. They went down into the , both and the , and Philip him. So the Ethiopian commanded the chariot to stop. √ They went down into the water, both √ √ Philip and the eunuch, and Philip baptized him. Ὅτε δὲ ἀνέβησαν ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος Πνεῦμα Κυρίου ἥρπασεν τὸν Φίλιππον καὶ οὐκ εἶδεν αὐτὸν οὐκέτι ὁ εὐνοῦχος ἐπορεύετο γὰρ τὴν ὁδὸν αὐτοῦ χαίρων \s5 \v 39 When they came up out of the water, the Spirit of the Lord took Philip away, and the eunuch saw him no more, but went on his way rejoicing. When they came up out of the , the took away, and the saw him no more, but went on his way . When √ they came up out of the water, the Spirit of the Lord √ Philip took [1] away, and the eunuch √ saw him no more, but went √ on his way rejoicing. Φίλιππος δὲ εὑρέθη εἰς Ἄζωτον καὶ διερχόμενος εὐηγγελίζετο τὰς πόλεις πάσας ἕως τοῦ ἐλθεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς Καισάρειαν \v 40 But Philip appeared at Azotus and he went through that region, proclaiming the gospel to all the cities until he came to Caesarea. But Philip appeared at and he went through that region, to all the cities until he came to . But Philip appeared at Azotus and he went through that region, proclaiming the gospel to all the cities until √ he came to Caesarea. Ὁ Δὲ Σαῦλος ἔτι ἐμπνέων ἀπειλῆς καὶ φόνου εἰς τοὺς μαθητὰς τοῦ Κυρίου προσελθὼν τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ \s5 \c 9 \p \v 1 But Saul, still speaking threats even of murder against the disciples of the Lord, went to the high priest But , still speaking threats even of murder against the of the , went to the √ But Saul, still speaking threats even of murder against the disciples of the Lord, went to the high priest ᾐτήσατο παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἐπιστολὰς εἰς Δαμασκὸν πρὸς τὰς συναγωγάς ὅπως ἐάν τινας εὕρῃ τῆς Ὁδοῦ ὄντας ἄνδρας τε καὶ γυναῖκας δεδεμένους ἀγάγῃ εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ \v 2 and asked him for letters for the synagogues in Damascus, so that if he found any who belonged to the Way, whether men or women, he might bring them bound to Jerusalem. and asked him for for the in , so that if he found any who belonged to the Way, whether men or women, he might bring them to . and asked √ him for letters for the synagogues in Damascus, so that if he found any who belonged to the Way, whether men √ √ or women, he might bring them bound to Jerusalem. Ἐν δὲ τῷ πορεύεσθαι ἐγένετο αὐτὸν ἐγγίζειν τῇ Δαμασκῷ ἐξαίφνης τε αὐτὸν περιήστραψεν φῶς ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ \s5 \v 3 As he was traveling, it happened that as he came near to Damascus, suddenly there shone all around him a light out of heaven; As he was traveling, it happened that as he came near to , suddenly there shone all around him a out of heaven; √ As √ he was traveling, it happened that as he came near √ to Damascus, suddenly √ there shone all around him a light out √ of heaven; καὶ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἤκουσεν φωνὴν λέγουσαν αὐτῷ Σαοὺλ Σαούλ τί με διώκεις \v 4 and he fell upon the ground and heard a voice saying to him, "Saul, Saul, why are you persecuting me?" and he upon the and a saying to him, " , , why are you me?" and he fell upon the ground and heard a voice saying to him, "Saul, Saul, why are you persecuting me?" Εἶπεν δέ Τίς εἶ Κύριε Ὁ δέ Ἐγώ εἰμι Ἰησοῦς ὃν σὺ διώκεις \s5 \v 5 Saul replied, "Who are you, Lord?" The Lord said, "I am Jesus, whom you are persecuting; Saul replied, "Who are you, ?" The Lord said, "I am , whom you are ; Saul replied, √ "Who are you, Lord?" The Lord said, √ "I am Jesus, whom you are persecuting; ἀλλὰ ἀνάστηθι καὶ εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν πόλιν καὶ λαληθήσεταί σοι ὅ τί σε δεῖ ποιεῖν \v 6 but rise, enter into the city, and it will be told you what you must do." but , enter into the city, and it will be told you what you must do." but rise, √ enter into the city, and it will be told you √ what you must do." Οἱ δὲ ἄνδρες οἱ συνοδεύοντες αὐτῷ εἱστήκεισαν ἐνεοί ἀκούοντες μὲν τῆς φωνῆς μηδένα δὲ θεωροῦντες \v 7 The men who traveled with Saul stood speechless, hearing the voice, but seeing no one. The men who traveled with Saul stood speechless, hearing the , but seeing no one. The √ men who traveled √ with Saul stood speechless, hearing √ the voice, but seeing no one. ἠγέρθη δὲ Σαῦλος ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἀνεῳγμένων δὲ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ οὐδὲν ἔβλεπεν χειραγωγοῦντες δὲ αὐτὸν εἰσήγαγον εἰς Δαμασκόν \s5 \v 8 Saul arose from the ground, and when he opened his eyes, he could see nothing; so they led him by the hand and brought him into Damascus. arose from the , and when he opened his eyes, he could see nothing; so they led him by the and brought him into . Saul √ arose from the ground, and when he opened √ his eyes, he could see nothing; so him they led [1] by the hand and brought him into Damascus. καὶ ἦν ἡμέρας τρεῖς μὴ βλέπων καὶ οὐκ ἔφαγεν οὐδὲ ἔπιεν \v 9 For three days he was without sight, and he neither ate nor drank. For three he was without sight, and he neither ate nor drank. √ For three days he was without sight, and neither he [1] ate nor drank. Ἦν δέ τις μαθητὴς ἐν Δαμασκῷ ὀνόματι Ἁνανίας καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐν ὁράματι ὁ Κύριος Ἁνανία Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν Ἰδοὺ ἐγώ Κύριε \s5 \p \v 10 Now there was a disciple at Damascus named Ananias. The Lord said to him in a vision, "Ananias!" He said, "See, I am here, Lord." Now there was a at Ananias. The said to him in a , "Ananias!" He said, "See, I am here, ." Now there was a certain disciple at Damascus named Ananias. √ The Lord said to him in a vision, "Ananias!" He √ said, "See, I am here, Lord." Ὁ δὲ Κύριος πρὸς αὐτόν Ἀναστὰς πορεύθητι ἐπὶ τὴν ῥύμην τὴν καλουμένην Εὐθεῖαν καὶ ζήτησον ἐν οἰκίᾳ Ἰούδα Σαῦλον ὀνόματι Ταρσέα ἰδοὺ γὰρ προσεύχεται \p \v 11 The Lord said to him, "Arise, and go to the street which is called Straight, and at the house of Judas ask for a man from Tarsus named Saul, for he is praying. The said to him, "Arise, and go to the street which is Straight, and at the of Judas ask for a man from , for he is . The √ Lord said to him, "Arise, and go to the street which is called Straight, and at the house of Judas ask for a man from Tarsus named Saul, √ for he is praying. καὶ εἶδεν ἄνδρα ἐν ὁράματι Ἁνανίαν ὀνόματι εἰσελθόντα καὶ ἐπιθέντα αὐτῷ τὰς χεῖρας ὅπως ἀναβλέψῃ \v 12 He has seen in a vision a man named Ananias coming in and laying his hands on him, so that he might see again." He has seen in a a man Ananias coming in and laying his on him, so that he might see again." √ He has seen in a vision a man named Ananias coming in and laying his hands on him, so that he might see again." Ἀπεκρίθη δὲ Ἁνανίας Κύριε ἤκουσα ἀπὸ πολλῶν περὶ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς τούτου ὅσα κακὰ τοῖς ἁγίοις σου ἐποίησεν ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ \s5 \p \v 13 But Ananias answered, "Lord, I have heard from many about this man, how much harm he has done to your holy people in Jerusalem. But Ananias answered, " , I have from many about this man, how much he has done to your people in . But Ananias answered, "Lord, I have heard from many about √ this man, how much harm he has done √ to your holy people in Jerusalem. καὶ ὧδε ἔχει ἐξουσίαν παρὰ τῶν ἀρχιερέων δῆσαι πάντας τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομά σου \v 14 He has authority from the chief priests to put in bonds everyone here who calls upon your name." He has from the to everyone here who upon your ." √ He has authority from the chief priests to put in bonds everyone here who calls upon √ your name." Εἶπεν δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ Κύριος Πορεύου ὅτι σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς ἐστίν μοι οὗτος τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄνομά μου ἐνώπιον ἐθνῶν τε καὶ βασιλέων υἱῶν τε Ἰσραήλ \p \v 15 But the Lord said to him, "Go, for he is a chosen instrument of mine, to carry my name before the Gentiles and kings and the children of Israel; But the said to him, "Go, for he is a instrument of mine, to my before the and kings and the of ; But the Lord said to him, "Go, for he is a chosen instrument of mine, √ √ to carry √ my name before the Gentiles √ and kings and the children of Israel; ἐγὼ γὰρ ὑποδείξω αὐτῷ ὅσα δεῖ αὐτὸν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου παθεῖν \v 16 for I will show him how much he must suffer for the cause of my name." for I will show him how much he must for the cause of my ." for I will show him how much he must suffer for the cause √ of my name." Ἀπῆλθεν δὲ Ἁνανίας καὶ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν καὶ ἐπιθεὶς ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας εἶπεν Σαοὺλ ἀδελφέ ὁ Κύριος ἀπέσταλκέν με Ἰησοῦς ὁ ὀφθείς σοι ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ ᾗ ἤρχου ὅπως ἀναβλέψῃς καὶ πλησθῇς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου \s5 \p \v 17 So Ananias departed, and entered into the house. Laying his hands on him, he said, "Brother Saul, the Lord Jesus, who appeared to you on the road when you were coming, has sent me so that you might receive your sight and be filled with the Holy Spirit." So Ananias departed, and entered into the . Laying his on him, he said, "Brother , the , who appeared to you on the road when you were coming, has me so that you might your sight and be ." So Ananias departed, and entered into the house. √ Laying his hands on him, he said, "Brother Saul, the Lord Jesus, who appeared to you on the road when you were coming, has sent me so that you might receive your sight and be filled with the Holy Spirit." Καὶ εὐθέως ἀπέπεσαν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν ὡς λεπίδες ἀνέβλεψέν τε καὶ ἀναστὰς ἐβαπτίσθη \v 18 Immediately something like scales fell from Saul's eyes, and he received his sight; he arose and was baptized; Immediately something like scales fell from Saul's eyes, and he his sight; he arose and was ; √ Immediately something like scales fell √ from Saul's √ eyes, and he received his sight; √ he arose and was baptized; καὶ λαβὼν τροφὴν ἐνίσχυσεν Ἐγένετο δὲ μετὰ τῶν ἐν Δαμασκῷ μαθητῶν ἡμέρας τινὰς \v 19 and he ate and was strengthened. \p He stayed with the disciples in Damascus for several days. and he ate and was . He stayed with the in for several . and √ √ he ate and was strengthened. He stayed √ with the disciples in Damascus for several days. \p Καὶ εὐθέως ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς ἐκήρυσσεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ \s5 \v 20 Right away he proclaimed Jesus in the synagogues, saying that he is the Son of God. Right away he in the , saying that he is the . √ Right away he proclaimed √ Jesus in the synagogues, saying that he is the Son √ of God. Ἐξίσταντο δὲ πάντες οἱ ἀκούοντες καὶ ἔλεγον Οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πορθήσας εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο καὶ ὧδε εἰς τοῦτο ἐληλύθει ἵνα δεδεμένους αὐτοὺς ἀγάγῃ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς \v 21 All who heard him were amazed and said, "Is not this the man who destroyed those in Jerusalem who called on this name? He has come here to take them bound to the chief priests." All who him were and said, "Is not this the man who those in who this ? He has come here to take them to the ." All √ who heard him were amazed and said, "Is not this the man who destroyed those in Jerusalem who called √ on this name? √ √ √ He has come here √ to take them bound to the chief priests." Σαῦλος δὲ μᾶλλον ἐνεδυναμοῦτο καὶ συνέχυννεν τοὺς Ἰουδαίους τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐν Δαμασκῷ συμβιβάζων ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός \v 22 But Saul became more and more powerful, and he was causing distress among the Jews who lived in Damascus by proving that Jesus is the Christ. But became more and more , and he was causing distress among the who lived in by proving that Jesus is the . But Saul more and more became [1] powerful, and he was causing distress among the Jews who lived in Damascus by proving that √ Jesus is the Christ. Ὡς δὲ ἐπληροῦντο ἡμέραι ἱκαναί συνεβουλεύσαντο οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἀνελεῖν αὐτόν \s5 \p \v 23 After many days, the Jews planned together to kill him. After many , the planned together to him. √ √ √ After many days, the Jews planned together to kill him. ἐγνώσθη δὲ τῷ Σαύλῳ ἡ ἐπιβουλὴ αὐτῶν παρετηροῦντο δὲ καὶ τὰς πύλας ἡμέρας τε καὶ νυκτὸς ὅπως αὐτὸν ἀνέλωσιν \v 24 But their plan became known to Saul. They watched the gates day and night in order to kill him. But their plan became to . They the and night in order to him. But √ their plan became known to Saul. They watched √ √ the gates day √ and night in order to kill him. λαβόντες δὲ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ νυκτὸς διὰ τοῦ τείχους καθῆκαν αὐτὸν χαλάσαντες ἐν σπυρίδι \v 25 But his disciples took him by night and let him down through the wall, lowering him in a basket. But his took him by night and let him down through the wall, lowering him in a . But √ his disciples took him by night and him let [1] down through the wall, lowering him in a basket. Παραγενόμενος δὲ εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἐπείραζεν κολλᾶσθαι τοῖς μαθηταῖς καὶ πάντες ἐφοβοῦντο αὐτόν μὴ πιστεύοντες ὅτι ἐστὶν μαθητής \s5 \p \v 26 When he had come to Jerusalem, Saul attempted to join the disciples, but they were all afraid of him, not believing that he was a disciple. When he had come to , Saul attempted to join the , but they were all of him, not that he was a . When he had come to Jerusalem, Saul attempted to join the disciples, but all they were [1] afraid of him, not believing that he was a disciple. Βαρνάβας δὲ ἐπιλαβόμενος αὐτὸν ἤγαγεν πρὸς τοὺς ἀποστόλους καὶ διηγήσατο αὐτοῖς πῶς ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ εἶδεν τὸν Κύριον καὶ ὅτι ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ καὶ πῶς ἐν Δαμασκῷ ἐπαρρησιάσατο ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ \v 27 But Barnabas took him and brought him to the apostles, and he told them how Saul had seen the Lord on the road and that the Lord had spoken to him, and how at Damascus Saul had spoken boldly in the name of Jesus. But took him and brought him to the , and he told them how Saul had seen the on the road and that the Lord had spoken to him, and how at Saul had spoken in the of . But Barnabas took him and brought him to the apostles, and he told them how Saul had seen the Lord on the road and that the Lord had spoken to him, and how at Damascus Saul had spoken boldly in the name √ of Jesus. Καὶ ἦν μετ᾽ αὐτῶν εἰσπορευόμενος καὶ ἐκπορευόμενος εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ παρρησιαζόμενος ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου \s5 \v 28 He was with them, going in and out around Jerusalem. He spoke boldly in the name of the Lord Jesus He was with them, going in and out around . He spoke in the of the Jesus √ He was with them, going in and out around Jerusalem. He spoke boldly in the name of the Lord Jesus ἐλάλει τε καὶ συνεζήτει πρὸς τοὺς Ἑλληνιστάς οἱ δὲ ἐπεχείρουν ἀνελεῖν αὐτόν \v 29 and debated with the Grecian Jews; but they kept trying to kill him. and debated with the Jews; but they kept trying to him. √ √ and debated with the Grecian Jews; but they kept trying to kill him. ἐπιγνόντες δὲ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ κατήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς Καισάρειαν καὶ ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν εἰς Ταρσόν \v 30 When the brothers learned of this, they brought him down to Caesarea and sent him away to Tarsus. When the learned of this, they brought him down to and to ı. When the brothers learned of this, him they brought [1] down to Caesarea and him sent [1] away to Tarsus. Ἡ μὲν οὖν ἐκκλησία καθ᾽ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας καὶ Γαλιλαίας καὶ Σαμαρείας εἶχεν εἰρήνην οἰκοδομουμένη καὶ πορευομένη τῷ φόβῳ τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ τῇ παρακλήσει τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος ἐπληθύνετο \s5 \p \v 31 So then, the church throughout all Judea, Galilee, and Samaria had peace and was built up; and, walking in the fear of the Lord and in the comfort of the Holy Spirit, the church grew in numbers. So then, the throughout all Judea, , and had and was built up; and, walking in the of the and in the of the , the church in . So then, the church throughout all √ Judea, √ Galilee, and Samaria had peace and was built up; and, walking in the fear of the Lord and in the comfort of the Holy Spirit, the church grew in numbers. Ἐγένετο δὲ Πέτρον διερχόμενον διὰ πάντων κατελθεῖν καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἁγίους τοὺς κατοικοῦντας Λύδδα \v 32 Now it came about that, as Peter went throughout the whole region, he came down also to God's holy people who lived in the town of Lydda. Now it came about that, as went throughout the whole region, he came down also to God's people who lived in the town of Lydda. Now it came about that, as Peter went throughout the whole region, he came down also to God's √ holy people who lived in the town of Lydda. εὗρεν δὲ ἐκεῖ ἄνθρωπόν τινα ὀνόματι Αἰνέαν ἐξ ἐτῶν ὀκτὼ κατακείμενον ἐπὶ κραβάττου ὃς ἦν παραλελυμένος \s5 \v 33 There he found a certain man named Aeneas, who had been in his bed for eight years, for he was paralyzed. There he found a certain man Aeneas, who had been in his bed for eight , for he was paralyzed. There √ he found a certain man named Aeneas, √ who had been in his bed for eight years, for he was paralyzed. καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Πέτρος Αἰνέα ἰᾶταί σε Ἰησοῦς Χριστός ἀνάστηθι καὶ στρῶσον σεαυτῷ καὶ εὐθέως ἀνέστη \v 34 Peter said to him, "Aeneas, Jesus Christ heals you. Get up and make your bed," and right away he got up. said to him, "Aeneas, you. Get up and make your bed," and right away he got up. √ √ Peter said to him, "Aeneas, Jesus Christ heals you. Get up and make your bed," and right away he got up. καὶ εἶδαν αὐτὸν πάντες οἱ κατοικοῦντες Λύδδα καὶ τὸν Σαρῶνα οἵτινες ἐπέστρεψαν ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον \v 35 So everyone who lived in Lydda and in Sharon saw the man and they turned to the Lord. So everyone who lived in Lydda and in Sharon saw the man and they to the . So everyone who lived in Lydda and √ Sharon saw the man and they turned to the Lord. Ἐν Ἰόππῃ δέ τις ἦν μαθήτρια ὀνόματι Ταβιθά ἣ διερμηνευομένη λέγεται Δορκάς αὕτη ἦν πλήρης ἔργων ἀγαθῶν καὶ ἐλεημοσυνῶν ὧν ἐποίει \s5 \p \v 36 Now there was in Joppa a certain disciple named Tabitha (which is translated "Dorcas"). This woman was full of good works and merciful deeds that she did for the poor. Now there was in a certain Tabitha (which is "Dorcas"). This woman was full of and that she did . Now there was in Joppa a certain disciple named Tabitha (which √ √ is translated "Dorcas"). This woman was full of good works and merciful deeds that she did for the poor. ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις ἀσθενήσασαν αὐτὴν ἀποθανεῖν λούσαντες δὲ ἔθηκαν αὐτὴν ἐν ὑπερῴῳ \v 37 It came about in those days that she fell sick and died; when they had washed her, they laid her in an upper room. It came about in those that she fell sick and ; when they had washed her, they laid her in an upper room. It came about √ in √ those days that she fell sick √ and died; when they had washed her, they laid her in an upper room. ἐγγὺς δὲ οὔσης Λύδδας τῇ Ἰόππῃ οἱ μαθηταὶ ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Πέτρος ἐστὶν ἐν αὐτῇ ἀπέστειλαν δύο ἄνδρας πρὸς αὐτὸν παρακαλοῦντες Μὴ ὀκνήσῃς διελθεῖν ἕως ἡμῶν \s5 \v 38 Since Lydda was near Joppa, and the disciples had heard that Peter was there, they sent two men to him, pleading with him, "Come to us without delay." Since Lydda was near , and the had that was there, they two men to him, with him, "Come to us without delay." Since Lydda was near √ Joppa, and the disciples had heard that Peter was √ there, they sent two men to him, pleading with him, "Come to us without delay." Ἀναστὰς δὲ Πέτρος συνῆλθεν αὐτοῖς ὃν παραγενόμενον ἀνήγαγον εἰς τὸ ὑπερῷον καὶ παρέστησαν αὐτῷ πᾶσαι αἱ χῆραι κλαίουσαι καὶ ἐπιδεικνύμεναι χιτῶνας καὶ ἱμάτια ὅσα ἐποίει μετ᾽ αὐτῶν οὖσα ἡ Δορκάς \v 39 Peter arose and went with them. When he had arrived, they brought him to the upper room, and all the widows stood by him weeping, showing him the tunics and garments that Dorcas had made while she had been with them. arose and went with them. When he had arrived, they brought him to the upper room, and all the widows stood by him , showing him the tunics and that Dorcas had made while she had been with them. Peter √ arose and went with them. When he had arrived, they brought him to the upper room, and all the widows stood by him weeping, √ showing him the tunics and garments that √ Dorcas had made while she had been with them. Ἐκβαλὼν δὲ ἔξω πάντας ὁ Πέτρος καὶ θεὶς τὰ γόνατα προσηύξατο καὶ ἐπιστρέψας πρὸς τὸ σῶμα εἶπεν Ταβιθά ἀνάστηθι ἡ δὲ ἤνοιξεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῆς καὶ ἰδοῦσα τὸν Πέτρον ἀνεκάθισεν \s5 \v 40 Peter put them all out of the room, knelt down, and prayed; then, turning to the body, he said, "Tabitha, arise." Then she opened her eyes, and seeing Peter she sat up. put them all out of the room, knelt down, and ; then, to the , he said, "Tabitha, ." Then she opened her eyes, and seeing she sat up. √ Peter put them √ all out of the room, √ √ √ √ knelt down, and prayed; then, turning to the body, he said, "Tabitha, arise." Then she opened √ her eyes, and seeing √ Peter she sat up. δοὺς δὲ αὐτῇ χεῖρα ἀνέστησεν αὐτήν φωνήσας δὲ τοὺς ἁγίους καὶ τὰς χήρας παρέστησεν αὐτὴν ζῶσαν \v 41 Peter then gave her his hand and raised her up; and when he called God's holy people and the widows, he presented her alive to them. Peter then gave her his and her up; and when he God's people and the widows, he presented her to them. Peter then gave her his hand and her raised [1] up; and when he called √ God's holy people and the widows, he presented her alive to them. Γνωστὸν δὲ ἐγένετο καθ᾽ ὅλης τῆς Ἰόππης καὶ ἐπίστευσαν πολλοὶ ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον \v 42 This matter became known throughout all Joppa, and many people believed on the Lord. This matter became known throughout all , and many people on the . This matter √ became known throughout all √ Joppa, and many people believed on the Lord. Ἐγένετο δὲ ἡμέρας ἱκανὰς μεῖναι ἐν Ἰόππῃ παρά τινι Σίμωνι βυρσεῖ \v 43 It happened that Peter stayed for many days in Joppa with a man named Simon, a tanner. It happened that Peter stayed for many in with a man named , a tanner. It happened √ that Peter stayed for many days in Joppa with √ a man named Simon, a tanner. Ἀνὴρ δέ τις ἐν Καισαρείᾳ ὀνόματι Κορνήλιος ἑκατοντάρχης ἐκ σπείρης τῆς καλουμένης Ἰταλικῆς \s5 \c 10 \p \v 1 Now there was a certain man in the city of Caesarea, Cornelius by name, a centurion of what was called the Italian Company of Soldiers. Now there was a certain man in the city of , by , a of what was the Italian Company of Soldiers. Now there was a certain man in the city of Caesarea, Cornelius by name, a centurion of what was called the Italian Company of Soldiers. εὐσεβὴς καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν σὺν παντὶ τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ ποιῶν ἐλεημοσύνας πολλὰς τῷ λαῷ καὶ δεόμενος τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ παντός \v 2 He was a devout man, one who feared God with all his household, gave many alms to the people, and prayed to God constantly. He was a devout man, one who with all his , gave many to the , and to constantly. He was a devout man, √ one who feared √ God with all √ his household, gave many alms to the people, and prayed √ to God √ √ constantly. εἶδεν ἐν ὁράματι φανερῶς ὡσεὶ περὶ ὥραν ἐνάτην τῆς ἡμέρας ἄγγελον τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελθόντα πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ εἰπόντα αὐτῷ Κορνήλιε \s5 \v 3 About the ninth hour of the day, he clearly saw in a vision an angel of God coming to him. The angel said to him, "Cornelius!" About the ninth of the , he clearly saw in a an of coming to him. The angel said to him, " !" About √ the ninth hour of the day, clearly he [1] saw in a vision an angel √ of God coming to him. √ The angel said to him, "Cornelius!" Ὁ δὲ ἀτενίσας αὐτῷ καὶ ἔμφοβος γενόμενος εἶπεν Τί ἐστιν Κύριε Εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ Αἱ προσευχαί σου καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι σου ἀνέβησαν εἰς μνημόσυνον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ \v 4 Cornelius stared at the angel and was very afraid and said, "What is it, sir?" \p The angel said to him, "Your prayers and your alms have gone up as a memorial offering into God's presence. Cornelius stared at the angel and was very and said, "What is it, ?" The angel said to him, "Your and your have gone up as a into presence. √ Cornelius √ stared at the angel √ and was very afraid and said, "What is it sir?" The angel said √ to him, √ "Your prayers and √ your alms have gone up as a memorial offering into √ God's presence. \p καὶ νῦν πέμψον ἄνδρας εἰς Ἰόππην καὶ μετάπεμψαι Σίμωνά τινα ὃς ἐπικαλεῖται Πέτρος \v 5 Now send men to the city of Joppa to bring a man named Simon who is called Peter. Now men to the city of to bring a man named who is . √ Now send men to the city of Joppa √ to bring a man named Simon who is called Peter. οὗτος ξενίζεται παρά τινι Σίμωνι βυρσεῖ ᾧ ἐστιν οἰκία παρὰ θάλασσαν \v 6 He is staying with a tanner named Simon, whose house is by the seaside." He is staying with a tanner named , whose is by the seaside." He is staying with a tanner named Simon, whose house is by the seaside." Ὡς δὲ ἀπῆλθεν ὁ ἄγγελος ὁ λαλῶν αὐτῷ φωνήσας δύο τῶν οἰκετῶν καὶ στρατιώτην εὐσεβῆ τῶν προσκαρτερούντων αὐτῷ \s5 \p \v 7 When the angel who spoke to him had left, Cornelius called two of his house servants, and a devout soldier from among those who served him. When the who spoke to him had left, Cornelius two of his house , and a devout from among those who him. When √ the angel who spoke to him had left, Cornelius called two of his house servants, and a devout soldier √ from among those who served him. καὶ ἐξηγησάμενος ἅπαντα αὐτοῖς ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν Ἰόππην \v 8 Cornelius told them all that had happened and sent them to Joppa. Cornelius told them all that had happened and them to . √ Cornelius told them all that had happened and sent them to √ Joppa. Τῇ δὲ ἐπαύριον ὁδοιπορούντων ἐκείνων καὶ τῇ πόλει ἐγγιζόντων ἀνέβη Πέτρος ἐπὶ τὸ δῶμα προσεύξασθαι περὶ ὥραν ἕκτην \s5 \p \v 9 Now on the next day at about the sixth hour, as they were on their journey and were approaching the city, Peter went up upon the housetop to pray. Now on the next day at about the sixth , as they were on their journey and were approaching the city, went up upon the housetop to . Now on the next day at about the sixth hour, as they were on their journey and were approaching the city, Peter went up upon the housetop to pray. ἐγένετο δὲ πρόσπεινος καὶ ἤθελεν γεύσασθαι παρασκευαζόντων δὲ αὐτῶν ἐγένετο ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν ἔκστασις \v 10 He then became hungry and wanted something to eat, but while the people were cooking some food, a trance came on him, He then became hungry and wanted something to eat, but while the people were cooking some food, a trance came on him, then he [1] became hungry and wanted something to eat, but the people while [1] were cooking some food, a trance came on him, καὶ θεωρεῖ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγμένον καὶ καταβαῖνον σκεῦός τι ὡς ὀθόνην μεγάλην τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς καθιέμενον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς \v 11 and he saw the sky open and a certain container descending, something like a large sheet coming down to the earth, let down by its four corners. and he saw the sky open and a certain container descending, something like a large sheet coming down to the , let down by its four corners. and he saw the sky open and a certain container descending, something like a large sheet coming down to the earth, let down by its four corners. ἐν ᾧ ὑπῆρχεν πάντα τὰ τετράποδα καὶ ἑρπετὰ τῆς γῆς καὶ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ \v 12 In it were all kinds of four-footed animals and things that crawled on the earth, and birds of the sky. In it were all kinds of four-footed and things that crawled on the , and birds of the sky. In it were all kinds √ of four-footed animals and things that crawled on the earth, and birds of the sky. καὶ ἐγένετο φωνὴ πρὸς αὐτόν Ἀναστάς Πέτρε θῦσον καὶ φάγε \s5 \v 13 Then a voice spoke to him: "Rise, Peter, kill and eat." Then a spoke to him: "Rise, , and eat." Then a voice came to him: "Rise, Peter, kill and eat." Ὁ δὲ Πέτρος εἶπεν Μηδαμῶς Κύριε ὅτι οὐδέποτε ἔφαγον πᾶν κοινὸν καὶ ἀκάθαρτον \p \v 14 But Peter said, "Not so, Lord; for I have never eaten anything that was defiled and unclean." But said, "Not so, ; for I have never eaten anything that and ." √ But Peter said, "Not so, Lord; for I have never eaten anything that was defiled and unclean." Καὶ φωνὴ πάλιν ἐκ δευτέρου πρὸς αὐτόν Ἃ ὁ Θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν σὺ μὴ κοίνου \p \v 15 But the voice came to him again a second time: "What God has made clean, you must not call defiled." But the came to him again a second : "What has made , you must not call ." But the voice came to him again √ a second time: "What √ God has made clean, you must not call defiled." Τοῦτο δὲ ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τρίς καὶ εὐθὺς ἀνελήμφθη τὸ σκεῦος εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν \v 16 This happened three times; then the container was immediately taken back up into the sky. This happened three ; then the container was immediately taken back up into the sky. This √ happened √ three times; then the container immediately was [1] taken back up into the sky. Ὡς δὲ ἐν ἑαυτῷ διηπόρει ὁ Πέτρος τί ἂν εἴη τὸ ὅραμα ὃ εἶδεν ἰδοὺ οἱ ἄνδρες οἱ ἀπεσταλμένοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Κορνηλίου διερωτήσαντες τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ Σίμωνος ἐπέστησαν ἐπὶ τὸν πυλῶνα \s5 \p \v 17 Now while Peter was very confused about what the vision that he had seen could mean, behold, the men who were sent by Cornelius stood before the gate, after they had asked their way to the house. Now while was very confused about what the that he had seen could mean, behold, the men who were by stood before the , after they had asked their way to the . Now while √ Peter √ √ very was [1] confused about what √ the vision that he had seen could mean, behold, the men who were sent by √ Cornelius stood before the gate, after they had asked their way to the house. √ √ ULB left out "Simon's" or "of Simon" καὶ φωνήσαντες ἐπυνθάνοντο εἰ Σίμων ὁ ἐπικαλούμενος Πέτρος ἐνθάδε ξενίζεται \v 18 They called out and asked whether Simon, who was also called Peter, was staying there. They and asked whether , who was also , was staying there. √ They called out and asked whether Simon, who also was [1] called Peter, was staying there. Τοῦ δὲ Πέτρου διενθυμουμένου περὶ τοῦ ὁράματος εἶπεν αὐτῷ τὸ Πνεῦμα Ἰδοὺ ἄνδρες τρεῖς ζητοῦντές σε \s5 \p \v 19 While Peter was still thinking about the vision, the Spirit said to him, "Behold, three men are looking for you. \f + \ft Some ancient copies have, \fqa two men are looking for you \fqa* or \fqa some men are looking for you \fqa*. \f* While was still thinking about the , the said to him, "Behold, three men are you. √ While Peter was still thinking about the vision, the Spirit said to him, "Behold, three men are looking for you. \f + \ft Some ancient copies have, \fqa two men are looking for you \fqa* or \fqa some men are looking for you \fqa*. \f* ἀλλὰ ἀναστὰς κατάβηθι καὶ πορεύου σὺν αὐτοῖς μηδὲν διακρινόμενος ὅτι ἐγὼ ἀπέσταλκα αὐτούς \v 20 Arise and go down and go with them. Do not hesitate to go with them, because I have sent them." Arise and go down and go with them. Do not hesitate to go with them, because I have them." √ Arise and go down and go with them. not Do [1] hesitate to go with them, because I have sent them." Καταβὰς δὲ Πέτρος πρὸς τοὺς ἄνδρας εἶπεν Ἰδοὺ ἐγώ εἰμι ὃν ζητεῖτε τίς ἡ αἰτία δι᾽ ἣν πάρεστε \p \v 21 So Peter went down to the men and said, "I am he whom you are seeking. Why have you come?" So went down to the men and said, "I am he whom you are . Why have you come?" So Peter went down to the men and said, √ "I am he whom you are seeking. Why √ √ √ √ ULB did not translate these words have you come?" Οἱ δὲ εἶπαν Κορνήλιος ἑκατοντάρχης ἀνὴρ δίκαιος καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν μαρτυρούμενός τε ὑπὸ ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐχρηματίσθη ὑπὸ ἀγγέλου ἁγίου μεταπέμψασθαί σε εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀκοῦσαι ῥήματα παρὰ σοῦ \s5 \p \v 22 They said, "A centurion named Cornelius, a righteous man and one who fears God, and is well spoken of by all the nation of the Jews, was instructed by a holy angel to send for you to come to his house, so he could listen to a message from you." They said, "A , a man and one who , and is well spoken of by all the of the , was instructed by a to for you to come to his , so he could to a from you." They √ said, "A centurion named Cornelius, a righteous man and one who fears √ God, and is well spoken of by all the nation of the Jews, was instructed by a holy angel to send for you to come to √ his house, so he could listen to a message from you." Εἰσκαλεσάμενος οὖν αὐτοὺς ἐξένισεν Τῇ δὲ ἐπαύριον ἀναστὰς ἐξῆλθεν σὺν αὐτοῖς καί τινες τῶν ἀδελφῶν τῶν ἀπὸ Ἰόππης συνῆλθον αὐτῷ \v 23 So Peter invited them to come in and stay with him. \p On the next morning he got up and went with them, and some of the brothers from Joppa accompanied him. So Peter them to come in and stay with him. On the next morning he got up and went with them, and some of the from accompanied him. So Peter invited them to come in and stay with him. On the √ next morning he got up and went with them, and some of the brothers √ from Joppa accompanied him. \p Τῇ δὲ ἐπαύριον εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν Καισάρειαν ὁ δὲ Κορνήλιος ἦν προσδοκῶν αὐτοὺς συνκαλεσάμενος τοὺς συγγενεῖς αὐτοῦ καὶ τοὺς ἀναγκαίους φίλους \s5 \v 24 On the following day they came to Caesarea. Cornelius was waiting for them; he had called together his relatives and his close friends. On the following day they came to . was waiting for them; he had together his and his close friends. On the √ following day they came to √ Caesarea. √ √ Cornelius was waiting for them; he had called together √ his relatives and √ his close friends. Ὡς δὲ ἐγένετο τοῦ εἰσελθεῖν τὸν Πέτρον συναντήσας αὐτῷ ὁ Κορνήλιος πεσὼν ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας προσεκύνησεν \s5 \v 25 It came about that when Peter entered, Cornelius met him and fell down at his feet to worship him. It came about that when entered, met him and at his feet to him. It came about √ that when √ √ Peter entered, √ Cornelius met him and fell down at his feet to worship him. ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν λέγων Ἀνάστηθι καὶ ἐγὼ αὐτὸς ἄνθρωπός εἰμι \v 26 But Peter helped him up, saying, "Stand up! I too am a man." But helped him up, saying, "Stand up! I too am a man." √ But Peter him helped [1] up, saying, "Stand up! √ I too am a man." Καὶ συνομιλῶν αὐτῷ εἰσῆλθεν καὶ εὑρίσκει συνεληλυθότας πολλούς \s5 \p \v 27 While Peter was talking with him, he went in and found many people gathered together. While Peter was talking with him, he went in and found many people . While Peter was talking with him, he went in and found many people gathered together. ἔφη τε πρὸς αὐτούς Ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε ὡς ἀθέμιτόν ἐστιν ἀνδρὶ Ἰουδαίῳ κολλᾶσθαι ἢ προσέρχεσθαι ἀλλοφύλῳ κἀμοὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἔδειξεν μηδένα κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον λέγειν ἄνθρωπον \v 28 He said to them, "You yourselves know that it is not lawful for a Jewish man to associate with or to visit a foreigner. But God has shown me that I should not call any man defiled or unclean. He said to them, "You yourselves that it is for a man to associate with or to visit a . But has shown me that I should not any man defiled or . He said √ to them, yourselves "You [1] know that it is not lawful for a Jewish man to associate with or to visit a foreigner. But √ God has shown me that not I should [1] call any man defiled or unclean. διὸ καὶ ἀναντιρρήτως ἦλθον μεταπεμφθείς πυνθάνομαι οὖν Τίνι λόγῳ μετεπέμψασθέ με \v 29 That is why I came without arguing, when I was sent for. So I ask you why you sent for me." That is why I came without arguing, when I was for. So I ask you why you for me." That is why √ I came without arguing, when I was sent for. So I ask you √ √ why you sent for me." Καὶ ὁ Κορνήλιος ἔφη Ἀπὸ τετάρτης ἡμέρας μέχρι ταύτης τῆς ὥρας ἤμην τὴν ἐνάτην προσευχόμενος ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ μου καὶ ἰδοὺ ἀνὴρ ἔστη ἐνώπιόν μου ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμπρᾷ \s5 \p \v 30 Cornelius said, "Four days ago at this very hour, I was praying at the ninth hour in my house; and see, a man stood before me in bright clothing. said, "Four ago at this very , I was at the ninth hour in my ; and see, a man stood before me in . √ √ Cornelius said, "Four days ago at this √ very hour, I was praying at the ninth hour in √ my house; and see, a man stood before me in bright clothing. καὶ φησίν Κορνήλιε εἰσηκούσθη σου ἡ προσευχὴ καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι σου ἐμνήσθησαν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ \v 31 He said, 'Cornelius, your prayer has been heard by God, and your alms have reminded God about you. He said, ' , your has been heard by , and your have reminded God about you. √ He said, 'Cornelius, your √ prayer has been heard by God, and √ your alms have reminded √ √ God about you. πέμψον οὖν εἰς Ἰόππην καὶ μετακάλεσαι Σίμωνα ὃς ἐπικαλεῖται Πέτρος οὗτος ξενίζεται ἐν οἰκίᾳ Σίμωνος βυρσέως παρὰ θάλασσαν \v 32 So send someone to Joppa, and call to you a man named Simon who is called Peter. He is staying in the house of a tanner named Simon, by the seaside.' \f + \ft Some ancient copies add: \fqa When he comes, he will speak to you \fqa* . \f* So someone to , and to you a man named who is . He is staying in the of a tanner named , by the seaside.' So send someone to Joppa, and call to you a man named Simon who is called Peter. He is staying in the house of a tanner named Simon, by the seaside.' \f + \ft Some ancient copies add: \fqa When he comes, he will speak to you \fqa* . \f* Ἐξαυτῆς οὖν ἔπεμψα πρὸς σέ σύ τε καλῶς ἐποίησας παραγενόμενος νῦν οὖν πάντες ἡμεῖς ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ πάρεσμεν ἀκοῦσαι πάντα τὰ προστεταγμένα σοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου \v 33 So at once I sent for you. You are kind to have come. Now then, we are all here present in the sight of God to hear everything that you have been instructed by the Lord to say." \f + \ft Instead of \fqa instructed by the Lord to say, \fqa* some ancient copies have, \fqa instructed by God to say \fqa* . \f* So at once I for you. You are kind to have come. Now then, we are all here present in the sight of to everything that you have been by the to say." So at once I sent for you. You √ are kind to have come. Now then, we are all here present in the sight √ of God to hear everything that you have been instructed by the Lord to say." \f + \ft Instead of \fqa instructed by the Lord to say, \fqa* some ancient copies have, \fqa instructed by God to say \fqa* . \f* Ἀνοίξας δὲ Πέτρος τὸ στόμα εἶπεν Ἐπ᾽ ἀληθείας καταλαμβάνομαι ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν προσωπολήμπτης ὁ Θεός \s5 \p \v 34 Then Peter opened his mouth and said, "Truly I understand that God is not partial. Then opened his mouth and said, "Truly I that is not . Then Peter opened his mouth and said, √ "Truly I understand that √ God is not partial. ἀλλ᾽ ἐν παντὶ ἔθνει ὁ φοβούμενος αὐτὸν καὶ ἐργαζόμενος δικαιοσύνην δεκτὸς αὐτῷ ἐστιν \v 35 Instead, in every nation anyone who fears him and does what is right is acceptable to him. Instead, in every anyone who him and is acceptable to him. Instead, in every nation anyone who fears him and does what is right is acceptable to him. τὸν λόγον ὃν ἀπέστειλεν τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ εὐαγγελιζόμενος εἰρήνην διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ οὗτός ἐστιν πάντων Κύριος \s5 \v 36 You know the message that he sent to the people of Israel, when he announced the good news about peace through Jesus Christ, who is Lord of all— You know the that he to the , when he about through , who is of all— You know the message that he sent to the people of Israel, when he announced the good news about peace through Jesus Christ, who is Lord of all- Ὑμεῖς οἴδατε τὸ γενόμενον ῥῆμα καθ᾽ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐκήρυξεν Ἰωάννης \v 37 you yourselves know the events that took place, which occurred throughout all Judea, beginning in Galilee, after the baptism that John announced; you yourselves the events that took place, which occurred throughout all Judea, beginning in , after the baptism that ; yourselves you [1] know the events that took place, which occurred throughout all √ Judea, beginning in √ Galilee, after the baptism that John announced; Ἰησοῦν τὸν ἀπὸ Ναζαρέθ ὡς ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ Θεὸς Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ δυνάμει ὃς διῆλθεν εὐεργετῶν καὶ ἰώμενος πάντας τοὺς καταδυναστευομένους ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου ὅτι ὁ Θεὸς ἦν μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ \v 38 the events concerning Jesus of Nazareth, how God anointed him with the Holy Spirit and with power. He went about doing good and healing all who were oppressed by the devil, for God was with him. the events concerning of , how anointed him with the and with . He went about doing and all who were by the , for was with him. the events concerning Jesus √ √ of Nazareth, how √ God anointed him with the Holy Spirit and with power. he went about doing good and healing all who were oppressed by the devil, for √ God was with him. Καὶ ἡμεῖς μάρτυρες πάντων ὧν ἐποίησεν ἔν τε τῇ χώρᾳ τῶν Ἰουδαίων καὶ ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ ὃν καὶ ἀνεῖλαν κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ ξύλου \s5 \v 39 We are witnesses of all the things Jesus did, both in the country of the Jews and in Jerusalem. They killed him by hanging him on a tree, We are of all the things Jesus did, both in the country of the and in . They him by hanging him on a tree, √ We are witnesses of all the things √ Jesus did, both in the country of the Jews and in Jerusalem. √ They killed him by hanging him on a tree, τοῦτον ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτὸν ἐμφανῆ γενέσθαι \v 40 but God raised him up on the third day and caused him to be seen, but him up on the third and caused him to be seen, but √ God him raised [1] up on the third day and caused him to be seen, οὐ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ ἀλλὰ μάρτυσιν τοῖς προκεχειροτονημένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῖν οἵτινες συνεφάγομεν καὶ συνεπίομεν αὐτῷ μετὰ τὸ ἀναστῆναι αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν \v 41 not by all the people, but to the witnesses who were chosen beforehand by God—by us who ate and drank with him after he rose from the dead. not by all the , but to the who were beforehand by —by us who ate and drank with him after he from the . not by all the people, but to the witnesses who were chosen beforehand by √ God- by us who ate and drank with him after √ he rose from the dead. καὶ παρήγγειλεν ἡμῖν κηρύξαι τῷ λαῷ καὶ διαμαρτύρασθαι ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ὡρισμένος ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ Κριτὴς ζώντων καὶ νεκρῶν \s5 \v 42 He commanded us to proclaim to the people and to testify that this is the one who has been chosen by God to be the Judge of the living and the dead. He us to to the and to that this is the one who has been by to be the Judge of the and the . √ He commanded us to proclaim to the people and to testify that this is the one who has been chosen by √ God to be judge of the living and the dead. τούτῳ πάντες οἱ προφῆται μαρτυροῦσιν ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν λαβεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ πάντα τὸν πιστεύοντα εἰς αὐτόν \v 43 About him all the prophets testify, that everyone who believes in him receives forgiveness of sins through his name." About him all the , that everyone who in him of through his ." About him all the prophets testify, that everyone who believes in him receives forgiveness of sins through √ his name." Ἔτι λαλοῦντος τοῦ Πέτρου τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα ἐπέπεσεν τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας τὸν λόγον \s5 \p \v 44 While Peter was still saying these things, the Holy Spirit fell on all of those who were listening to his message. While was still saying these things, the fell on all of those who were listening to his . While Peter was still saying √ √ these things, the Holy √ Spirit fell on all of those who were listening to his message. καὶ ἐξέστησαν οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς πιστοὶ ὅσοι συνῆλθαν τῷ Πέτρῳ ὅτι καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ ἔθνη ἡ δωρεὰ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος ἐκκέχυται \v 45 The people who belonged to the circumcision group of believers—all of those who came with Peter—were amazed, because the gift of the Holy Spirit was poured out also on the Gentiles. The people who belonged to the of —all of those who came with —were , because the of the was poured out also on the . √ The people who belonged to the circumcision group of believers- all of those who came with √ Peter- were amazed, because the gift of the Holy Spirit was poured out also on the Gentiles. ἤκουον γὰρ αὐτῶν λαλούντων γλώσσαις καὶ μεγαλυνόντων τὸν Θεόν Τότε ἀπεκρίθη Πέτρος \s5 \v 46 For they heard these Gentiles speaking in tongues and exalting God. Then Peter answered, For they these Gentiles speaking in and exalting . Then answered, For they heard these Gentiles speaking in tongues and exalting √ God. Then Peter answered, Μήτι τὸ ὕδωρ δύναται κωλῦσαί τις τοῦ μὴ βαπτισθῆναι τούτους οἵτινες τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἔλαβον ὡς καὶ ἡμεῖς \v 47 "Can anyone keep water from these people so they should not be baptized, these people who have received the Holy Spirit as well as we?" "Can anyone keep from these people so they should not be , these people who have the as well as we?" Can anyone keep √ water from these people so they should √ not be baptized, these people who have received the Holy √ Spirit as well as √ we?" προσέταξεν δὲ αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ βαπτισθῆναι τότε ἠρώτησαν αὐτὸν ἐπιμεῖναι ἡμέρας τινάς \v 48 Then he commanded them to be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ. Then they asked him to stay with them for several days. Then he them to be in the of . Then they asked him to stay with them for several . Then he commanded them to be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ. Then they asked him to stay with them for several days. Ἤκουσαν δὲ οἱ ἀπόστολοι καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ οἱ ὄντες κατὰ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν ὅτι καὶ τὰ ἔθνη ἐδέξαντο τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ \s5 \c 11 \p \v 1 Now the apostles and the brothers who were in Judea heard that the Gentiles also had received the word of God. Now the and the who were in Judea that the also had the . Now the apostles and the brothers who were in √ Judea heard that the Gentiles also had received the word √ of God. Ὅτε δὲ ἀνέβη Πέτρος εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ διεκρίνοντο πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς \v 2 When Peter had come up to Jerusalem, they who belonged to the circumcision group criticized him; When had come up to , they who belonged to the group criticized him; When √ Peter had come up to Jerusalem, they who belonged to the circumcision group criticized √ him; λέγοντες ὅτι Εἰσῆλθες πρὸς ἄνδρας ἀκροβυστίαν ἔχοντας καὶ συνέφαγες αὐτοῖς \v 3 they said, "You associated with uncircumcised men and ate with them!" they said, "You associated with men and ate with them!" they said, √ "You associated with uncircumcised men √ and ate with them!" Ἀρξάμενος δὲ Πέτρος ἐξετίθετο αὐτοῖς καθεξῆς λέγων \s5 \v 4 But Peter started to explain the matter to them in detail, saying, But started to explain the matter to them in detail, saying, But Peter started to explain the matter to them in detail, saying, Ἐγὼ ἤμην ἐν πόλει Ἰόππῃ προσευχόμενος καὶ εἶδον ἐν ἐκστάσει ὅραμα καταβαῖνον σκεῦός τι ὡς ὀθόνην μεγάλην τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς καθιεμένην ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ ἦλθεν ἄχρι ἐμοῦ \v 5 "I was praying in the city of Joppa, and in a trance I saw a vision of a container coming down, like a large sheet let down from heaven by its four corners. It descended to me. "I was in the city of , and in a trance I saw a of a container coming down, like a large sheet let down from heaven by its four corners. It descended to me. I was praying in the city of Joppa, and in a trance I saw a vision of a container coming down, √ like a large sheet let down from √ heaven by its four corners. √ It descended to me. εἰς ἣν ἀτενίσας κατενόουν καὶ εἶδον τὰ τετράποδα τῆς γῆς καὶ τὰ θηρία καὶ τὰ ἑρπετὰ καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ \v 6 I gazed at it and I thought about it. I saw the four-legged animals of earth, wild beasts, things that crawled, and birds of the sky. I gazed at it and I about it. I saw the four-legged of , wild , things that crawled, and birds of the sky. I gazed at it and I thought about it. I saw the four-legged animals of the earth, √ √ wild beasts, √ things that crawled, and √ birds of the sky. ἤκουσα δὲ καὶ φωνῆς λεγούσης μοι Ἀναστάς Πέτρε θῦσον καὶ φάγε \s5 \v 7 Then I heard a voice say to me, 'Get up, Peter; kill and eat!' Then I a say to me, 'Get up, ; and eat!' Then I heard √ a voice say to me, 'Get up, Peter; kill and eat!' Εἶπον δέ Μηδαμῶς Κύριε ὅτι κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον οὐδέποτε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ στόμα μου \p \v 8 I said, 'Not so, Lord; for nothing unholy or unclean has ever entered into my mouth.' I said, 'Not so, ; for nothing unholy or has ever entered into my mouth.' I said, √ 'Not so, Lord; for nothing unholy or unclean has ever entered √ √ my mouth.' Ἀπεκρίθη δὲ φωνὴ ἐκ δευτέρου ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ Ἃ ὁ Θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν σὺ μὴ κοίνου \p \v 9 But the voice answered again from heaven, 'What God has made clean, you must not call defiled.' But the answered again from heaven, 'What has made , you must not call .' But the voice answered √ again from √ heaven, 'What √ God has made clean, you must not call defiled.' Τοῦτο δὲ ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τρίς καὶ ἀνεσπάσθη πάλιν ἅπαντα εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν \v 10 This happened three times, and then everything was taken back up into heaven again. This happened three , and then everything was taken back up into heaven again. This √ happened √ three times, and then everything was taken back up to √ heaven again. Καὶ ἰδοὺ ἐξαυτῆς τρεῖς ἄνδρες ἐπέστησαν ἐπὶ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐν ᾗ ἦμεν ἀπεσταλμένοι ἀπὸ Καισαρείας πρός με \s5 \p \v 11 "Behold, right away there were three men standing in front of the house where we were; they had been sent from Caesarea to me. "Behold, right away there were three men standing in front of the where we were; they had been from to me. √ "Behold, right away there were three men standing in front of the house √ where we were; they had been sent from Caesarea to me. εἶπεν δὲ τὸ Πνεῦμά μοι συνελθεῖν αὐτοῖς μηδὲν διακρίναντα ἦλθον δὲ σὺν ἐμοὶ καὶ οἱ ἓξ ἀδελφοὶ οὗτοι καὶ εἰσήλθομεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ ἀνδρός \v 12 The Spirit commanded me to go with them, and that I should make no distinction regarding them. These six brothers went with me, and we went into the man's house. The me to go with them, and that I should make no distinction regarding them. These six went with me, and we went into the man's . The √ Spirit commanded me to go with them, and that I should make no distinction regarding them. √ √ √ These six brothers went with me, and we went into the man's √ house. ἀπήγγειλεν δὲ ἡμῖν πῶς εἶδεν τὸν ἄγγελον ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ σταθέντα καὶ εἰπόντα Ἀπόστειλον εἰς Ἰόππην καὶ μετάπεμψαι Σίμωνα τὸν ἐπικαλούμενον Πέτρον \v 13 He told us how he had seen the angel standing in his house and saying, ‘Send men to Joppa and bring back Simon who is called Peter. He told us how he had seen the standing in his and saying, ‘Send men to and bring back who is . He told √ us how he had seen the angel standing in √ his house and saying, 'Send men to Joppa and bring back Simon who is called Peter. ὃς λαλήσει ῥήματα πρὸς σὲ ἐν οἷς σωθήσῃ σὺ καὶ πᾶς ὁ οἶκός σου \v 14 He will speak to you a message by which you will be saved—you and all your household.’ He will speak to you a by which you will be —you and all your .’ He will speak to you a message √ by which you will be saved- you and all √ your household.' Ἐν δὲ τῷ ἄρξασθαί με λαλεῖν ἐπέπεσεν τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς ὥσπερ καὶ ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς ἐν ἀρχῇ \s5 \v 15 As I began to speak to them, the Holy Spirit came on them, just as on us in the beginning. As I began to speak to them, the came on them, on us in the beginning. √ √ As I began to speak to them, the Holy √ Spirit came on them, just as √ on us in the beginning. ἐμνήσθην δὲ τοῦ ῥήματος τοῦ Κυρίου ὡς ἔλεγεν Ἰωάννης μὲν ἐβάπτισεν ὕδατι ὑμεῖς δὲ βαπτισθήσεσθε ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ \v 16 I remembered the words of the Lord, how he said, 'John indeed baptized with water; but you will be baptized with the Holy Spirit.' I remembered the of the , how he said, ' indeed with ; but you will be with the .' I remembered √ the words of the Lord, how he said, 'John indeed baptized with water; but you will be baptized with the Holy Spirit.' εἰ οὖν τὴν ἴσην δωρεὰν ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς ὡς καὶ ἡμῖν πιστεύσασιν ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν ἐγὼ τίς ἤμην δυνατὸς κωλῦσαι τὸν Θεόν \s5 \v 17 Then if God gave to them the same gift as he gave to us when we believed on the Lord Jesus Christ, who was I, that I could oppose God?" Then if gave to them the same as he gave to us when we on the , who was I, that I oppose ?" Then if √ God gave to them the same gift as √ he gave to us when we believed on the Lord Jesus Christ, who was I, that I could oppose √ God?" Ἀκούσαντες δὲ ταῦτα ἡσύχασαν καὶ ἐδόξασαν τὸν Θεὸν λέγοντες Ἄρα καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ὁ Θεὸς τὴν μετάνοιαν εἰς ζωὴν ἔδωκεν \p \v 18 When they heard these things, they said nothing in response, but they glorified God and said, "Then God has given repentance for life to the Gentiles also." When they these things, they said nothing in response, but they and said, "Then has given for to the also." When they heard these things, they said nothing in response, but they glorified √ God and said, "Then √ God has given √ repentance for life to the Gentiles also." Οἱ μὲν οὖν διασπαρέντες ἀπὸ τῆς θλίψεως τῆς γενομένης ἐπὶ Στεφάνῳ διῆλθον ἕως Φοινίκης καὶ Κύπρου καὶ Ἀντιοχείας μηδενὶ λαλοῦντες τὸν λόγον εἰ μὴ μόνον Ἰουδαίοις \s5 \p \v 19 Now those who had been scattered by the persecution that arose over Stephen spread as far as Phoenicia, Cyprus, and Antioch, speaking the word only to Jews. Now those who had been scattered by the that arose over spread as far as , , and Antioch, speaking the only to . √ Now those who had been scattered by the persecution that arose over Stephen spread as far as Phoenicia, √ Cyprus, and Antioch, √ speaking the word √ √ only to Jews. Ἦσαν δέ τινες ἐξ αὐτῶν ἄνδρες Κύπριοι καὶ Κυρηναῖοι οἵτινες ἐλθόντες εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν ἐλάλουν καὶ πρὸς τοὺς Ἑλληνιστάς εὐαγγελιζόμενοι τὸν Κύριον Ἰησοῦν \v 20 But some of them, men from Cyprus and Cyrene, came to Antioch and spoke also to Greeks, proclaiming to them the gospel about the Lord Jesus. But some of them, men from and , came to Antioch and spoke also to , to them the about the . √ But some of them, men from Cyprus and Cyrene, √ came to Antioch and spoke also to √ Greeks, to them the proclaiming [1] [2] gospel about the Lord Jesus. καὶ ἦν χεὶρ Κυρίου μετ᾽ αὐτῶν πολύς τε ἀριθμὸς ὁ πιστεύσας ἐπέστρεψεν ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον \v 21 The hand of the Lord was with them; a great number believed and turned to the Lord. The of the was with them; a great number and to the . √ The hand of the Lord was with them; a great √ number √ believed and turned to the Lord. Ἠκούσθη δὲ ὁ λόγος εἰς τὰ ὦτα τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῆς οὔσης ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ περὶ αὐτῶν καὶ ἐξαπέστειλαν Βαρνάβαν διελθεῖν ἕως Ἀντιοχείας \s5 \v 22 News about them came to the ears of the church in Jerusalem, and they sent out Barnabas as far as Antioch. News about them came to the ears of the in , and they as far as Antioch. √ √ News about them came to the ears of the church √ √ in Jerusalem, and they sent out Barnabas √ as far as Antioch. ὃς παραγενόμενος καὶ ἰδὼν τὴν χάριν τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐχάρη καὶ παρεκάλει πάντας τῇ προθέσει τῆς καρδίας προσμένειν τῷ Κυρίῳ \v 23 When he came and saw the grace of God, he was glad and he encouraged them all to remain with the Lord with purpose of heart. When he came and saw the of , he was and he them all to remain with the with purpose of . √ When he came and saw the grace √ √ of God<,/w> he was glad and he encouraged them all to remain with the Lord √ with purpose √ of heart. ὅτι ἦν ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς καὶ πλήρης Πνεύματος Ἁγίου καὶ πίστεως καὶ προσετέθη ὄχλος ἱκανὸς τῷ Κυρίῳ \v 24 For he was a good man and full of the Holy Spirit and of faith, and many people were added to the Lord. For he was a man and and of , and many were added to the . For he was a good man and full of the Holy Spirit and of faith, and many people were added to the Lord. Ἐξῆλθεν δὲ εἰς Ταρσὸν ἀναζητῆσαι Σαῦλον \s5 \v 25 Barnabas then went out to Tarsus to search carefully for Saul. Barnabas then went out to to for . Barnabas then went out to Tarsus to search carefully for Saul. καὶ εὑρὼν ἤγαγεν εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν ἐγένετο δὲ αὐτοῖς καὶ ἐνιαυτὸν ὅλον συναχθῆναι ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ καὶ διδάξαι ὄχλον ἱκανόν χρηματίσαι τε πρώτως ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ τοὺς μαθητὰς Χριστιανούς \v 26 When he found him, he brought him to Antioch. It came about, that for an entire year they gathered together with the church and taught many people. The disciples were first called Christians in Antioch. When he found him, he brought him to Antioch. It came about, that for an entire they with the and many . The were first in Antioch. When he found him, he brought him to Antioch. It came about, √ √ √ that for an entire year they gathered together with the church and taught many people. The disciples first were [1] called √ √ Christians Antioch. Ἐν ταύταις δὲ ταῖς ἡμέραις κατῆλθον ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων προφῆται εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν \s5 \p \v 27 Now in these days some prophets came down from Jerusalem to Antioch. Now in these some came down from to Antioch. Now in these √ days some prophets went down from Jerusalem to Antioch. ἀναστὰς δὲ εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν ὀνόματι Ἅγαβος ἐσήμανεν διὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος λιμὸν μεγάλην μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι ἐφ᾽ ὅλην τὴν οἰκουμένην ἥτις ἐγένετο ἐπὶ Κλαυδίου \v 28 One of them, Agabus by name, stood up and indicated by the Spirit that a great famine would occur over all the world. This happened in the days of Claudius. One of them, Agabus by , stood up and indicated by the that a would occur over all the . This happened in the days of Claudius. √ One of them, Agabus by name, stood up and indicated by the Spirit that a great famine would occur over all the world. This happened in the days of Claudius. τῶν δὲ μαθητῶν καθὼς εὐπορεῖτό τις ὥρισαν ἕκαστος αὐτῶν εἰς διακονίαν πέμψαι τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ ἀδελφοῖς \s5 \v 29 So the disciples, as each one was able, determined to send a contribution for the relief of the brothers in Judea. So the , each one was able, determined to a contribution for the relief of the in Judea. So the disciples, as each one √ was able, √ determined √ to send a contribution for the relief relief √ √ √ √ of the brothers in Judea. ὃ καὶ ἐποίησαν ἀποστείλαντες πρὸς τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους διὰ χειρὸς Βαρνάβα καὶ Σαύλου \v 30 They did this; they sent money to the elders by the hand of Barnabas and Saul. They did this; they money to the and . √ √ They did this; they sent money to the elders by the hand of Barnabas and Saul. Κατ᾽ ἐκεῖνον δὲ τὸν καιρὸν ἐπέβαλεν Ἡρῴδης ὁ βασιλεὺς τὰς χεῖρας κακῶσαί τινας τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας \s5 \c 12 \p \v 1 Now about that time Herod the king laid hands on some who belonged to the church so that he might mistreat them. Now about that the laid on some who belonged to the so that he might them. Now about that √ time Herod the king laid √ hands on some who belonged to the church so that he might mistreat them. ἀνεῖλεν δὲ Ἰάκωβον τὸν ἀδελφὸν Ἰωάννου μαχαίρῃ \v 2 He killed James the brother of John with the sword. He James the of with the . He killed √ James the brother of John with the sword. ἰδὼν δὲ ὅτι ἀρεστόν ἐστιν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις προσέθετο συλλαβεῖν καὶ Πέτρον ἦσαν δὲ αἱ ἡμέραι τῶν ἀζύμων \s5 \v 3 After he saw that this pleased the Jews, he proceeded to arrest Peter also. That was during the days of unleavened bread. After he saw that this pleased the , he proceeded to arrest also. That was during the of . After he saw that this pleased √ the Jews, he proceeded to arrest Peter also. That was √ during the days √ of unleavened bread. ὃν καὶ πιάσας ἔθετο εἰς φυλακήν παραδοὺς τέσσαρσιν τετραδίοις στρατιωτῶν φυλάσσειν αὐτόν βουλόμενος μετὰ τὸ πάσχα ἀναγαγεῖν αὐτὸν τῷ λαῷ \v 4 After arresting him, he put him in prison, assigning him over to four squads of soldiers to guard him; he was intending to bring him to the people after the Passover. After arresting him, he put him in , assigning him over to four squads of to guard him; he was intending to bring him to the after the . √ After arresting him, he put him in prison, assigning him over to four squads of soldiers to guard him; he was intending to bring him to the people after the Passover. Ὁ μὲν οὖν Πέτρος ἐτηρεῖτο ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ προσευχὴ δὲ ἦν ἐκτενῶς γινομένη ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν περὶ αὐτοῦ \s5 \v 5 So Peter was kept in the prison, but prayer was made earnestly to God for him by those in the church. So was in the , but was made earnestly to for him by those in the . √ So √ Peter was kept in the prison, but prayer was made earnestly to √ God for him by those in the church. Ὅτε δὲ ἤμελλεν προαγαγεῖν αὐτὸν ὁ Ἡρῴδης τῇ νυκτὶ ἐκείνῃ ἦν ὁ Πέτρος κοιμώμενος μεταξὺ δύο στρατιωτῶν δεδεμένος ἁλύσεσιν δυσίν φύλακές τε πρὸ τῆς θύρας ἐτήρουν τὴν φυλακήν \v 6 On the night before Herod was going to bring him out for trial, Peter was sleeping between two soldiers, bound with two chains, while guards in front of the door were keeping watch over the prison. On the night before was going to bring him out for trial, was between two , with two , while guards in front of the door were keeping over the . On the night √ before √ Herod was going him to bring [1] out for trial, √ Peter was sleeping between two soldiers, bound with two chains, while guards in front of the door were keeping watch over the prison. καὶ ἰδοὺ ἄγγελος Κυρίου ἐπέστη καὶ φῶς ἔλαμψεν ἐν τῷ οἰκήματι πατάξας δὲ τὴν πλευρὰν τοῦ Πέτρου ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν λέγων Ἀνάστα ἐν τάχει καὶ ἐξέπεσαν αὐτοῦ αἱ ἁλύσεις ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν \s5 \v 7 Behold, an angel of the Lord suddenly appeared by him, and a light shone in the prison cell. He struck Peter on the side and woke him and said, "Get up quickly," and his chains fell off his hands. Behold, an of the suddenly appeared by him, and a shone in the cell. He struck on the side and woke him and said, "Get up quickly," and his fell off his . √ Behold, an angel of the Lord suddenly appeared by him, and a light shone in the prison cell. He struck √ √ Peter on the side and woke him and said, "Get up √ quickly," and his √ chains fell off his hands. εἶπεν δὲ ὁ ἄγγελος πρὸς αὐτόν Ζῶσαι καὶ ὑπόδησαι τὰ σανδάλιά σου ἐποίησεν δὲ οὕτως καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ Περιβαλοῦ τὸ ἱμάτιόν σου καὶ ἀκολούθει μοι \v 8 The angel said to him, "Gird yourself and put on your sandals." Peter did so. The angel said to him, "Put on your outer garment and follow me." The said to him, "Gird yourself and your ." Peter did so. The angel said to him, "Put on your outer and follow me." The √ angel said to him, "Gird yourself and put on √ your sandals." Peter did √ so. √ The angel said to him, "Put on √ your outer garment and follow me." Καὶ ἐξελθὼν ἠκολούθει καὶ οὐκ ᾔδει ὅτι ἀληθές ἐστιν τὸ γινόμενον διὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου ἐδόκει δὲ ὅραμα βλέπειν \s5 \v 9 So Peter followed the angel and went out. He did not know that what was done by the angel was real. He thought he was seeing a vision. So Peter followed the and went out. He did not that what was done by the angel was . He he was seeing a . So Peter followed the angel and went out. √ not He did [1] know that what was done by the angel was real. He thought √ he was seeing a vision. διελθόντες δὲ πρώτην φυλακὴν καὶ δευτέραν ἦλθαν ἐπὶ τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν τὴν φέρουσαν εἰς τὴν πόλιν ἥτις αὐτομάτη ἠνοίγη αὐτοῖς καὶ ἐξελθόντες προῆλθον ῥύμην μίαν καὶ εὐθέως ἀπέστη ὁ ἄγγελος ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ \v 10 After they had passed by the first guard and the second, they came to the iron gate that led into the city; it opened for them by itself. They went out and went down a street, and the angel left him right away. After they had passed by the first guard and the second, they came to the iron that led into the city; it opened for them by itself. They went out and went down a street, and the left him right away. After they had passed √ by the first guard and the second, they came to the iron √ gate that led into the city; it opened for them by itself. √ They went out and went down a street, √ and the angel left √ him right away. Καὶ ὁ Πέτρος ἐν ἑαυτῷ γενόμενος εἶπεν Νῦν οἶδα ἀληθῶς ὅτι ἐξαπέστειλεν ὁ Κύριος τὸν ἄγγελον αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐξείλατό με ἐκ χειρὸς Ἡρῴδου καὶ πάσης τῆς προσδοκίας τοῦ λαοῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων \s5 \v 11 When Peter came to himself, he said, "Now I truly know that the Lord has sent his angel and delivered me out of the hand of Herod, and from everything the Jewish people were expecting." When came to himself, he said, "Now I that the has his and me out of the of , and from everything the were expecting." When √ Peter √ came to himself, he said, "Now truly I [1] know that the Lord has sent √ his angel and delivered me out of the hand of Herod, and from everything √ the Jewish people √ were expecting." Συνιδών τε ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὴν οἰκίαν τῆς Μαρίας τῆς μητρὸς Ἰωάννου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Μάρκου οὗ ἦσαν ἱκανοὶ συνηθροισμένοι καὶ προσευχόμενοι \v 12 When he realized this, he went to the house of Mary the mother of John, also called Mark, where many people had gathered and were praying. When he this, he went to the of the mother of , also , where many people had gathered and were . When he realized this, he went to the house of Mary the mother of John, √ also called Mark, where many people had gathered and were praying. κρούσαντος δὲ αὐτοῦ τὴν θύραν τοῦ πυλῶνος προσῆλθεν παιδίσκη ὑπακοῦσαι ὀνόματι Ῥόδη \s5 \v 13 When he knocked at the door of the gate, a servant girl named Rhoda came to answer. When he knocked at the door of the , a Rhoda came to answer. When he knocked at the door of the gate, a servant girl named Rhoda came to answer. καὶ ἐπιγνοῦσα τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ Πέτρου ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς οὐκ ἤνοιξεν τὸν πυλῶνα εἰσδραμοῦσα δὲ ἀπήγγειλεν ἑστάναι τὸν Πέτρον πρὸ τοῦ πυλῶνος \v 14 When she recognized Peter's voice, out of joy she failed to open the gate; instead, she came running into the room; she reported that Peter was standing at the gate. When she recognized 's , out of she failed to open the ; instead, she came into the room; she that was standing at the . When she recognized √ Peter's √ voice, out √ of joy failed she [1] to open the gate; instead she came running into the room; she reported that √ Peter was standing at the gate. Οἱ δὲ πρὸς αὐτὴν εἶπαν Μαίνῃ ἡ δὲ διϊσχυρίζετο οὕτως ἔχειν οἱ δὲ ἔλεγον Ὁ ἄγγελός ἐστιν αὐτοῦ \v 15 So they said to her, "You are insane." But she insisted that it was so. They said, "It is his angel." So they said to her, "You are insane." But she insisted that it was so. They said, "It is his ." So they said to her, "You are insane." But she insisted that it was so. They √ said, "It is √ his angel. Ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἐπέμενεν κρούων ἀνοίξαντες δὲ εἶδαν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐξέστησαν \s5 \v 16 But Peter continued knocking, and when they had opened the door, they saw him and were amazed. But continued knocking, and when they had opened the door, they saw him and were . √ But Peter continued knocking, and when they had opened the door, they saw him and were amazed. κατασείσας δὲ αὐτοῖς τῇ χειρὶ σιγᾶν διηγήσατο αὐτοῖς πῶς ὁ Κύριος αὐτὸν ἐξήγαγεν ἐκ τῆς φυλακῆς εἶπέν τε Ἀπαγγείλατε Ἰακώβῳ καὶ τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ταῦτα καὶ ἐξελθὼν ἐπορεύθη εἰς ἕτερον τόπον \v 17 Peter motioned to them with his hand to be silent, and he told them how the Lord had brought him out of prison. He said, "Report these things to James and the brothers." Then he left and went to another place. Peter motioned to them with his to be silent, and he told them how the had brought him out of . He said, "Report these things to James and the ." Then he left and went to another place. Peter motioned √ to them with his hand to be silent, and he told them how the Lord had brought him out of the prison. He said, √ report these things to James and the brothers." Then he left and went to another place. Γενομένης δὲ ἡμέρας ἦν τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος ἐν τοῖς στρατιώταις τί ἄρα ὁ Πέτρος ἐγένετο \s5 \v 18 Now when it became day, there was no small disturbance among the soldiers over what had happened to Peter. Now when it became , there was no small disturbance among the over what had happened to . Now when it became day, there was no small disturbance among the soldiers over what √ √ had happened to Peter. Ἡρῴδης δὲ ἐπιζητήσας αὐτὸν καὶ μὴ εὑρὼν ἀνακρίνας τοὺς φύλακας ἐκέλευσεν ἀπαχθῆναι καὶ κατελθὼν ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας εἰς Καισάρειαν διέτριβεν \v 19 After Herod had searched for him and could not find him, he questioned the guards and ordered them to be put to death. \p Then Herod went down from Judea to Caesarea and stayed there. After had him and could not find him, he questioned the guards and them to be put to . Then Herod went down from Judea to and stayed there. After Herod searched for him and not could [1] find him, he questioned the guards and ordered them to be put to death. Then Herod went down from √ Judea to Caesarea and stayed there. \p Ἦν δὲ θυμομαχῶν Τυρίοις καὶ Σιδωνίοις ὁμοθυμαδὸν δὲ παρῆσαν πρὸς αὐτόν καὶ πείσαντες Βλάστον τὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ κοιτῶνος τοῦ βασιλέως ᾐτοῦντο εἰρήνην διὰ τὸ τρέφεσθαι αὐτῶν τὴν χώραν ἀπὸ τῆς βασιλικῆς \s5 \v 20 Now Herod was very angry with the people of Tyre and Sidon. They went to him with one purpose, and after persuading Blastus, the king's assistant, to help them, they asked for peace because their country received its food from the king's country. Now Herod was very with the people of and . They went to him with one purpose, and after Blastus, the assistant, to help them, they asked for because their country received its food from the country. Now Herod was very angry with the people of Tyre and Sidon. They went √ to him with one purpose, and after persuading Blastus, √ √ the king's √ assistant, to help them, they asked for peace because their √ country √ received its food from the king's country. τακτῇ δὲ ἡμέρᾳ ὁ Ἡρῴδης ἐνδυσάμενος ἐσθῆτα βασιλικὴν καὶ καθίσας ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος ἐδημηγόρει πρὸς αὐτούς \v 21 On a set day Herod dressed himself in royal clothing and sat on a throne; he made a speech to them. On a set himself in and sat on a ; he made a speech to them. On a set √ day √ Herod dressed himself in royal clothing and sat on √ a throne; he made a speech to them. ὁ δὲ δῆμος ἐπεφώνει Θεοῦ φωνὴ καὶ οὐκ ἀνθρώπου \s5 \v 22 The people shouted, "This is the voice of a god, not of a man!" The , "This is the of a god, not of a man!" The √ people shouted, "This is the voice of a god, √ not of a man!" Παραχρῆμα δὲ ἐπάταξεν αὐτὸν ἄγγελος Κυρίου ἀνθ᾽ ὧν οὐκ ἔδωκεν τὴν δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ καὶ γενόμενος σκωληκόβρωτος ἐξέψυξεν \v 23 Immediately an angel of the Lord struck him, because he did not give God the glory; he was eaten by worms and died. Immediately an of the struck him, because he did not give the ; he was eaten by worms and . Immediately √ an angel of the Lord struck him, because √ not he did [1] give √ God the glory; √ he was eaten by worms and died. Ὁ δὲ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ ηὔξανεν καὶ ἐπληθύνετο \s5 \p \v 24 But the word of God increased and multiplied. But the increased and . But the word √ of God increased and multiplied. Βαρνάβας δὲ καὶ Σαῦλος ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ πληρώσαντες τὴν διακονίαν συμπαραλαβόντες Ἰωάννην τὸν ἐπικληθέντα Μάρκον \p \v 25 So when Barnabas and Saul had completed their mission, they returned from Jerusalem, \f + \ft Some ancient copies read, \fqa they returned to Jerusalem \fqa* . \f* bringing with them John, also called Mark. So when and had completed their , they from , bringing with them , also . So when Barnabas and Saul had completed their mission, they returned √ from Jerusalem, bringing with them John, √ also called Mark. \f + \ft Some ancient copies read, \fqa they returned to Jerusalem \fqa* . \f* Ἦσαν δὲ ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ κατὰ τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν προφῆται καὶ διδάσκαλοι ὅ τε Βαρνάβας καὶ Συμεὼν ὁ καλούμενος Νίγερ καὶ Λούκιος ὁ Κυρηναῖος Μαναήν τε Ἡρῴδου τοῦ τετραάρχου σύντροφος καὶ Σαῦλος \s5 \c 13 \p \v 1 Now in the church in Antioch, there were some prophets and teachers. They were Barnabas, Simeon (who is called Niger), Lucius of Cyrene, Manaen (the foster brother of Herod the tetrarch), and Saul. Now in the in Antioch, there were some and . They were , (who is Niger), Lucius of , Manaen (the foster brother of the ), and . √ Now in the church in Antioch, √ √ there were some prophets and teachers. They were √ √ Barnabas, √ Simeon (who is called Niger), √ Lucius √ of Cyrene, Manaen √ (the foster brother of Herod the tetrarch), and Saul. Λειτουργούντων δὲ αὐτῶν τῷ Κυρίῳ καὶ νηστευόντων εἶπεν τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον Ἀφορίσατε δή μοι τὸν Βαρνάβαν καὶ Σαῦλον εἰς τὸ ἔργον ὃ προσκέκλημαι αὐτούς \v 2 While they were worshiping the Lord and fasting, the Holy Spirit said, "Set apart for me Barnabas and Saul, to do the work to which I have called them." While they were the and , the said, "Set apart for me and , to do the to which I have them." While they were worshiping the Lord and fasting, the Holy √ Spirit said, "Set apart √ for me √ Barnabas and Saul, to do √ the work to which I have called them." τότε νηστεύσαντες καὶ προσευξάμενοι καὶ ἐπιθέντες τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῖς ἀπέλυσαν \v 3 After they had fasted, prayed, and laid their hands on these men, they sent them off. After they had , , and laid their on these men, they them off. After they had fasted, √ prayed, and laid their hands on they, them they sent [1] off. Αὐτοὶ μὲν οὖν ἐκπεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος κατῆλθον εἰς Σελεύκειαν ἐκεῖθέν τε ἀπέπλευσαν εἰς Κύπρον \s5 \p \v 4 So Barnabas and Saul, having been sent out by the Holy Spirit, went down to Seleucia; from there they sailed away to Cyprus. So Barnabas and Saul, having been to ı. √ So √ Barnabas and Saul, having been sent away by the Holy Spirit, went down to Seleucia; from there √ they sailed away to Cyprus. καὶ γενόμενοι ἐν Σαλαμῖνι κατήγγελλον τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων εἶχον δὲ καὶ Ἰωάννην ὑπηρέτην \v 5 While they were in the city of Salamis, they proclaimed the word of God in the synagogues of the Jews. They also had John for an assistant. While they were in the city of Salamis, they the in the of the . They also had for an assistant. While they were in the city of Salamis, they proclaimed the word of God in the synagogues of the Jews. also They [1] had √ John for an assistant. Διελθόντες δὲ ὅλην τὴν νῆσον ἄχρι Πάφου εὗρον ἄνδρα τινὰ μάγον ψευδοπροφήτην Ἰουδαῖον ᾧ ὄνομα Βαριησοῦ \s5 \v 6 When they had gone through the whole island to Paphos, they found a certain magician, a Jewish false prophet, whose name was Bar-Jesus. When they had gone through the whole island to Paphos, they found a certain , a , whose was Bar-Jesus. When they had gone through the whole √ island to Paphos, they found √ a certain magician, a Jewish false prophet, whose name was Bar-Jesus. ὃς ἦν σὺν τῷ ἀνθυπάτῳ Σεργίῳ Παύλῳ ἀνδρὶ συνετῷ οὗτος προσκαλεσάμενος Βαρνάβαν καὶ Σαῦλον ἐπεζήτησεν ἀκοῦσαι τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ \v 7 This magician associated with the proconsul, Sergius Paulus, who was an intelligent man. This man summoned Barnabas and Saul, because he sought to hear the word of God. This magician associated with the , Sergius Paulus, who was an man. This man and , because he to the . This magician associated with the proconsul, Sergius Paulus, who was an intelligent man. This man summoned Barnabas and Saul, because he sought to hear the word √ of God. ἀνθίστατο δὲ αὐτοῖς Ἐλύμας ὁ μάγος οὕτως γὰρ μεθερμηνεύεται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ζητῶν διαστρέψαι τὸν ἀνθύπατον ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως \v 8 But Elymas "the magician" (that is how his name is translated) opposed them; he tried to turn the proconsul away from the faith. But Elymas "the " (that is how his is ) opposed them; he to from the ı. But Elymas "the magician" √ (that is how √ his name is translated) opposed them; he tried the proconsul to turn [1] [2] away from the faith. Σαῦλος δέ ὁ καὶ Παῦλος πλησθεὶς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου ἀτενίσας εἰς αὐτὸν \s5 \v 9 But Saul, who is also called Paul, filled with the Holy Spirit, stared at him intensely But , who is also called , , stared at him intensely but Saul, who is also called Paul, filled with the Holy Spirit, at him stared [1] [2] intensely εἶπεν Ὦ πλήρης παντὸς δόλου καὶ πάσης ῥᾳδιουργίας υἱὲ διαβόλου ἐχθρὲ πάσης δικαιοσύνης οὐ παύσῃ διαστρέφων τὰς ὁδοὺς τοῦ Κυρίου τὰς εὐθείας \v 10 and said, "You son of the devil, you are full of all kinds of deceit and wickedness. You are an enemy of every kind of righteousness. You will never stop twisting the straight paths of the Lord, will you? and said, "You of the , you are full of all kinds of and wickedness. You are an of every kind of . You will never stop twisting the straight paths of the , will you? and said, √ "You son of the devil, you are full of all kinds of deceit and √ wickedness. You are an enemy of every kind of righteousness. never stop You will [1] [2] twisting the straight √ paths of the Lord, will you? καὶ νῦν ἰδοὺ χεὶρ Κυρίου ἐπὶ σέ καὶ ἔσῃ τυφλὸς μὴ βλέπων τὸν ἥλιον ἄχρι καιροῦ παραχρῆμα δὲ ἔπεσεν ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν ἀχλὺς καὶ σκότος καὶ περιάγων ἐζήτει χειραγωγούς \s5 \v 11 Now look, the hand of the Lord is upon you, and you will become blind. You will not see the sun for a while." Immediately there fell on Elymas a mist and darkness; he started going around seeking people to lead him by the hand. Now look, the of the is upon you, and you will become blind. You will not see the sun for a while." Immediately there on Elymas a mist and ; he started going around people to lead him by the . √ Now look, the hand of the Lord is upon you, and you will become blind. not You will [1] see the sun for a while." Immediately √ there fell on √ Elymas a midst and darkness; √ he started going around seeking people to lead him by the hand. Τότε ἰδὼν ὁ ἀνθύπατος τὸ γεγονὸς ἐπίστευσεν ἐκπλησσόμενος ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ τοῦ Κυρίου \v 12 After the proconsul saw what had happened, he believed, because he was astonished at the teaching about the Lord. After the saw what had happened, he , because he was at the about the . After the proconsul saw what had happened, he believed, because he was astonished at the teaching the about Lord. Ἀναχθέντες δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς Πάφου οἱ περὶ Παῦλον ἦλθον εἰς Πέργην τῆς Παμφυλίας Ἰωάννης δὲ ἀποχωρήσας ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν ὑπέστρεψεν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα \s5 \p \v 13 Now Paul and his friends set sail from Paphos and came to Perga in Pamphylia. But John left them and returned to Jerusalem. Now and his friends set sail from Paphos and came to Perga in Pamphylia. But left them and to . Now Paul √ √ and his friends set sail from √ Paphos and came to Perga in Pamphylia. But John left √ them and returned to Jerusalem. Αὐτοὶ δὲ διελθόντες ἀπὸ τῆς Πέργης παρεγένοντο εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν τὴν Πισιδίαν καὶ εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῶν σαββάτων ἐκάθισαν \v 14 Paul and his friends traveled from Perga and came to Antioch of Pisidia. There they went into the synagogue on the Sabbath day and sat down. Paul and his friends traveled from Perga and came to Antioch of Pisidia. There they went into the on the and sat down. √ Paul and his friends √ traveled from √ Perga and came to Antioch √ of Pisidia. √ There they went into the synagogue √ on the Sabbath day and sat down. μετὰ δὲ τὴν ἀνάγνωσιν τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν ἀπέστειλαν οἱ ἀρχισυνάγωγοι πρὸς αὐτοὺς λέγοντες Ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί εἴ τίς ἐστιν ἐν ὑμῖν λόγος παρακλήσεως πρὸς τὸν λαόν λέγετε \v 15 After the reading of the law and the prophets, the leaders of the synagogue sent them a message, saying, "Brothers, if you have any message of encouragement for the people here, say it." After the reading of and the , the leaders of the them a , saying, "Brothers, if you have any message of for the here, say it." After √ the reading of the law and the prophets, the leaders of the synagogue sent √ them a message, saying, √ "Brothers, if √ √ you have any message of encouragement for the people here, say it." Ἀναστὰς δὲ Παῦλος καὶ κατασείσας τῇ χειρὶ εἶπεν Ἄνδρες Ἰσραηλῖται καὶ οἱ φοβούμενοι τὸν Θεόν ἀκούσατε \s5 \v 16 So Paul stood up and motioned with his hand; he said, "Men of Israel and you who fear God, listen. So stood up and motioned with his ; he said, "Men of and you who , . So Paul stood up and motioned with his hand; he said, "Men of Israel and you who fear √ God, listen. ὁ Θεὸς τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου Ἰσραὴλ ἐξελέξατο τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν λαὸν ὕψωσεν ἐν τῇ παροικίᾳ ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτου καὶ μετὰ βραχίονος ὑψηλοῦ ἐξήγαγεν αὐτοὺς ἐξ αὐτῆς \v 17 The God of this people Israel chose our fathers and exalted the people when they stayed in the land of Egypt, and with an uplifted arm he led them out of it. The of this our and the when they stayed in the of , and with an uplifted arm he led them out of it. The God √ of this people Israel chose √ our fathers and exalted the people √ √ √ when they stayed in the land of Egypt, and with an uplifted arm he led them out of it. καί ὡς τεσσερακονταετῆ χρόνον ἐτροποφόρησεν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ \v 18 For about forty years he put up with them in the wilderness. \f + \ft Some ancient copies read, \fqa For about forty years he cared for them in the wilderness \fqa* . \f* For about forty years he put up with them in the . For about forty years he put up with them in the wilderness. \f + \ft Some ancient copies read, \fqa For about forty years he cared for them in the wilderness \fqa* . \f* καὶ καθελὼν ἔθνη ἑπτὰ ἐν γῇ Χανάαν κατεκληρονόμησεν τὴν γῆν αὐτῶν \s5 \v 19 After he had destroyed seven nations in the land of Canaan, he gave our people their land for an inheritance. After he had seven in the of Canaan, he gave our people their for an inheritance. After he had destroyed seven nations in the land of Canaan, √ our people their land he gave [1] [2] [3] for an inheritance. ὡς ἔτεσιν τετρακοσίοις καὶ πεντήκοντα Καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἔδωκεν κριτὰς ἕως Σαμουὴλ τοῦ προφήτου \v 20 All these events took place over 450 years. After all these things, God gave them judges until Samuel the prophet. All these events took place over 450 . After all these things, God gave them until the . √ All these events took place over √ √ √ 450 years. √ After √ all these things, God gave them judges until Samuel the prophet. κἀκεῖθεν ᾐτήσαντο βασιλέα καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς τὸν Σαοὺλ υἱὸν Κίς ἄνδρα ἐκ φυλῆς Βενιαμίν ἔτη τεσσεράκοντα \s5 \v 21 Then the people asked for a king, and God gave them Saul son of Kish, a man from the tribe of Benjamin, to be king for forty years. Then the people asked for a , and gave them of Kish, a man from the of , to be king for forty . Then the people asked for a king, and √ God gave them √ Saul son of Kish, a man from the tribe of Benjamin, to be king for forty years. καὶ μεταστήσας αὐτὸν ἤγειρεν τὸν Δαυὶδ αὐτοῖς εἰς βασιλέα ᾧ καὶ εἶπεν μαρτυρήσας Εὗρον Δαυὶδ τὸν τοῦ Ἰεσσαί ἄνδρα κατὰ τὴν καρδίαν μου ὃς ποιήσει πάντα τὰ θελήματά μου \v 22 After God removed him from the kingship, he raised up David to be their king. It was about David that God testified, saying, 'I have found David son of Jesse to be a man after my heart, who does all I want him to do.' After God removed him from the , he up to be their king. It was about that God , saying, 'I have found David son of to be a man after my , who does all I want him to do.' After God removed him from the kingship, he raised up √ David to be their √ king. √ It was about David that God √ testified, saying, 'I have found David √ son √ of Jesse to be a man after √ my heart, who does all √ I want him to do.' Τούτου ὁ Θεὸς ἀπὸ τοῦ σπέρματος κατ᾽ ἐπαγγελίαν ἤγαγεν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ Σωτῆρα Ἰησοῦν \s5 \v 23 From this man's descendants God has brought to Israel a Savior, Jesus, as he promised to do. From this man's has brought to a , , as he to do. From this man's √ descendants √ God has brought to Israel a Savior, Jesus, as he promised to do. προκηρύξαντος Ἰωάννου πρὸ προσώπου τῆς εἰσόδου αὐτοῦ βάπτισμα μετανοίας παντὶ τῷ λαῷ Ἰσραήλ \v 24 Before the arrival of Jesus, John proclaimed a baptism of repentance to all the people of Israel. Before the arrival of Jesus, a baptism of to all the of . √ √ Before the √ arrival √ of Jesus, John proclaimed a baptism of repentance to all the people of Israel. ὡς δὲ ἐπλήρου Ἰωάννης τὸν δρόμον ἔλεγεν Τί ἐμὲ ὑπονοεῖτε εἶναι οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγώ ἀλλ᾽ ἰδοὺ ἔρχεται μετ᾽ ἐμὲ οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἄξιος τὸ ὑπόδημα τῶν ποδῶν λῦσαι \v 25 As John was finishing his work, he said, 'Who do you think I am? I am not the one. But listen, one is coming after me, the sandals of whose feet I am not worthy to untie.' As was his work, he said, 'Who do you think I am? I am not the one. But listen, one is coming after me, the of whose feet I am not to untie.' As √ John was finishing his work, he said, 'Who do you think I am? I am not the one. But listen, one is coming after me, the sandals of whose √ feet I am not worthy to untie.' Ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί υἱοὶ γένους Ἀβραὰμ καὶ οἱ ἐν ὑμῖν φοβούμενοι τὸν Θεόν ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος τῆς σωτηρίας ταύτης ἐξαπεστάλη \s5 \v 26 Brothers, children of the offspring of Abraham, and those among you who fear God, it is to us that the message about this salvation has been sent. Brothers, of the of , and those among you who , it is to us that the about this has been . √ Brothers, children of the offspring of Abraham, and those among you who fear √ God, it is to us that the message √ about this salvation has been sent. οἱ γὰρ κατοικοῦντες ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες αὐτῶν τοῦτον ἀγνοήσαντες καὶ τὰς φωνὰς τῶν προφητῶν τὰς κατὰ πᾶν σάββατον ἀναγινωσκομένας κρίναντες ἐπλήρωσαν \v 27 For they who live in Jerusalem and their rulers did not recognize him, and they fulfilled the voices of the prophets that are read every Sabbath by condemning him. For they who live in and their did not recognize him, and they the of the that are read every by him. For they who live in Jerusalem and √ their rulers did not recognize him, and they fulfilled the voices of the prophets that are read √ every Sabbath by condemning him. καὶ μηδεμίαν αἰτίαν θανάτου εὑρόντες ᾐτήσαντο Πιλᾶτον ἀναιρεθῆναι αὐτόν \s5 \v 28 Even though they found no reason for the death penalty, they called on Pilate to kill him. Even though they found no reason for the penalty, they to him. Even though they found no reason for the death penalty, they called on Pilate to kill him. Ὡς δὲ ἐτέλεσαν πάντα τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ γεγραμμένα καθελόντες ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου ἔθηκαν εἰς μνημεῖον \v 29 When they had completed all the things that were written about him, they took him down from the tree and laid him in a tomb. When they had completed all the things that about him, they took him down from the tree and laid him in a . √ When they completed all the things that were written about him, him they took [1] down from the tree and laid him in a tomb. ὁ δὲ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν \s5 \v 30 But God raised him from the dead. But him from the . √ But God raised him from the dead. ὃς ὤφθη ἐπὶ ἡμέρας πλείους τοῖς συναναβᾶσιν αὐτῷ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ οἵτινες νῦν εἰσιν μάρτυρες αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸν λαόν \v 31 He was seen for many days by those who had come up with him from Galilee to Jerusalem. These people are now his witnesses to the people. He was seen for many by those who had come up with him from to . These are now his to the people. He was seen for many days by those who had come up with him from √ Galilee to Jerusalem. These people are now his witnesses to the people. Καὶ ἡμεῖς ὑμᾶς εὐαγγελιζόμεθα τὴν πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ἐπαγγελίαν γενομένην \s5 \v 32 So we are telling you the good news, the promise that came to our fathers. So we are you the , the that came to our . So we you are telling [1] the good news, the promise that came to our fathers. ὅτι ταύτην ὁ Θεὸς ἐκπεπλήρωκεν τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτῶν ἡμῶν ἀναστήσας Ἰησοῦν ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ ψαλμῷ γέγραπται τῷ δευτέρῳ Υἱός μου εἶ σύ ἐγὼ σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε \v 33 God has fulfilled for us, their children, by raising up Jesus. As it is written in the second Psalm: \q 'You are my Son, today I have become your Father.' \m has fulfilled for us, their , by . As it in the second Psalm: 'You are my Son, I have become your Father.' √ √ √ God has fulfilled for us, √ their children, by raising up Jesus. As √ it is written in the second √ Psalm; 'You are my Son, today I your have become [1] Father.' \q \m Ὅτι δὲ ἀνέστησεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν μηκέτι μέλλοντα ὑποστρέφειν εἰς διαφθοράν οὕτως εἴρηκεν ὅτι Δώσω ὑμῖν τὰ ὅσια Δαυὶδ τὰ πιστά \p \v 34 As to his raising him from the dead, never to return to decay, he has spoken in this way: \q 'I will give you the holy and sure blessings promised to David.' As to his him from the , never to to decay, he has spoken in this way: 'I will give you the holy and promised to .' √ √ As to his raising him from the dead, √ √ never to return to decay, he has spoken √ in this way: 'I give you the holy and √ sure blessings promised to David.' \q Διότι καὶ ἐν ἑτέρῳ λέγει Οὐ δώσεις τὸν Ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν \s5 \m \p \v 35 This is why he also says in another Psalm, \q 'You will not allow your Holy One to see decay.' \m This is why he also says in another Psalm, 'You will not allow your to see decay.' √ This is why √ he says in another Psalm, not 'You will [1] allow √ your Holy One to see decay.' \q \m Δαυὶδ μὲν γὰρ ἰδίᾳ γενεᾷ ὑπηρετήσας τῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ βουλῇ ἐκοιμήθη καὶ προσετέθη πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας αὐτοῦ καὶ εἶδεν διαφθοράν \p \v 36 For when David had served the purpose of God in his own generation, he fell asleep; he was laid with his fathers and his body experienced decay. For when had the purpose of in his own , he ; he was laid with his and his body experienced decay. For when David had served the purpose √ of God in his own generation, he fell asleep; √ he was laid with √ his fathers and his body experienced decay. ὃν δὲ ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν οὐκ εἶδεν διαφθοράν \v 37 But he whom God raised up experienced no decay. But he whom up experienced no decay. But whom √ God raised up experienced no decay. Γνωστὸν οὖν ἔστω ὑμῖν ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί ὅτι διὰ τούτου ὑμῖν ἄφεσις ἁμαρτιῶν καταγγέλλεται καὶ ἀπὸ πάντων ὧν οὐκ ἠδυνήθητε ἐν νόμῳ Μωϋσέως δικαιωθῆναι \s5 \v 38 So let it be known to you, brothers, that through this man forgiveness of sins is proclaimed to you. The law of Moses could not make you righteous. So let it be known to you, , that through this man of is to you. The make you . So let it be known to you, √ brothers, that through this man forgiveness of sins is proclaimed to you. The √ √ √ √ √ law of Moses could not I don't know how to shift the pronoun from ἠδυνήθητε to δικαιωθῆναι make you righteous. ἐν τούτῳ πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων δικαιοῦται \v 39 But by this man God makes righteous everyone who believes. But by this man God makes everyone who . But by this man God makes righteous everyone who believes. βλέπετε οὖν μὴ ἐπέλθῃ τὸ εἰρημένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις \s5 \v 40 So then be careful that the thing the prophets spoke about does not happen to you: So then be careful that the thing the spoke about does not happen to you: So then be careful that the thing √ the prophets spoke about not does [1] happen to you: Ἴδετε οἱ καταφρονηταί καὶ θαυμάσατε καὶ ἀφανίσθητε ὅτι ἔργον ἐργάζομαι ἐγὼ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ὑμῶν ἔργον ὃ οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε ἐάν τις ἐκδιηγῆται ὑμῖν \q \v 41 'Look, you despisers, and be astonished and then perish; \q For I am doing a work in your days, \q a work that you would never believe, even if someone announces it to you.'" 'Look, you despisers, and be and then ; For I am doing a in your , a that you would never , even if someone it to you.'" 'Look, you despisers, and be astonished and then perish; For I am doing a work in √ your days, a work that √ √ never you would [1] believe, even if someone announces it to you.'" \q \q Ἐξιόντων δὲ αὐτῶν παρεκάλουν εἰς τὸ μεταξὺ σάββατον λαληθῆναι αὐτοῖς τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα \s5 \p \v 42 As Paul and Barnabas left, the people begged them that they might speak these same words again the next Sabbath. As Paul and Barnabas left, the people them that they might speak these same again the next . √ √ As Paul and Barnabas left, the people begged them that they might speak √ these same words again √ the next Sabbath. λυθείσης δὲ τῆς συναγωγῆς ἠκολούθησαν πολλοὶ τῶν Ἰουδαίων καὶ τῶν σεβομένων προσηλύτων τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ τῷ Βαρνάβᾳ οἵτινες προσλαλοῦντες αὐτοῖς ἔπειθον αὐτοὺς προσμένειν τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Θεοῦ \v 43 When the synagogue meeting ended, many of the Jews and devout proselytes followed Paul and Barnabas, who were speaking to them and persuading them to continue in the grace of God. When the meeting ended, many of the and devout proselytes followed and , who were speaking to them and them to continue in the of . When the synagogue meeting ended, many of the Jews and √ devout proselytes followed √ Paul and √ Barnabas, who were speaking to them and persuading them to continue in the grace √ of God. Τῷ δὲ ἐρχομένῳ σαββάτῳ σχεδὸν πᾶσα ἡ πόλις συνήχθη ἀκοῦσαι τὸν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου \s5 \p \v 44 On the next Sabbath, almost the whole city was gathered together to hear the word of the Lord. On the next , almost the whole city was to the . On the √ next Sabbath, almost the whole city gathered together to hear the word of the Lord. ἰδόντες δὲ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τοὺς ὄχλους ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου καὶ ἀντέλεγον τοῖς ὑπὸ Παύλου λαλουμένοις βλασφημοῦντες \v 45 When the Jews saw the crowds, they were filled with envy and spoke against the things that were said by Paul and insulted him. When the saw the crowds, they were filled with and spoke against the things that were said by and him. When the Jews saw the crowds, they were filled with envy and spoke against the things that were said by Paul and insulted him. Παρρησιασάμενοί τε ὁ Παῦλος καὶ ὁ Βαρνάβας εἶπαν Ὑμῖν ἦν ἀναγκαῖον πρῶτον λαληθῆναι τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐπειδὴ ἀπωθεῖσθε αὐτὸν καὶ οὐκ ἀξίους κρίνετε ἑαυτοὺς τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς ἰδοὺ στρεφόμεθα εἰς τὰ ἔθνη \s5 \v 46 But Paul and Barnabas spoke out boldly and said, "It was necessary that the word of God should first be spoken to you. Seeing you push it away from yourselves and consider yourselves unworthy of eternal life, see, we will turn to the Gentiles. But and spoke out and said, "It was necessary that the should first be spoken to you. Seeing you it from yourselves and yourselves of , see, we will to the . But √ Paul and √ Barnabas spoke out boldly and said, "It was necessary that the word √ of God first should [1] be spoken to you. Seeing it you push [1] away from yourselves and consider yourselves √ √ unworthy √ of eternal life, see, we will turn to the Gentiles. οὕτως γὰρ ἐντέταλται ἡμῖν ὁ Κύριος Τέθεικά σε εἰς φῶς ἐθνῶν τοῦ εἶναί σε εἰς σωτηρίαν ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς \v 47 For so has the Lord commanded us, saying, \q 'I have appointed you as a light for the Gentiles, \q that you should bring salvation to the uttermost parts of the earth.'" For so has the us, saying, 'I have you as a for the , that you should bring to the uttermost parts of the .'" For so the Lord has [1] [2] commanded us, saying, 'I have appointed you as a light for the Gentiles, that √ you should bring √ salvation to the uttermost parts of the earth.'" \q \q Ἀκούοντα δὲ τὰ ἔθνη ἔχαιρον καὶ ἐδόξαζον τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ ἐπίστευσαν ὅσοι ἦσαν τεταγμένοι εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον \s5 \m \p \v 48 As the Gentiles heard this, they were glad and glorified the word of the Lord. As many as were appointed to eternal life believed. As the this, they were and the . As many as were to . As the Gentiles heard this, they were glad and glorified the word of the Lord. √ As many as were appointed to eternal life believed. διεφέρετο δὲ ὁ λόγος τοῦ Κυρίου δι᾽ ὅλης τῆς χώρας \v 49 The word of the Lord was spread out through the whole region. The was spread out through the whole region. The √ word of the Lord was spread out through the whole √ region. Οἱ δὲ Ἰουδαῖοι παρώτρυναν τὰς σεβομένας γυναῖκας τὰς εὐσχήμονας καὶ τοὺς πρώτους τῆς πόλεως καὶ ἐπήγειραν διωγμὸν ἐπὶ τὸν Παῦλον καὶ Βαρνάβαν καὶ ἐξέβαλον αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων αὐτῶν \s5 \v 50 But the Jews incited the devout women of high standing and the leading men of the city. They stirred up persecution against Paul and Barnabas and threw them out of their region. But the incited the devout women of high standing and the leading men of the city. They stirred up against and and ı of their region. But the Jews incited the devout women √ of high standing and the leading men of the city. √ They stirred up persecution against √ Paul and Barnabas and them threw [1] out of √ their region. οἱ δὲ ἐκτιναξάμενοι τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν ποδῶν ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς ἦλθον εἰς Ἰκόνιον \v 51 But Paul and Barnabas shook off the dust from their feet against them. Then they went to the city of Iconium. But Paul and Barnabas shook off the from their feet against them. Then they went to the city of . But √ Paul and Barnabas shook off the dust from their √ feet against them. Then they went to the city of Iconium. οἵ τε μαθηταὶ ἐπληροῦντο χαρᾶς καὶ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου \v 52 And the disciples were filled with joy and with the Holy Spirit. And the were with and . And the disciples were filled with joy and the Holy Spirit. Ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν Ἰκονίῳ κατὰ τὸ αὐτὸ εἰσελθεῖν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων καὶ λαλῆσαι οὕτως ὥστε πιστεῦσαι Ἰουδαίων τε καὶ Ἑλλήνων πολὺ πλῆθος \s5 \c 14 \p \v 1 It came about in Iconium that Paul and Barnabas entered together into the synagogue of the Jews and spoke in such a way that a great multitude both of Jews and of Greeks believed. It came about in that Paul and Barnabas entered together into the of the and spoke in such a way that a great multitude both of and of . It came about √ in Iconium that √ √ Paul and Barnabas entered together into the synagogue of the Jews and spoke in such a way that a great multitude both of Jews and Greeks believed. οἱ δὲ ἀπειθήσαντες Ἰουδαῖοι ἐπήγειραν καὶ ἐκάκωσαν τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν ἐθνῶν κατὰ τῶν ἀδελφῶν \v 2 But the Jews who were disobedient stirred up the minds of the Gentiles and made them bitter against the brothers. But the who were stirred up the of the and made them bitter against the . But the Jews who were disobedient stirred up the minds of the Gentiles and them made [1] bitter against the brothers. ἱκανὸν μὲν οὖν χρόνον διέτριψαν παρρησιαζόμενοι ἐπὶ τῷ Κυρίῳ τῷ μαρτυροῦντι ἐπὶ τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ διδόντι σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα γίνεσθαι διὰ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν \s5 \v 3 So they stayed there for a long time, speaking boldly with the Lord's power, while he gave evidence about the message of his grace. He did this by granting signs and wonders to be done by the hands of Paul and Barnabas. So they stayed there for a long , speaking with the power, while he gave about the of his . He did this by granting signs and to be done by the of Paul and Barnabas. So they stayed there a long √ time, speaking boldly with the Lord's power, while he gave evidence about the message √ of his grace. He did this by granting signs and wonders to be done by the hands √ of Paul and Barnabas. Ἐσχίσθη δὲ τὸ πλῆθος τῆς πόλεως καὶ οἱ μὲν ἦσαν σὺν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις οἱ δὲ σὺν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις \v 4 But the people of the city were divided; some sided with the Jews, others with the apostles. But the people of the city were divided; some sided with the , others with the . But the people of the city were divided; √ some √ sided with the Jews, others √ with the apostles. ὡς δὲ ἐγένετο ὁρμὴ τῶν ἐθνῶν τε καὶ Ἰουδαίων σὺν τοῖς ἄρχουσιν αὐτῶν ὑβρίσαι καὶ λιθοβολῆσαι αὐτούς \s5 \v 5 Both Gentiles and Jews (together with their leaders) made an attempt to mistreat them and to stone them, Both and (together with their ) made an attempt to them and to them, √ √ Both √ Gentiles √ and Jews (together with √ their leaders) made an attempt to mistreat them and to stone them, συνιδόντες κατέφυγον εἰς τὰς πόλεις τῆς Λυκαονίας Λύστραν καὶ Δέρβην καὶ τὴν περίχωρον \v 6 but as soon as they learned about this, they fled to the Lycaonian cities of Lystra and Derbe and the surrounding region, but as soon as they learned about this, they fled to the Lycaonian cities of and Derbe and the surrounding region, but as soon as they learned about this, they fled to the Lycaonian √ cities of Lystra and Derbe and the surrounding region, κἀκεῖ εὐαγγελιζόμενοι ἦσαν \v 7 where they continued to proclaim the gospel. where they continued to the . where they continued to proclaim the gospel. Καί τις ἀνὴρ ἀδύνατος ἐν Λύστροις τοῖς ποσὶν ἐκάθητο χωλὸς ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ ὃς οὐδέποτε περιεπάτησεν \s5 \p \v 8 At Lystra a certain man sat, powerless in his feet, a cripple from his mother's womb, who never had walked. At a certain man sat, powerless in his feet, a cripple from his mother's , who never had . √ At Lystra a certain man sat, powerless in his feet, a cripple from his mother's womb, who never had walked. οὗτος ἤκουσεν τοῦ Παύλου λαλοῦντος ὃς ἀτενίσας αὐτῷ καὶ ἰδὼν ὅτι ἔχει πίστιν τοῦ σωθῆναι \v 9 This man heard Paul speaking. Paul fixed his eyes on him and saw that he had faith to be made well. This man speaking. Paul fixed his eyes on him and saw that he had to be . This man heard √ Paul speaking. √ Paul √ fixed his eyes on him and saw that he had faith √ to be made well. εἶπεν μεγάλῃ φωνῇ Ἀνάστηθι ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας σου ὀρθός καὶ ἥλατο καὶ περιεπάτει \v 10 So he said to him in a loud voice, "Stand up on your feet." Then the man jumped up and walked around. So he said to him in a loud , "Stand up on your feet." Then the man jumped up and around. So he said to him in a loud voice, "Stand up on √ your feet." Then the man jumped up and walked around. Οἵ τε ὄχλοι ἰδόντες ὃ ἐποίησεν Παῦλος ἐπῆραν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτῶν Λυκαονιστὶ λέγοντες Οἱ θεοὶ ὁμοιωθέντες ἀνθρώποις κατέβησαν πρὸς ἡμᾶς \s5 \p \v 11 When the multitude saw what Paul had done, they raised their voice, saying in the dialect of Lycaonia, "The gods have become like men and come down to us." When the multitude saw what had done, they raised their , saying in the dialect of Lycaonia, "The gods have men and come down to us." When the multitude saw what Paul had done, they raised √ their voice, saying in the dialect of Lycaonia, "The gods have become like men and come down to us." ἐκάλουν τε τὸν Βαρνάβαν Δία τὸν δὲ Παῦλον Ἑρμῆν ἐπειδὴ αὐτὸς ἦν ὁ ἡγούμενος τοῦ λόγου \v 12 They called Barnabas "Zeus," and Paul "Hermes," because he was the main speaker. They "Zeus," and "Hermes," because he was the main speaker. They called √ √ Barnabas "Zeus," and √ Paul "Hermes," because he was the main √ speaker. ὅ τε ἱερεὺς τοῦ Διὸς τοῦ ὄντος πρὸ τῆς πόλεως ταύρους καὶ στέμματα ἐπὶ τοὺς πυλῶνας ἐνέγκας σὺν τοῖς ὄχλοις ἤθελεν θύειν \v 13 The priest of Zeus, whose temple was just outside the city, brought oxen and wreaths to the gates; he and the multitudes wanted to offer sacrifice. The of Zeus, whose temple was just outside the city, brought and wreaths to the ; he and the multitudes wanted to offer . The √ priest √ of Zeus, whose temple √ was just outside the city, brought oxen and wreaths to the gates; √ he and the multitudes wanted to offer sacrifice. Ἀκούσαντες δὲ οἱ ἀπόστολοι Βαρνάβας καὶ Παῦλος διαρρήξαντες τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν ἐξεπήδησαν εἰς τὸν ὄχλον κράζοντες \s5 \v 14 But when the apostles, Barnabas and Paul, heard of it, they tore their clothing and quickly went out into the crowd, crying out, But when the , and , of it, they tore their and quickly went out into the crowd, , But when the apostles, Barnabas and Paul, heard of it, they tore √ their clothing and quickly went out into the crowd, crying out, καὶ λέγοντες Ἄνδρες τί ταῦτα ποιεῖτε καὶ ἡμεῖς ὁμοιοπαθεῖς ἐσμεν ὑμῖν ἄνθρωποι εὐαγγελιζόμενοι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν ματαίων ἐπιστρέφειν ἐπὶ θεὸν ζῶντα ὃς ἐποίησεν τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς \v 15 "Men, why are you doing these things? We also are human beings, with the same nature as you. We are telling you good news that you should turn from these useless things to the living God, who made the heavens, the earth, the sea, and everything that is in them. "Men, why are you doing these things? We also are human beings, with the same nature as you. We are telling you that you should from these things to , who made the heavens, the , the sea, and everything that is in them. √ √ "Men, why are you doing these things? We also are human beings, with the same nature as you. you We are telling [1] good news that you should turn from these √ useless things to the living God, who made the heavens, √ the earth, √ the sea, and everything that is in them. ὃς ἐν ταῖς παρῳχημέναις γενεαῖς εἴασεν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη πορεύεσθαι ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν \v 16 In the past ages, he allowed all the nations to walk in their own ways. In the past ages, he allowed all the to walk in their own ways. √ In the past ages, nations he allowed all the nations to walk in their own ways. καίτοι οὐκ ἀμάρτυρον αὑτὸν ἀφῆκεν ἀγαθουργῶν οὐρανόθεν ὑμῖν ὑετοὺς διδοὺς καὶ καιροὺς καρποφόρους ἐμπιπλῶν τροφῆς καὶ εὐφροσύνης τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν \s5 \v 17 But still, he did not leave himself without witness, in that he did good and gave you the rains from heaven and fruitful seasons, filling your hearts with food and gladness." But still, he did not himself without , in that he did and gave you the rains from heaven and seasons, filling your with food and ." But still, not he did [1] leave himself without witness, in that he did good and gave you the rains from heaven and fruitful seasons, filling your √ hearts with food and gladness." Καὶ ταῦτα λέγοντες μόλις κατέπαυσαν τοὺς ὄχλους τοῦ μὴ θύειν αὐτοῖς \v 18 Even with these words, Paul and Barnabas barely kept the multitudes from sacrificing to them. Even with these words, Paul and Barnabas barely kept the multitudes from to them. Even with these words, Paul and Barnabas barely kept the multitudes √ from sacrificing to them. Ἐπῆλθαν δὲ ἀπὸ Ἀντιοχείας καὶ Ἰκονίου Ἰουδαῖοι καὶ πείσαντες τοὺς ὄχλους καὶ λιθάσαντες τὸν Παῦλον ἔσυρον ἔξω τῆς πόλεως νομίζοντες αὐτὸν τεθνηκέναι \s5 \p \v 19 But some Jews from Antioch and Iconium came and persuaded the crowds. They stoned Paul and dragged him out of the city, thinking that he was dead. But some from Antioch and came and the crowds. They and dragged him out of the city, thinking that he was . But some Jews from Antioch and Iconium came and persuaded the crowds. √ They stoned √ Paul and dragged him out of the city, thinking that he was dead. κυκλωσάντων δὲ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτὸν ἀναστὰς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν πόλιν Καὶ τῇ ἐπαύριον ἐξῆλθεν σὺν τῷ Βαρνάβᾳ εἰς Δέρβην \v 20 Yet as the disciples were standing around him, he got up and entered the city. The next day, he went to Derbe with Barnabas. Yet as the were standing around him, he got up and entered the city. The next day, he went to Derbe with . Yet as the disciples were standing around him, he got up and entered √ the city. √ The next day, he went to Derbe with √ Barnabas. Εὐαγγελισάμενοί τε τὴν πόλιν ἐκείνην καὶ μαθητεύσαντες ἱκανοὺς ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς τὴν Λύστραν καὶ εἰς Ἰκόνιον καὶ εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν \s5 \v 21 After they had proclaimed the gospel in that city and made many disciples, they returned to Lystra, to Iconium, and to Antioch. After they had in that city and made many , they to , to , and to Antioch. After they had proclaimed the gospel √ √ in that city and many made [1] disciples, they returned to √ Lystra, √ to Iconium, and to Antioch. ἐπιστηρίζοντες τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν μαθητῶν παρακαλοῦντες ἐμμένειν τῇ πίστει καὶ ὅτι Διὰ πολλῶν θλίψεων δεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ \v 22 They kept strengthening the souls of the disciples and encouraging them to continue in the faith, saying, "We must enter into the kingdom of God through many tribulations." They kept the of the and them to continue in the , saying, "We must enter into the through many ." They kept strengthening the souls of the disciples and encouraging them to continue in the faith, saying, √ √ "We must enter into the kingdom of God through many tribulations." Χειροτονήσαντες δὲ αὐτοῖς κατ᾽ ἐκκλησίαν πρεσβυτέρους προσευξάμενοι μετὰ νηστειῶν παρέθεντο αὐτοὺς τῷ Κυρίῳ εἰς ὃν πεπιστεύκεισαν \s5 \v 23 When they had appointed for them elders in every church, and had prayed with fasting, they entrusted them to the Lord, in whom they had believed. When they had appointed for them in every , and had with , they them to the , in whom they had believed. When they had appointed for them elders in every church, and had prayed with fasting, they entrusted them to the Lord, in whom they had believed. Καὶ διελθόντες τὴν Πισιδίαν ἦλθον εἰς τὴν Παμφυλίαν \v 24 Then they passed through Pisidia and came to Pamphylia. Then they passed through Pisidia and came to Pamphylia. Then they passed through √ Pisidia and came to √ Pamphylia. καὶ λαλήσαντες ἐν Πέργῃ τὸν λόγον κατέβησαν εἰς Ἀττάλειαν \v 25 When they had spoken the word in Perga, they went down to Attalia. When they had spoken the in Perga, they went down to Attalia. When they had spoken the word in Perga, they went down to Attalia. Κἀκεῖθεν ἀπέπλευσαν εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν ὅθεν ἦσαν παραδεδομένοι τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰς τὸ ἔργον ὃ ἐπλήρωσαν \v 26 From there they sailed to Antioch, where they had been committed to the grace of God for the work which they had now completed. From there they sailed to Antioch, where they had been to the of for the which they had now completed. From there they sailed to Antioch, where they had been committed to the grace √ of God for the work which they had now completed. Παραγενόμενοι δὲ καὶ συναγαγόντες τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἀνήγγελλον ὅσα ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεὸς μετ᾽ αὐτῶν καὶ ὅτι ἤνοιξεν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν θύραν πίστεως \s5 \v 27 When they arrived in Antioch and gathered the church together, they reported all the things that God had done with them, and how he had opened a door of faith for the Gentiles. When they arrived in Antioch and the , they all the things that had done with them, and how he had opened a door of for the . When they arrived in Antioch<> and the church gathered [1] [2] together, they reported all the things that √ God had done with them, and how he had opened a door of faith for the Gentiles. διέτριβον δὲ χρόνον οὐκ ὀλίγον σὺν τοῖς μαθηταῖς \v 28 They stayed for a long time with the disciples. They stayed for a long with the . They stayed √ √ √ for a long time with the disciples. Καί τινες κατελθόντες ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας ἐδίδασκον τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ὅτι Ἐὰν μὴ περιτμηθῆτε τῷ ἔθει τῷ Μωϋσέως οὐ δύνασθε σωθῆναι \s5 \c 15 \p \v 1 Some men came down from Judea to Antioch and taught the brothers, saying, "Unless you are circumcised according to the custom of Moses, you cannot be saved." Some men came down from Judea to Antioch and the , saying, "Unless you are according to the custom of , you be ." √ Some men came down from √ Judea to Antioch and taught the brothers, √ saying, √ √ Unless, you are circumcised according to the custom √ of Moses, √ √ you cannot be saved." γενομένης δὲ στάσεως καὶ ζητήσεως οὐκ ὀλίγης τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ τῷ Βαρνάβᾳ πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἔταξαν ἀναβαίνειν Παῦλον καὶ Βαρνάβαν καί τινας ἄλλους ἐξ αὐτῶν πρὸς τοὺς ἀποστόλους καὶ πρεσβυτέρους εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ περὶ τοῦ ζητήματος τούτου \v 2 This brought Paul and Barnabas into a sharp dispute and debate with them. So Paul and Barnabas, along with some others from among them, were appointed to go up to Jerusalem to meet with the apostles and elders about this question. This brought and into a sharp dispute and debate with them. So and , along with some others from among them, were to go up to to meet with the and about this question. This brought √ Paul and √ Barnabas √ √ sharp sharp into a [1] dispute and debate √ with them. So √ Paul and Barnabas, along with some others from among them, were appointed to go up to Jerusalem to meet with the apostles and elders about √ question. this Οἱ μὲν οὖν προπεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας διήρχοντο τήν τε Φοινίκην καὶ Σαμάρειαν ἐκδιηγούμενοι τὴν ἐπιστροφὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν καὶ ἐποίουν χαρὰν μεγάλην πᾶσιν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς \s5 \v 3 They therefore, being sent by the church, passed through both Phoenicia and Samaria and announced the conversion of the Gentiles. They brought great joy to all the brothers. They therefore, being by the , passed through both and and the conversion of the . They brought to all the . They √ therefore, being sent by the church, passed through √ both Phoenicia and Samaria and announced the conversion of the Gentiles. √ They brought great joy to all the brothers. παραγενόμενοι δὲ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα παρεδέχθησαν ἀπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας καὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων ἀνήγγειλάν τε ὅσα ὁ Θεὸς ἐποίησεν μετ᾽ αὐτῶν \v 4 When they came to Jerusalem, they were welcomed by the church and the apostles and the elders, and they reported all the things that God had done with them. When they came to , they were welcomed by the and the and the , and they all the things that had done with them. When they came to Jerusalem, they were welcomed by the church and the apostles and the elders, and they reported all the things that God had done with them. Ἐξανέστησαν δέ τινες τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς αἱρέσεως τῶν Φαρισαίων πεπιστευκότες λέγοντες ὅτι Δεῖ περιτέμνειν αὐτοὺς παραγγέλλειν τε τηρεῖν τὸν νόμον Μωϋσέως \s5 \v 5 But certain men who believed, who belonged to the group of Pharisees, stood up and said, "It is necessary to circumcise them and to command them to keep the law of Moses." But certain men who , who belonged to the group of , stood up and said, "It is necessary to them and to them to the ." √ But certain men who believed, who belonged to the group of the Pharisees, stood up and said, √ "It is necessary to circumcise them and to command them to keep the law of Moses." Συνήχθησάν τε οἱ ἀπόστολοι καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι ἰδεῖν περὶ τοῦ λόγου τούτου \v 6 So the apostles and the elders gathered together to consider this matter. So the and the to this matter. So the apostles and the elders gathered together to consider √ √ this matter. Πολλῆς δὲ ζητήσεως γενομένης ἀναστὰς Πέτρος εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς Ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε ὅτι ἀφ᾽ ἡμερῶν ἀρχαίων ἐν ὑμῖν ἐξελέξατο ὁ Θεὸς διὰ τοῦ στόματός μου ἀκοῦσαι τὰ ἔθνη τὸν λόγον τοῦ εὐαγγελίου καὶ πιστεῦσαι \s5 \v 7 After much debate, Peter stood up and said to them, \p "Brothers, you know that a good while ago God made a choice among you, that by my mouth the Gentiles should hear the word of the gospel, and believe. After much debate, stood up and said to them, "Brothers, you that a while ago made a among you, that by my mouth the should the of the , and . After much debate, √ Peter stood up and said to them, √ "Brothers, you know that √ √ √ a good while ago √ God made a choice among you, that by √ my mouth the Gentiles should hear the word of the gospel, and believe. \p καὶ ὁ καρδιογνώστης Θεὸς ἐμαρτύρησεν αὐτοῖς δοὺς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον καθὼς καὶ ἡμῖν \v 8 God, who knows the heart, has testified to them by giving them the Holy Spirit, just as he did to us. , who knows the , has to them by giving them the , he did to us. √ √ God, who knows the heart, has testified to them by giving them the Holy √ Spirit, just as √ he did to us. καὶ οὐθὲν διέκρινεν μεταξὺ ἡμῶν τε καὶ αὐτῶν τῇ πίστει καθαρίσας τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν \v 9 He made no distinction between us and them, having cleansed their hearts by faith. He made no distinction between us and them, having their by . √ no He made [1] distinction between us √ and them, √ having cleansed √ their hearts by faith. Νῦν οὖν τί πειράζετε τὸν Θεόν ἐπιθεῖναι ζυγὸν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τῶν μαθητῶν ὃν οὔτε οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν οὔτε ἡμεῖς ἰσχύσαμεν βαστάσαι \s5 \v 10 Now therefore why do you test God, that you should put a yoke upon the neck of the disciples which neither our fathers nor we were able to bear? Now therefore why do you , that you should put a upon the neck of the which neither our nor we to ? Now therefore why do you test √ God, that you should put a yoke upon the neck of the disciples which neither √ our fathers nor we were able to bear? ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ πιστεύομεν σωθῆναι καθ᾽ ὃν τρόπον κἀκεῖνοι \v 11 But we believe that we will be saved through the grace of the Lord Jesus, just as they were." But we that we will be through the of the , just as they were." But we believe that we will be saved through the grace of the Lord Jesus, √ √ √ just as they were. Ἐσίγησεν δὲ πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος καὶ ἤκουον Βαρνάβα καὶ Παύλου ἐξηγουμένων ὅσα ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεὸς σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν δι᾽ αὐτῶν \s5 \p \v 12 All the multitude kept silent while they listened to Barnabas and Paul report the signs and wonders God had worked among the Gentiles through them. All the multitude kept silent while they and the and had worked among the through them. √ All the multitude kept silent while they listened to Barnabas and Paul report √ the signs and wonders √ God had worked among the Gentiles through them. Μετὰ δὲ τὸ σιγῆσαι αὐτοὺς ἀπεκρίθη Ἰάκωβος λέγων Ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί ἀκούσατέ μου \s5 \v 13 After they stopped speaking, James answered, saying, \p "Brothers, listen to me. After they stopped speaking, answered, saying, "Brothers, to me. After √ √ they stopped speaking, James answered, saying, √ "Brothers, listen to me. \p Συμεὼν ἐξηγήσατο καθὼς πρῶτον ὁ Θεὸς ἐπεσκέψατο λαβεῖν ἐξ ἐθνῶν λαὸν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ \v 14 Simon has told how God first graciously helped the Gentiles in order to take from them a people for his name. has told how first graciously helped the in order to take from them a for his . Simon has told how √ God first graciously helped the Gentiles in order to take from them a people for his name. καὶ τούτῳ συμφωνοῦσιν οἱ λόγοι τῶν προφητῶν καθὼς γέγραπται \s5 \v 15 The words of the prophets agree with this, as it is written, The of the agree with this, it , √ The words of the prophets agree with this, as it is written, Μετὰ ταῦτα ἀναστρέψω καὶ ἀνοικοδομήσω τὴν σκηνὴν Δαυὶδ τὴν πεπτωκυῖαν καὶ τὰ κατεσκαμμένα αὐτῆς ἀνοικοδομήσω καὶ ἀνορθώσω αὐτήν \q \v 16 'After these things I will return, \q and I will build again the tabernacle of David, which has fallen down; \q I will set up and restore its ruins again, 'After these things I will , and I will build again the of , which has fallen down; I will set up and restore its again, 'After these things I will return, and I will build again the tabernacle of David, which has fallen down; √ √ I will set up and its ruins restore [1] [2] again, √ \q \q ὅπως ἂν ἐκζητήσωσιν οἱ κατάλοιποι τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὸν Κύριον καὶ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἐφ᾽ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄνομά μου ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς λέγει Κύριος ποιῶν ταῦτα \q \v 17 so that the remnant of men may seek the Lord, \q including all the Gentiles called by my name.' so that the remnant of men may the , including all the by my .' so that √ the remnant √ of men may seek the Lord, √ including all the Gentiles √ √ called √ by my name.' √ √ √ √ √ √ that \q γνωστὰ ἀπ᾽ αἰῶνος \q \v 18 This is what the Lord says, who has done these things that have been known from ancient times. \f + \ft There are some copies of the ancient Greek text that have a slightly different meaning, \fqa This is what the Lord says, to whom are known all his deeds from ancient times \fqa* . \f* This is what the Lord says, who has done these things that have been known . This is what the Lord says, who has done these things that have been known from ancient times. The Greek and English are divided between verses 17 and 18 differently \f + \ft There are some copies of the ancient Greek text that have a slightly different meaning, \fqa This is what the Lord says, to whom are known all his deeds from ancient times \fqa* . \f* Διὸ ἐγὼ κρίνω μὴ παρενοχλεῖν τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐπιστρέφουσιν ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν \s5 \m \p \v 19 Therefore, I have decided that we should not trouble those of the Gentiles who turn to God. Therefore, I that we should not those of the who to . Therefore, I have decided that we not should [1] trouble those of the Gentiles who turn to √ God. ἀλλὰ ἐπιστεῖλαι αὐτοῖς τοῦ ἀπέχεσθαι τῶν ἀλισγημάτων τῶν εἰδώλων καὶ τῆς πορνείας καὶ τοῦ πνικτοῦ καὶ τοῦ αἵματος \v 20 But we will write to them that they must keep away from the pollution of idols, from sexual immorality, and from the meat of strangled animals, and from blood. But we will write to them that they must keep away from the pollution of , from , and from the meat of strangled animals, and from . But we will write to them that √ they must keep away √ from pollution √ of idols, √ √ from sexual immorality, and from the meat √ of strangled animals, and √ from blood. Μωϋσῆς γὰρ ἐκ γενεῶν ἀρχαίων κατὰ πόλιν τοὺς κηρύσσοντας αὐτὸν ἔχει ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς κατὰ πᾶν σάββατον ἀναγινωσκόμενος \v 21 For Moses has been proclaimed in every city from ancient generations and he is preached in the synagogues every Sabbath." For has been in every city from ancient and he is preached in the every ." For Moses has been proclaimed in every city from ancient generations √ √ √ and he is preached in the synagogues every √ Sabbath. Τότε ἔδοξε τοῖς ἀποστόλοις καὶ τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις σὺν ὅλῃ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἐκλεξαμένους ἄνδρας ἐξ αὐτῶν πέμψαι εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν σὺν τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ Βαρνάβᾳ Ἰούδαν τὸν καλούμενον Βαρσαββᾶν καὶ Σιλᾶν ἄνδρας ἡγουμένους ἐν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς \s5 \p \v 22 Then it seemed good to the apostles and the elders, with the whole church, to choose Judas called Barsabbas, and Silas, who were leaders of the brothers, and send them to Antioch with Paul and Barnabas. Then it to the and the , with the whole , to Judas Barsabbas, and , who were of the , and them to Antioch with and . Then it seemed good to the apostles and the elders, with the whole church, to choose Judas √ called Barsabbas, and Silas, √ who were leaders √ of the brothers, √ √ √ and send them to Antioch with √ Paul and Barnabas. γράψαντες διὰ χειρὸς αὐτῶν Οἱ ἀπόστολοι καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι ἀδελφοὶ Τοῖς κατὰ τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν καὶ Συρίαν καὶ Κιλικίαν ἀδελφοῖς τοῖς ἐξ ἐθνῶν Χαίρειν \v 23 They wrote this with their hands, "From the apostles and elders, your brothers, to the Gentile brothers in Antioch, Syria, and Cilicia: Greetings! They wrote this with their , "From the and , your , to the in Antioch, , and : Greetings! They wrote this with their hands, "From the apostles and √ elders, your brothers, to the Gentile brothers in √ Antioch, √ Syria, and Cilicia: √ √ Greetings! Ἐπειδὴ ἠκούσαμεν ὅτι τινὲς ἐξ ἡμῶν ἐξελθόντες ἐτάραξαν ὑμᾶς λόγοις ἀνασκευάζοντες τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν οἷς οὐ διεστειλάμεθα \s5 \p \v 24 Because we have heard that certain men have gone out from us, with no orders from us, and have disturbed you with words that upset your souls, Because we have that certain men have gone out from us, with no from us, and have disturbed you with words that upset your , Because we heard that certain men have gone out from us, √ √ √ with no orders from us, and have disturbed you with words that upset √ your souls, ἔδοξεν ἡμῖν γενομένοις ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἐκλεξαμένοις ἄνδρας πέμψαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς σὺν τοῖς ἀγαπητοῖς ἡμῶν Βαρνάβᾳ καὶ Παύλῳ \v 25 it seemed good to us, who have come to one mind, to choose men and to send them to you with our beloved Barnabas and Paul, it to us, who have come to one mind, to men and to them to you with our and , it seemed good to us, who have come to one mind, to choose men and to send them to you with √ our beloved Barnabas √ Paul, ἀνθρώποις παραδεδωκόσι τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ \v 26 men who have risked their lives for the name of our Lord Jesus Christ. men who have risked their for the of our . men who have risked √ their lives for the name √ of our Lord Jesus Christ. ἀπεστάλκαμεν οὖν Ἰούδαν καὶ Σιλᾶν καὶ αὐτοὺς διὰ λόγου ἀπαγγέλλοντας τὰ αὐτά \s5 \v 27 Therefore we have sent Judas and Silas, who will report to you the same things in their own words. Therefore we have Judas and , who will to you the same things in their own . Therefore we have sent Judas and Silas, who will report to you the same things √ in their own words. Ἔδοξεν γὰρ τῷ Πνεύματι τῷ Ἁγίῳ καὶ ἡμῖν μηδὲν πλέον ἐπιτίθεσθαι ὑμῖν βάρος πλὴν τούτων τῶν ἐπάναγκες \v 28 For it seemed good to the Holy Spirit and to us, to lay upon you no greater burden than these necessary things: For it to the and to us, to lay upon you no greater than these necessary things: For it seemed good to the Holy √ Spirit and to us, to lay upon you no greater burden than √ necessary these [1] things: ἀπέχεσθαι εἰδωλοθύτων καὶ αἵματος καὶ πνικτῶν καὶ πορνείας ἐξ ὧν διατηροῦντες ἑαυτοὺς εὖ πράξετε Ἔρρωσθε \v 29 that you abstain from things sacrificed to idols, blood, things strangled, and from sexual immorality. If you avoid these things, you will do well. Farewell." that you from things to idols, , things strangled, and from . If you avoid these things, you will do . Farewell." that you abstain from things sacrificed to idols, √ blood, √ things strangled, and from sexual immorality. √ If you avoid these things, √ you will do well. Farewell." Οἱ μὲν οὖν ἀπολυθέντες κατῆλθον εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν καὶ συναγαγόντες τὸ πλῆθος ἐπέδωκαν τὴν ἐπιστολήν \s5 \p \v 30 So they, when they were dismissed, came down to Antioch; after they gathered the multitude together, they delivered the letter. So they, when they were dismissed, came down to Antioch; after they the multitude , they the . So they, when they were dismissed, came down to Antioch; after the multitude they gathered [1] [2] together, they delivered the letter. ἀναγνόντες δὲ ἐχάρησαν ἐπὶ τῇ παρακλήσει \v 31 When they had read it, they rejoiced because of the encouragement. When they had read it, they because of the . When they had read it, they rejoiced because of the encouragement. Ἰούδας τε καὶ Σιλᾶς καὶ αὐτοὶ προφῆται ὄντες διὰ λόγου πολλοῦ παρεκάλεσαν τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς καὶ ἐπεστήριξαν \v 32 Judas and Silas, also prophets, encouraged the brothers with many words and strengthened them. Judas and , also , the with many and them. Judas √ and Silas, also √ prophets, √ encouraged the brothers with many words and strengthened them. ποιήσαντες δὲ χρόνον ἀπελύθησαν μετ᾽ εἰρήνης ἀπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν πρὸς τοὺς ἀποστείλαντας αὐτούς \s5 \v 33 After they had spent some time there, they were sent away in peace from the brothers to those who had sent them. After they had spent some there, they were in from the to those who had ı them. After they had spent some time there, they were sent away in peace from the brothers to those who had sent them. Παῦλος δὲ καὶ Βαρνάβας διέτριβον ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ διδάσκοντες καὶ εὐαγγελιζόμενοι μετὰ καὶ ἑτέρων πολλῶν τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου \v 35 But Paul and Barnabas stayed in Antioch, teaching and preaching (along with many others) the word of the Lord. But and stayed in Antioch, and (along with many others) the . But Paul and Barnabas stayed in Antioch, teaching and preaching (along with √ many others) the word of the Lord. Μετὰ δέ τινας ἡμέρας εἶπεν πρὸς Βαρνάβαν Παῦλος Ἐπιστρέψαντες δὴ ἐπισκεψώμεθα τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς κατὰ πόλιν πᾶσαν ἐν αἷς κατηγγείλαμεν τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου πῶς ἔχουσιν \s5 \p \v 36 After some days Paul said to Barnabas, "Let us return now and visit the brothers in every city where we proclaimed the word of the Lord, and see how they are." After some said to , "Let us now and visit the in every city where we the , and see how they are." After √ some days Paul said to Barnabas, "Let us return now and visit the brothers in every city √ √ where we proclaimed the word of the Lord, and see how they are. Βαρνάβας δὲ ἐβούλετο συμπαραλαβεῖν καὶ τὸν Ἰωάννην τὸν καλούμενον Μάρκον \v 37 Barnabas wanted to also take with them John, who was called Mark. wanted to also take with them , who was . Barnabas √ wanted also to [1] take with them √ John, who was called Mark. Παῦλος δὲ ἠξίου τὸν ἀποστάντα ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν ἀπὸ Παμφυλίας καὶ μὴ συνελθόντα αὐτοῖς εἰς τὸ ἔργον μὴ συμπαραλαμβάνειν τοῦτον \v 38 But Paul thought it was not good to take Mark, who had left them in Pamphylia and did not go further with them in the work. But thought it was not to take Mark, who had left them in Pamphylia and did not go further with them in the . But Paul not thought it was [1] good to take √ Mark, who had left √ them in Pamphylia and not did [1] go further with them in the work. Ἐγένετο δὲ παροξυσμός ὥστε ἀποχωρισθῆναι αὐτοὺς ἀπ᾽ ἀλλήλων τόν τε Βαρνάβαν παραλαβόντα τὸν Μάρκον ἐκπλεῦσαι εἰς Κύπρον \s5 \v 39 Then there arose a sharp disagreement, so that they separated from each other, and Barnabas took Mark with him and sailed away to Cyprus. Then there arose a sharp disagreement, so that they separated from each other, and took with him and sailed away to . Then there arose a sharp disagreement, so that they separated from each other, √ and Barnabas took √ Mark with him and sailed away to Cyprus. Παῦλος δὲ ἐπιλεξάμενος Σιλᾶν ἐξῆλθεν παραδοθεὶς τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Κυρίου ὑπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν \v 40 But Paul chose Silas and left, after he was entrusted by the brothers to the grace of the Lord. But and left, after he was by the to the of the . But Paul chose Silas and left, after he was entrusted by the brothers to the grace of the Lord. διήρχετο δὲ τὴν Συρίαν καὶ τὴν Κιλικίαν ἐπιστηρίζων τὰς ἐκκλησίας \v 41 Then he went through Syria and Cilicia, strengthening the churches. Then he went through and , the . Then he went through √ Syria and √ Cilicia, strengthening the churches. Κατήντησεν δὲ καὶ εἰς Δέρβην καὶ εἰς Λύστραν καὶ ἰδοὺ μαθητής τις ἦν ἐκεῖ ὀνόματι Τιμόθεος υἱὸς γυναικὸς Ἰουδαίας πιστῆς πατρὸς δὲ Ἕλληνος \s5 \c 16 \p \v 1 Paul also came to Derbe and to Lystra, and behold, a certain disciple named Timothy was there, the son of a Jewish woman who was a believer, but his father was a Greek. Paul also came to Derbe and to , and behold, a certain was there, the of a woman who was a , but his was a . √ Paul also came to Derbe and to Lystra, and behold, a certain disciple named Timothy was there, the son of a Jewish woman who was a believer, but his father was a Greek. ὃς ἐμαρτυρεῖτο ὑπὸ τῶν ἐν Λύστροις καὶ Ἰκονίῳ ἀδελφῶν \v 2 He was well spoken of by the brothers who were at Lystra and Iconium. He was spoken of by the who were at and . √ He was well spoken of by the brothers who were at Lystra and Iconium. τοῦτον ἠθέλησεν ὁ Παῦλος σὺν αὐτῷ ἐξελθεῖν καὶ λαβὼν περιέτεμεν αὐτὸν διὰ τοὺς Ἰουδαίους τοὺς ὄντας ἐν τοῖς τόποις ἐκείνοις ᾔδεισαν γὰρ ἅπαντες ὅτι Ἕλλην ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ὑπῆρχεν \v 3 Paul wanted him to travel with him, so he took him and circumcised him because of the Jews that were in those places, for they all knew that his father was a Greek. wanted him to travel with him, so he took him and him because of the that were in those places, for they all that his was a . √ Paul wanted him to travel with him, so he took him and circumcised him because of the Jews that were in √ those places, for all they [1] knew that √ his father was a Greek. Ὡς δὲ διεπορεύοντο τὰς πόλεις παρεδίδοσαν αὐτοῖς φυλάσσειν τὰ δόγματα τὰ κεκριμένα ὑπὸ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ πρεσβυτέρων τῶν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις \s5 \v 4 As they were going along through the cities, they were passing along the decrees to obey that were decided on by the apostles and elders who were in Jerusalem. As they were going along through the cities, they were passing along the to that were by the and who were in . As √ they were going along through the cities, they were passing along √ the decrees to obey that were decided on by the apostles and elders who were in Jerusalem. Αἱ μὲν οὖν ἐκκλησίαι ἐστερεοῦντο τῇ πίστει καὶ ἐπερίσσευον τῷ ἀριθμῷ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν \v 5 So the churches were strengthened in the faith and increased in number daily. So the were in the and in number . √ So the churches were strengthened in the faith and increased √ in number √ √ daily. Διῆλθον δὲ τὴν Φρυγίαν καὶ Γαλατικὴν χώραν κωλυθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος λαλῆσαι τὸν λόγον ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ \s5 \p \v 6 Paul and his companions went through the regions of Phrygia and Galatia, since they had been forbidden by the Holy Spirit to proclaim the word in the province of Asia. Paul and his companions went through the regions of Phrygia and , since they had been by the to the word in the province of . Paul and his companions went through √ the regions √ of Phrygia and Galatia, since they had been forbidden by the Holy Spirit to proclaim the word in the province of Asia. ἐλθόντες δὲ κατὰ τὴν Μυσίαν ἐπείραζον εἰς τὴν Βιθυνίαν πορευθῆναι καὶ οὐκ εἴασεν αὐτοὺς τὸ Πνεῦμα Ἰησοῦ \v 7 When they came near Mysia, they attempted to go into Bithynia, but the Spirit of Jesus prevented them. When they came near Mysia, they attempted to go into Bithynia, but the of prevented them. When they came near √ Mysia, they attempted to go into √ Bithynia, but the Spirit of Jesus √ √ prevented them. παρελθόντες δὲ τὴν Μυσίαν κατέβησαν εἰς Τρῳάδα \v 8 So passing by Mysia, they came down to the city of Troas. So passing by Mysia, they came down to the city of . So passing by √ Mysia, they came down to the city of Troas. Καὶ ὅραμα διὰ τῆς νυκτὸς τῷ Παύλῳ ὤφθη ἀνὴρ Μακεδών τις ἦν ἑστὼς καὶ παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν καὶ λέγων Διαβὰς εἰς Μακεδονίαν βοήθησον ἡμῖν \s5 \v 9 A vision appeared to Paul in the night: A man of Macedonia was standing there, begging him and saying, "Come over into Macedonia and help us." A appeared to in the night: A man of was standing there, him and saying, "Come over into and help us." √ A vision √ appeared to Paul in the night: A man of Macedonia √ was standing there, √ begging him and saying, "Come over into Macedonia and help us." ὡς δὲ τὸ ὅραμα εἶδεν εὐθέως ἐζητήσαμεν ἐξελθεῖν εἰς Μακεδονίαν συμβιβάζοντες ὅτι προσκέκληται ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς εὐαγγελίσασθαι αὐτούς \v 10 When Paul had seen the vision, immediately we sought to go to Macedonia, concluding that God had called us to preach the gospel to them. When Paul had seen the , immediately we to go to , concluding that had us to to them. √ When Paul had seen the vision, immediately we sought to go to Macedonia, concluding that √ God had called us to preach the gospel to them. Ἀναχθέντες δὲ ἀπὸ Τρῳάδος εὐθυδρομήσαμεν εἰς Σαμοθρᾴκην τῇ δὲ ἐπιούσῃ εἰς Νέαν Πόλιν \s5 \p \v 11 Setting sail therefore from Troas, we made a straight course to Samothrace, and the next day we came to Neapolis. Setting sail therefore from , we made a straight course to Samothrace, and the next day we came to Neapolis. Setting sail therefore from Troas, we made a straight course to Samothrace, and the next day we came to √ √ Neapolis. κἀκεῖθεν εἰς Φιλίππους ἥτις ἐστὶν πρώτη μερίδος τῆς Μακεδονίας πόλις κολωνία Ἦμεν δὲ ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ πόλει διατρίβοντες ἡμέρας τινάς \v 12 From there we went to Philippi, which is a city of Macedonia, the most important city in the district and a Roman colony, and we stayed in this city for several days. From there we went to , which is a city of , the city in the district and a Roman colony, and we stayed in this city for several . From there we went to Philippi, which is √ a city of Macedonia, the most important city in the district and a Roman colony, and √ we stayed in this √ city for several days. Τῇ τε ἡμέρᾳ τῶν σαββάτων ἐξήλθομεν ἔξω τῆς πύλης παρὰ ποταμὸν οὗ ἐνομίζομεν προσευχὴν εἶναι καὶ καθίσαντες ἐλαλοῦμεν ταῖς συνελθούσαις γυναιξίν \p \v 13 On the Sabbath day we went outside the gate by the river, where we thought there would be a place of prayer. We sat down and spoke to the women who had come together. On the we went outside the by the river, where we thought there would be a place of . We sat down and spoke to the women who had . √ √ On the Sabbath day we went outside the gate by the river, where we thought there would be a place of prayer. √ We sat down and spoke to the women who had come together. Καί τις γυνὴ ὀνόματι Λυδία πορφυρόπωλις πόλεως Θυατείρων σεβομένη τὸν Θεόν ἤκουεν ἧς ὁ Κύριος διήνοιξεν τὴν καρδίαν προσέχειν τοῖς λαλουμένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ Παύλου \s5 \v 14 A certain woman named Lydia, a seller of purple from the city of Thyatira, who worshiped God, listened to us. The Lord opened her heart to pay attention to what was said by Paul. A certain woman Lydia, a seller of from the city of Thyatira, who , us. The opened her to pay attention to what was said by . √ A certain woman named Lydia, a seller of purple from the city of Thyatira, who worshiped √ God, listened to us. √ The Lord opened her heart to pay attention to what was said by √ Paul. ὡς δὲ ἐβαπτίσθη καὶ ὁ οἶκος αὐτῆς παρεκάλεσεν λέγουσα Εἰ κεκρίκατέ με πιστὴν τῷ Κυρίῳ εἶναι εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου μένετε καὶ παρεβιάσατο ἡμᾶς \v 15 When she and her house were baptized, she pleaded with us, saying, "If you have judged me to be faithful to the Lord, come and stay in my house." And she persuaded us. When she and her were , she with us, saying, "If you have me to be faithful to the , come and stay in my ." And she us. √ When and her house she [1] [2] [3] were baptized, √ she pleaded with us, saying, "If you have judged me to be faithful to the Lord, come and stay in √ my house." And she persuaded us. Ἐγένετο δὲ πορευομένων ἡμῶν εἰς τὴν προσευχὴν παιδίσκην τινὰ ἔχουσαν πνεῦμα Πύθωνα ὑπαντῆσαι ἡμῖν ἥτις ἐργασίαν πολλὴν παρεῖχεν τοῖς κυρίοις αὐτῆς μαντευομένη \s5 \p \v 16 It came about that, as we were going to the place of prayer, a certain slave girl who had a spirit of divination encountered us. She brought her masters much gain by fortunetelling. It came about that, as we were going to the place of , a certain who had a of encountered us. She brought her much gain by fortunetelling. It came about that, as we were going to the place of prayer, a certain slave girl who had a spirit of divination encountered us. √ She brought √ her masters much gain by fortunetelling. αὕτη κατακολουθοῦσα τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ ἡμῖν ἔκραζεν λέγουσα Οὗτοι οἱ ἄνθρωποι δοῦλοι τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Ὑψίστου εἰσίν οἵτινες καταγγέλλουσιν ὑμῖν ὁδὸν σωτηρίας \v 17 This woman followed after Paul and us and shouted, saying, "These men are servants of the Most High God. They proclaim to you the way of salvation." This woman followed after and us and , saying, "These men are of the . They to you the way of ." This woman followed √ after Paul and us and shouted, saying, "These √ men are servants of the Most High √ God. √ They proclaim to you the way of salvation." Τοῦτο δὲ ἐποίει ἐπὶ πολλὰς ἡμέρας διαπονηθεὶς δὲ Παῦλος καὶ ἐπιστρέψας τῷ πνεύματι εἶπεν Παραγγέλλω σοι ἐν ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐξελθεῖν ἀπ᾽ αὐτῆς καὶ ἐξῆλθεν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ \v 18 She did this for many days. But Paul, being greatly annoyed by her, turned and said to the spirit, "I command you in the name of Jesus Christ to come out of her." And it came out at that same hour. She did this for many . But , being greatly annoyed by her, and said to the , "I you in the of to come out of her." And it came out at that same . She did √ this for many days. But Paul, being greatly annoyed by her, turned and said to the spiri, "I command you in the name of Jesus Christ to come out of her." And it came out at that same √ hour. Ἰδόντες δὲ οἱ κύριοι αὐτῆς ὅτι ἐξῆλθεν ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς ἐργασίας αὐτῶν ἐπιλαβόμενοι τὸν Παῦλον καὶ τὸν Σιλᾶν εἵλκυσαν εἰς τὴν ἀγορὰν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντας \s5 \p \v 19 When her masters saw that their hope of profit was now gone, they seized Paul and Silas and dragged them into the marketplace before the authorities. When her saw that their of profit was now gone, they and and dragged them into the marketplace before the authorities. When √ her masters saw that √ their hope √ of profit was now gone, they seized √ Paul and √ Silas and dragged them into the marketplace before the authorities. καὶ προσαγαγόντες αὐτοὺς τοῖς στρατηγοῖς εἶπαν Οὗτοι οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἐκταράσσουσιν ἡμῶν τὴν πόλιν Ἰουδαῖοι ὑπάρχοντες \v 20 When they had brought them to the magistrates, they said, "These men are causing trouble in our city. They are Jews. When they had brought them to the , they said, "These men are causing in our city. They are . When they had brought them to the magistrates, they said, "These √ men are causing trouble in our √ city. They are Jews. καὶ καταγγέλλουσιν ἔθη ἃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἡμῖν παραδέχεσθαι οὐδὲ ποιεῖν Ῥωμαίοις οὖσιν \v 21 They proclaim customs that are not lawful for Romans to accept or practice." They customs that are for to accept or practice." √ They proclaim customs that not are [1] lawful √ for Romans to accept or practice." √ Καὶ συνεπέστη ὁ ὄχλος κατ᾽ αὐτῶν καὶ οἱ στρατηγοὶ περιρήξαντες αὐτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐκέλευον ῥαβδίζειν \s5 \p \v 22 Then the crowd rose up together against Paul and Silas; the magistrates tore their garments off them and commanded them to be beaten with rods. Then the crowd rose up together against Paul and Silas; the tore their off them and them to be beaten with . Then the crowd rose up together against √ Paul and Silas; √ the magistrates tore their garments off them and commanded them to be beaten with rods. πολλάς τε ἐπιθέντες αὐτοῖς πληγὰς ἔβαλον εἰς φυλακήν παραγγείλαντες τῷ δεσμοφύλακι ἀσφαλῶς τηρεῖν αὐτούς \v 23 When they had laid many blows upon them, they threw them into prison and commanded the jailer to guard them securely. When they had laid many blows upon them, they threw them into and the jailer to guard them securely. When they had laid many blows upon them, they threw them into prison and commanded the jailer to guard them securely. ὃς παραγγελίαν τοιαύτην λαβὼν ἔβαλεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν ἐσωτέραν φυλακὴν καὶ τοὺς πόδας ἠσφαλίσατο αὐτῶν εἰς τὸ ξύλον \v 24 After he got this command, the jailer threw them into the inner prison and fastened their feet in the stocks. After he got this , the jailer threw them into the inner and fastened their feet in the stocks. √ After he got this command, the jailer threw them into the inner prison and √ fastened their feet in the stocks. Κατὰ δὲ τὸ μεσονύκτιον Παῦλος καὶ Σιλᾶς προσευχόμενοι ὕμνουν τὸν Θεόν ἐπηκροῶντο δὲ αὐτῶν οἱ δέσμιοι \s5 \p \v 25 Around midnight Paul and Silas were praying and singing hymns to God, and the other prisoners were listening to them. Around midnight and were and singing hymns to , and the other were listening to them. Around √ √ midnight Paul and Silas were praying and singing hymns √ to God, and the other prisoners were listening to them. ἄφνω δὲ σεισμὸς ἐγένετο μέγας ὥστε σαλευθῆναι τὰ θεμέλια τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου ἠνεῴχθησαν δὲ παραχρῆμα αἱ θύραι πᾶσαι καὶ πάντων τὰ δεσμὰ ἀνέθη \v 26 Suddenly there was a great earthquake, so that the foundations of the prison were shaken; and immediately all the doors were opened, and everyone's chains were unfastened. Suddenly there was a earthquake, so that the of the were shaken; and immediately all the doors were opened, and everyone's were unfastened. Suddenly √ there was a great earthquake, so that the foundations of the prison were shaken; and immediately all the doors were opened, and everyone's √ chains were unfastened. Ἔξυπνος δὲ γενόμενος ὁ δεσμοφύλαξ καὶ ἰδὼν ἀνεῳγμένας τὰς θύρας τῆς φυλακῆς σπασάμενος τὴν μάχαιραν ἤμελλεν ἑαυτὸν ἀναιρεῖν νομίζων ἐκπεφευγέναι τοὺς δεσμίους \s5 \v 27 The jailer was awakened from sleep and saw the open prison doors; he drew his sword and was about to kill himself, because he thought that the prisoners had escaped. The jailer was awakened from and saw the open doors; he drew his and was about to himself, because he thought that the had escaped. √ The jailer was awakened from sleep and saw the open √ prison doors; he drew √ his sword and was about to kill himself, because he thought that the prisoners had escaped. ἐφώνησεν δὲ ὁ Παῦλος μεγάλῃ φωνῇ λέγων Μηδὲν πράξῃς σεαυτῷ κακόν ἅπαντες γάρ ἐσμεν ἐνθάδε \p \v 28 But Paul shouted with a loud voice, saying, "Do not harm yourself, because we are all here." But with a loud , saying, "Do not yourself, because we are all here." √ But Paul shouted with a loud voice, saying, "Do not harm yourself, because we are all here." Αἰτήσας δὲ φῶτα εἰσεπήδησεν καὶ ἔντρομος γενόμενος προσέπεσεν τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ τῷ Σιλᾷ \s5 \p \v 29 The jailer called for lights and rushed in and, trembling for fear, fell down before Paul and Silas, The jailer for and rushed in and, for fear, fell down before and , The jailer called √ for lights and rushed in and, trembling for fear, √ fell down √ before Paul and √ Silas, καὶ προαγαγὼν αὐτοὺς ἔξω ἔφη Κύριοι τί με δεῖ ποιεῖν ἵνα σωθῶ \v 30 and brought them out and said, "Sirs, what must I do to be saved?" and brought them out and said, "Sirs, what must I do to be ?" and brought them out and said, "Sirs, what must I do √ to be saved?" Οἱ δὲ εἶπαν Πίστευσον ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον Ἰησοῦν καὶ σωθήσῃ σὺ καὶ ὁ οἶκός σου \p \v 31 They said, "Believe in the Lord Jesus, and you will be saved, you and your household." They said, "Believe , and you will be , you and your ." They √ said, "Believe in the Lord Jesus, and you will be saved, you and √ your household." καὶ ἐλάλησαν αὐτῷ τὸν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου σὺν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ \s5 \v 32 They spoke the word of the Lord to him, together with everyone in his house. They spoke the to him, together with everyone in his . √ They spoke the word of the Lord to him, together with everyone √ in √ his house. καὶ παραλαβὼν αὐτοὺς ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ τῆς νυκτὸς ἔλουσεν ἀπὸ τῶν πληγῶν καὶ ἐβαπτίσθη αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ αὐτοῦ πάντες παραχρῆμα \v 33 Then the jailer took them at the same hour of the night, and washed their wounds, and he and those in his entire house were baptized immediately. Then the jailer took them at the same of the night, and washed their wounds, and he and those in his entire house were immediately. Then the jailer took them at the same hour of the night, and he washed √ their wounds, and he and those in his entire house were baptized immediately. ἀναγαγών τε αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸν οἶκον παρέθηκεν τράπεζαν καὶ ἠγαλλιάσατο πανοικεὶ πεπιστευκὼς τῷ Θεῷ \v 34 Then as he brought Paul and Silas up into his house and he set food before them, he rejoiced greatly with those of his house, that he had believed in God. Then as he brought Paul and Silas up into his and he set food before them, he with those of his house, that he had in . Then as √ Paul and Silas Paul and Silas he brought [1] up into his house and he set food before them, √ he rejoiced greatly with those of his house, that he had believed √ in God. Ἡμέρας δὲ γενομένης ἀπέστειλαν οἱ στρατηγοὶ τοὺς ῥαβδούχους λέγοντες Ἀπόλυσον τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐκείνους \s5 \p \v 35 Now when it was day, the magistrates sent word to the guards, saying, "Let those men go." Now when it was , the word to the guards, saying, "Let those men go." Now when it was day, the magistrates sent word to the guards, saying, √ those men "Let [1] [2] go." Ἀπήγγειλεν δὲ ὁ δεσμοφύλαξ τοὺς λόγους τούτους πρὸς τὸν Παῦλον ὅτι Ἀπέσταλκαν οἱ στρατηγοὶ ἵνα ἀπολυθῆτε νῦν οὖν ἐξελθόντες πορεύεσθε ἐν εἰρήνῃ \p \v 36 The jailer reported the words to Paul, saying, "The magistrates have sent word to me to let you go. Now therefore come out, and go in peace." The jailer the to , saying, "The have word to me to let you go. Now therefore come out, and go in ." The √ jailer reported the words √ to √ Paul, saying, √ "The magistrates have sent word to me √ to let you go. Now therefore come out and go in peace." Ὁ δὲ Παῦλος ἔφη πρὸς αὐτούς Δείραντες ἡμᾶς δημοσίᾳ ἀκατακρίτους ἀνθρώπους Ῥωμαίους ὑπάρχοντας ἔβαλαν εἰς φυλακήν καὶ νῦν λάθρᾳ ἡμᾶς ἐκβάλλουσιν οὐ γάρ ἀλλὰ ἐλθόντες αὐτοὶ ἡμᾶς ἐξαγαγέτωσαν \s5 \p \v 37 But Paul said to them, "They have publicly beaten us without a trial, even though we are Romans citizens—and they threw us into prison. Do they now want to send us away secretly? No! Let them come themselves and lead us out." But said to them, "They have publicly beaten us without a , even though we are citizens—and they ı." √ But Paul said to them, publicly "They have [1] beaten us without a trial, even though √ we are Romans citizens-and I think something is missing in the ULB, a comma or changing Romans to Roman they threw us into prison. √ now us Do they [1] want to send [2] away secretly? No! √ √ Let them come themselves and us lead [1] out." Ἀπήγγειλαν δὲ τοῖς στρατηγοῖς οἱ ῥαβδοῦχοι τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα ἐφοβήθησαν δὲ ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Ῥωμαῖοί εἰσιν \p \v 38 The guards reported these words to the magistrates, and when they heard that Paul and Silas were Romans, they were afraid. The guards these to the , and when they that Paul and Silas were , they were . The guards reported √ √ these words to the magistrates, and when they heard that Paul and Silas were Romans, they were afraid. καὶ ἐλθόντες παρεκάλεσαν αὐτούς καὶ ἐξαγαγόντες ἠρώτων ἀπελθεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς πόλεως \v 39 The magistrates came and apologized to them and brought them out, asking them to go away from the city. The magistrates came and apologized to them and brought them out, them to go away from the city. √ The magistrates came and apologized to them and them brought [1] out, asking them to go away from the city. ἐξελθόντες δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς φυλακῆς εἰσῆλθον πρὸς τὴν Λυδίαν καὶ ἰδόντες παρεκάλεσαν τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς καὶ ἐξῆλθαν \s5 \v 40 So Paul and Silas went out of the prison and came to the house of Lydia. When Paul and Silas saw the brothers, they encouraged them and then departed from the city. So Paul and Silas went out of the and came to the house of Lydia. When Paul and Silas saw the , they them and then departed from the city. So Paul and Silas went out of the prison and came to the house √ of Lydia. When Paul and Silas saw the brothers, they encouraged them and then departed from the city. Διοδεύσαντες δὲ τὴν Ἀμφίπολιν καὶ τὴν Ἀπολλωνίαν ἦλθον εἰς Θεσσαλονίκην ὅπου ἦν συναγωγὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων \s5 \c 17 \p \v 1 Now when they had passed through the cities of Amphipolis and Apollonia, they came to the city of Thessalonica, where there was a synagogue of the Jews. Now when they had passed through the cities of Amphipolis and Apollonia, they came to the city of , where there was a of the . Now when they had passed through the cities √ of Amphipolis and √ Apollonia, they came to the city of Thessalonica, where there was a synagogue of the Jews. κατὰ δὲ τὸ εἰωθὸς τῷ Παύλῳ εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς καὶ ἐπὶ σάββατα τρία διελέξατο αὐτοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν γραφῶν \v 2 Paul, as his custom was, went to them, and for three Sabbath days reasoned with them from the scriptures. , as his custom was, went to them, and for three days reasoned with them from the scriptures. √ Paul, as √ his custom was, went to them, and for three Sabbath days reasoned with them from the scriptures. διανοίγων καὶ παρατιθέμενος ὅτι τὸν Χριστὸν ἔδει παθεῖν καὶ ἀναστῆναι ἐκ νεκρῶν καὶ ὅτι Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὃν ἐγὼ καταγγέλλω ὑμῖν \s5 \v 3 He was opening the scriptures and explaining that it was necessary for the Christ to suffer and to rise again from the dead. He said, "This Jesus whom I proclaim to you is the Christ." He was opening the scriptures and explaining that it was necessary for the to and to again from the . He said, "This whom I to you is the ." He was opening the scriptures and explaining that it was necessary for the Christ to suffer and to rise again from the dead. √ He said, √ "This √ Jesus whom I proclaim to you is the Christ." καί τινες ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐπείσθησαν καὶ προσεκληρώθησαν τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ τῷ Σιλᾷ τῶν τε σεβομένων Ἑλλήνων πλῆθος πολὺ γυναικῶν τε τῶν πρώτων οὐκ ὀλίγαι \v 4 Some of the Jews were persuaded and joined Paul and Silas, including a large number of devout Greeks, and not a few of the leading women. Some of the Jews and joined and , including a large number of devout , and not a few of the leading women. √ Some of √ the Jews were persuaded and joined √ Paul and √ Silas, √ √ including a large multitude of devout Greeks, and not a few of the leading women. Ζηλώσαντες δὲ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι καὶ προσλαβόμενοι τῶν ἀγοραίων ἄνδρας τινὰς πονηροὺς καὶ ὀχλοποιήσαντες ἐθορύβουν τὴν πόλιν καὶ ἐπιστάντες τῇ οἰκίᾳ Ἰάσονος ἐζήτουν αὐτοὺς προαγαγεῖν εἰς τὸν δῆμον \s5 \v 5 But the unbelieving Jews, being moved with jealousy, took certain wicked men from the marketplace, gathered a crowd together, and set the city in an uproar. Assaulting the house of Jason, they were seeking to bring Paul and Silas out to the people. But the unbelieving , being moved with , took certain men from the marketplace, a crowd , and set the city in an uproar. Assaulting the of Jason, they were to bring Paul and Silas out to the people. But the unbelieving Jews, being moved with jealousy, √ took certain wicked men from the marketplace, √ gathered a crowd together, and the city set [1] [2] in an uproar. √ Assaulting the house of Jason, they were seeking to bring √ Paul and Silas out to the people. μὴ εὑρόντες δὲ αὐτοὺς ἔσυρον Ἰάσονα καί τινας ἀδελφοὺς ἐπὶ τοὺς πολιτάρχας βοῶντες ὅτι Οἱ τὴν οἰκουμένην ἀναστατώσαντες οὗτοι καὶ ἐνθάδε πάρεισιν \v 6 But when they did not find them, they dragged Jason and certain other brothers before the officials of the city, crying, "These men who have turned the world upside down have come here also. But when they did not find them, they dragged Jason and certain other before the of the city, , "These men who have the upside down have come here also. But when not they did [1] find them, they dragged Jason and certain other brothers before the officials of the city, crying, √ √ "These men who the world have turned [1] [2] upside down have come here also. οὓς ὑποδέδεκται Ἰάσων καὶ οὗτοι πάντες ἀπέναντι τῶν δογμάτων Καίσαρος πράσσουσι βασιλέα ἕτερον λέγοντες εἶναι Ἰησοῦν \v 7 These men whom Jason has welcomed act against the decrees of Caesar; they say that there is another king—Jesus." These men whom Jason has welcomed act against the of ; they say that there is another — ." These men whom Jason has welcomed √ √ act against the decrees of Caesar; √ they say that there is another king- Jesus." Ἐτάραξαν δὲ τὸν ὄχλον καὶ τοὺς πολιτάρχας ἀκούοντας ταῦτα \s5 \v 8 They troubled the crowd and the officials of the city who heard these things. They the crowd and the of the city who these things. They troubled √ the crowd and the officials of the city who heard these things. καὶ λαβόντες τὸ ἱκανὸν παρὰ τοῦ Ἰάσονος καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν ἀπέλυσαν αὐτούς \v 9 But after they took security from Jason and the rest, they let them go. But after they took security from Jason and the rest, they let them go. But after they took √ security from √ Jason and the rest, them they let [1] go. Οἱ δὲ ἀδελφοὶ εὐθέως διὰ νυκτὸς ἐξέπεμψαν τόν τε Παῦλον καὶ τὸν Σιλᾶν εἰς Βέροιαν οἵτινες παραγενόμενοι εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἀπῄεσαν \s5 \p \v 10 That night the brothers sent Paul and Silas to Berea. When they arrived there, they went into the synagogue of the Jews. That night the and to . When they arrived there, they went into the of the . That √ night the √ brothers sent √ √ Paul and √ Silas to Berea. When they arrived there, they went into the synagogue of the Jews. οὗτοι δὲ ἦσαν εὐγενέστεροι τῶν ἐν Θεσσαλονίκῃ οἵτινες ἐδέξαντο τὸν λόγον μετὰ πάσης προθυμίας καθ᾽ ἡμέραν ἀνακρίνοντες τὰς γραφὰς εἰ ἔχοι ταῦτα οὕτως \v 11 Now these people were more noble than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with all readiness of mind, examining the scriptures daily to see whether these things were so. Now these people were more than those in , for they the word with all readiness of mind, examining the to see whether these things were so. Now these people were more noble than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with all readiness of mind, √ examining the scriptures daily √ √ to see whether these things were so. πολλοὶ μὲν οὖν ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐπίστευσαν καὶ τῶν Ἑλληνίδων γυναικῶν τῶν εὐσχημόνων καὶ ἀνδρῶν οὐκ ὀλίγοι \v 12 Therefore many of them believed, including some influential Greek women and many men. Therefore many of them , including some influential women and many men. Therefore many √ of them believed, √ √ including some √ influential Greek women and √ √ many men. Ὡς δὲ ἔγνωσαν οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Θεσσαλονίκης Ἰουδαῖοι ὅτι καὶ ἐν τῇ Βεροίᾳ κατηγγέλη ὑπὸ τοῦ Παύλου ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἦλθον κἀκεῖ σαλεύοντες καὶ ταράσσοντες τοὺς ὄχλους \s5 \v 13 But when the Jews of Thessalonica learned that Paul was also proclaiming the word of God at Berea, they went there and stirred up and troubled the crowds. But when the of learned that was also the at , they went there and stirred up and the crowds. But when the Jews √ √ of Thessalonica learned that √ √ √ √ Paul was also proclaiming the word √ of God at Berea, they went there and stirred up and troubled the crowds. εὐθέως δὲ τότε τὸν Παῦλον ἐξαπέστειλαν οἱ ἀδελφοὶ πορεύεσθαι ἕως ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν ὑπέμεινάν τε ὅ τε Σιλᾶς καὶ ὁ Τιμόθεος ἐκεῖ \v 14 Then immediately, the brothers sent Paul to go to the sea, but Silas and Timothy stayed there. Then immediately, the to go to the sea, but and stayed there. Then immediately, √ the brothers sent √ Paul to go to √ the sea, but √ √ Silas and √ Timothy stayed there. οἱ δὲ καθιστάνοντες τὸν Παῦλον ἤγαγον ἕως Ἀθηνῶν καὶ λαβόντες ἐντολὴν πρὸς τὸν Σιλᾶν καὶ τὸν Τιμόθεον ἵνα ὡς τάχιστα ἔλθωσιν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐξῄεσαν \v 15 Those who were leading Paul took him as far as the city of Athens. As they left Paul there, they received from him instructions for Silas and Timothy to come to him as quickly as possible. Those who were leading took him as far as the city of Athens. As they left Paul there, they from him for and to come to him as quickly as possible. Those √ who were leading √ Paul took him as far as the city of Athens. As they left Paul there, √ they received from him instructions √ for Silas and √ Timothy √ to come to him as quickly as possible. √ Ἐν δὲ ταῖς Ἀθήναις ἐκδεχομένου αὐτοὺς τοῦ Παύλου παρωξύνετο τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ θεωροῦντος κατείδωλον οὖσαν τὴν πόλιν \s5 \p \v 16 Now while Paul was waiting for them in Athens, his spirit was provoked within him as he saw the city full of idols. Now while was waiting for them in Athens, his was within him as he saw the city full of . √ √ Now while √ Paul was waiting for them √ in Athens, √ his spirit was provoked within him as he saw the city full of idols. διελέγετο μὲν οὖν ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις καὶ τοῖς σεβομένοις καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ κατὰ πᾶσαν ἡμέραν πρὸς τοὺς παρατυγχάνοντας \v 17 So he reasoned every day in the synagogue with the Jews and others who worshiped God, as well as in the marketplace with those who happened to be there. So he reasoned every in the with the and others who God, as well as in the marketplace with those who happened to be there. So he reasoned √ every day √ in the synagogue with the Jews and others who worshiped God, as well as √ in the marketplace with those who happened to be there. Τινὲς δὲ καὶ τῶν Ἐπικουρείων καὶ Στοϊκῶν φιλοσόφων συνέβαλλον αὐτῷ καί τινες ἔλεγον Τί ἂν θέλοι ὁ σπερμολόγος οὗτος λέγειν οἱ δέ Ξένων δαιμονίων δοκεῖ καταγγελεὺς εἶναι ὅτι τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ τὴν ἀνάστασιν εὐηγγελίζετο \s5 \v 18 But also some of the Epicurean and Stoic philosophers encountered him. Some said, "What is this babbler trying to say?" Others said, "He seems to be one who calls people to follow strange gods," because he was proclaiming the gospel about Jesus and the resurrection. But also some of the Epicurean and Stoic philosophers encountered him. Some said, "What is this babbler trying to say?" Others said, "He seems to be one who people to follow strange ," because he was the about and the . But also some of the Epicurean and Stoic philosophers encountered him. √ Some said, "What √ is √ this babbler trying to say?" Others said, √ "He seems to be one who calls people to follow strange gods," because √ he was proclaiming the gospel about Jesus and the resurrection. Ἐπιλαβόμενοί τε αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸν Ἄρειον πάγον ἤγαγον λέγοντες Δυνάμεθα γνῶναι τίς ἡ καινὴ αὕτη ἡ ὑπὸ σοῦ λαλουμένη διδαχή \s5 \v 19 They took Paul and brought him to the Areopagus, saying, "May we know this new teaching which you were speaking? They took Paul and brought him to the Areopagus, saying, "May we this new which you were speaking? They took √ √ Paul and brought him to the √ √ Areopagus, saying, "May we know √ √ this new teaching which √ you are speaking? ξενίζοντα γάρ τινα εἰσφέρεις εἰς τὰς ἀκοὰς ἡμῶν βουλόμεθα οὖν γνῶναι τίνα θέλει ταῦτα εἶναι \v 20 For you bring some strange things to our ears. Therefore, we want to know what these things mean." For you bring some strange things to our ears. Therefore, we want to what these things mean." For you bring some strange things to √ our ears. Therefore, we want to know what these things mean." √ Ἀθηναῖοι δὲ πάντες καὶ οἱ ἐπιδημοῦντες ξένοι εἰς οὐδὲν ἕτερον ηὐκαίρουν ἢ λέγειν τι ἢ ἀκούειν τι καινότερον \v 21 (Now all the Athenians and the strangers living there spent their time in nothing but either telling or listening about something new.) (Now all the Athenians and the living there spent their in nothing but either telling or listening about something new.) (Now all the Athenians and the strangers √ living there their spend [1] time in nothing but either √ telling √ or listening about something new.) Σταθεὶς δὲ ὁ Παῦλος ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ Ἀρείου Πάγου ἔφη Ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι κατὰ πάντα ὡς δεισιδαιμονεστέρους ὑμᾶς θεωρῶ \s5 \v 22 So Paul stood in the middle of the Areopagus and said, \p "You men of Athens, I see that you are very religious in every way. So stood in the middle of the Areopagus and said, "You men of Athens, I see that you are very religious in every way. So √ Paul stood in the middle of the √ √ Areopagus and said, "You men of Athens, √ I see that you are very religious in every way. \p διερχόμενος γὰρ καὶ ἀναθεωρῶν τὰ σεβάσματα ὑμῶν εὗρον καὶ βωμὸν ἐν ᾧ ἐπεγέγραπτο ΑΓΝΩΣΤΩ ΘΕΩ Ὃ οὖν ἀγνοοῦντες εὐσεβεῖτε τοῦτο ἐγὼ καταγγέλλω ὑμῖν \v 23 For as I passed along and observed the objects of your worship, I found an altar with this inscription, "To an Unknown God." What therefore you worship in ignorance, this I announce to you. For as I passed along and observed the objects of your , I found an with this inscription, "To an Unknown ." What therefore you in ignorance, this I to you. For as I passed along and observed the objects your of [1] worship, I found √ an altar with this inscription, "To an Unknown God." I think this quotation should have single quotation marks What therefore you worship in ignorance, this I announce to you. Ὁ Θεὸς ὁ ποιήσας τὸν κόσμον καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ οὗτος οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς ὑπάρχων Κύριος οὐκ ἐν χειροποιήτοις ναοῖς κατοικεῖ \s5 \v 24 The God who made the world and everything in it, since he is Lord of heaven and earth, does not live in temples built with hands. The who made the and everything in it, since he is of heaven and , does not in built with hands. The God who made the world and everything √ in it, since he is Lord of heaven and earth, not does [1] live in temples built with hands. √ οὐδὲ ὑπὸ χειρῶν ἀνθρωπίνων θεραπεύεται προσδεόμενός τινος αὐτὸς διδοὺς πᾶσι ζωὴν καὶ πνοὴν καὶ τὰ πάντα \v 25 Neither is he served by men's hands, as though he needed anything, since he himself gives people life and breath and everything else. Neither is he served by men's , as though he needed anything, since he himself gives people and and everything else. Neither is he served by men's hands, as though he needed anything, since he himself gives √ people life and breath and √ everything else. ἐποίησέν τε ἐξ ἑνὸς πᾶν ἔθνος ἀνθρώπων κατοικεῖν ἐπὶ παντὸς προσώπου τῆς γῆς ὁρίσας προστεταγμένους καιροὺς καὶ τὰς ὁροθεσίας τῆς κατοικίας αὐτῶν \s5 \v 26 From one man he made every nation of people to live on the surface of the earth, having determined their appointed seasons and the boundaries of their living areas, From one man he made every nation of to live on the of the , having determined their seasons and the boundaries of their living areas, From one man he made √ every nation of people to live on √ the surface of the earth, having determined √ their appointed seasons and the boundaries √ of their living areas, ζητεῖν τὸν Θεὸν εἰ ἄρα γε ψηλαφήσειαν αὐτὸν καὶ εὕροιεν καί γε οὐ μακρὰν ἀπὸ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου ἡμῶν ὑπάρχοντα \v 27 so that they should search for God and perhaps they may feel their way toward him and find him. Yet he is not far from each one of us. so that they should and perhaps they may feel their way toward him and find him. Yet he is not far from each one of us. so that they should search √ for God √ √ and perhaps they may feel their way toward him and find him. √ Yet he is not far from each one of us. Ἐν αὐτῷ γὰρ ζῶμεν καὶ κινούμεθα καὶ ἐσμέν ὡς καί τινες τῶν καθ᾽ ὑμᾶς ποιητῶν εἰρήκασιν Τοῦ γὰρ καὶ γένος ἐσμέν \s5 \v 28 For in him we live and move and have our being, just as one of your own poets has said, \p 'For we also are his offspring.' For in him we and move and have our being, just as one of your own poets has said, 'For we also are his .' For in him we live and move and have our being, just as √ one of √ √ your own poets has said, √ 'For also we [1] are his offspring.' \p γένος οὖν ὑπάρχοντες τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐκ ὀφείλομεν νομίζειν χρυσῷ ἢ ἀργύρῳ ἢ λίθῳ χαράγματι τέχνης καὶ ἐνθυμήσεως ἀνθρώπου τὸ Θεῖον εἶναι ὅμοιον \p \v 29 "Therefore, since we are God's offspring, we ought not to think that the qualities of deity are like gold, or silver, or stone—images created by the art and imagination of man. "Therefore, since we are , we ought not to think that the qualities of are , or , or —images by the art and imagination of man. Therefore, since we are √ God's offspring, we ought not to think that the qualities √ of deity are like gold, or silver, or stone- images created by the art and imagination of man. Τοὺς μὲν οὖν χρόνους τῆς ἀγνοίας ὑπεριδὼν ὁ Θεὸς τὰ νῦν παραγγέλλει τοῖς ἀνθρώποις πάντας πανταχοῦ μετανοεῖν \s5 \v 30 Therefore God overlooked the times of ignorance, but now he commands all men everywhere to repent. Therefore overlooked the of ignorance, but now he all men everywhere to . √ √ Therefore √ God overlooked times √ of ignorance, but √ now he commands √ all men everywhere to repent. καθότι ἔστησεν ἡμέραν ἐν ᾗ μέλλει κρίνειν τὴν οἰκουμένην ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ ἐν ἀνδρὶ ᾧ ὥρισεν πίστιν παρασχὼν πᾶσιν ἀναστήσας αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν \v 31 This is because he has set a day when he will judge the world in righteousness by the man he has appointed. God has given proof of this man to everyone by raising him from the dead." This is because he has set a when he the in by the man he has . God has given of this man to everyone by him from the ." This is<.w> because he has set a day √ √ when √ he will judge the world in righteousness by the man √ he has appointed. God has given proof of this man to everyone by raising him from the dead." Ἀκούσαντες δὲ ἀνάστασιν νεκρῶν οἱ μὲν ἐχλεύαζον οἱ δὲ εἶπαν Ἀκουσόμεθά σου περὶ τούτου καὶ πάλιν \s5 \p \v 32 Now when the men of Athens heard of the resurrection of the dead, some mocked Paul; but others said, "We will listen to you again about this matter." Now when the men of Athens of the of the , some Paul; but others said, "We will to you again about this matter." Now when the men of Athens heard of the resurrection of the dead, some √ mocked Paul; but others said, "We will listen to you again about this matter." √ οὕτως ὁ Παῦλος ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ μέσου αὐτῶν \v 33 After that, Paul left them. After that, left them. After that, √ Paul left √ √ them. τινὲς δὲ ἄνδρες κολληθέντες αὐτῷ ἐπίστευσαν ἐν οἷς καὶ Διονύσιος ὁ Ἀρεοπαγίτης καὶ γυνὴ ὀνόματι Δάμαρις καὶ ἕτεροι σὺν αὐτοῖς \v 34 But certain men joined him and believed, including Dionysius the Areopagite, a woman named Damaris, and others with them. But certain men joined him and , including Dionysius the Areopagite, a woman Damaris, and others with them. Bur certain men joined him and believed, √ √ √ including Dionysius the Areopagite, √ a woman named Damaris, and others with them. Μετὰ ταῦτα χωρισθεὶς ἐκ τῶν Ἀθηνῶν ἦλθεν εἰς Κόρινθον \s5 \c 18 \p \v 1 After these things Paul left Athens and went to Corinth. After these things Paul left Athens and went to . After these things Paul left √ √ Athens and went to Corinth. καὶ εὑρών τινα Ἰουδαῖον ὀνόματι Ἀκύλαν Ποντικὸν τῷ γένει προσφάτως ἐληλυθότα ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰταλίας καὶ Πρίσκιλλαν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ διὰ τὸ διατεταχέναι Κλαύδιον χωρίζεσθαι πάντας τοὺς Ἰουδαίους ἀπὸ τῆς Ῥώμης προσῆλθεν αὐτοῖς \v 2 There he met a Jew named Aquila, a native of Pontus, who had recently come from Italy with his wife Priscilla, because Claudius had commanded all the Jews to leave Rome. Paul went to them, There he met a , a native of , who had recently come from Italy with his wife Priscilla, because Claudius had all the to leave . Paul went to them, √ There he met √ a Jew named Aquila, √ a native of Pontus, who had recently come from √ Italy with his wife Priscilla, because √ Claudius had commanded all the Jews to leave √ √ Rome. Paul went to them, καὶ διὰ τὸ ὁμότεχνον εἶναι ἔμενεν παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς καὶ ἠργάζετο ἦσαν γὰρ σκηνοποιοὶ τῇ τέχνῃ \v 3 and because he worked at the same trade, he stayed with them and labored, for they were tentmakers by trade. and because he worked at the same trade, he stayed with them and , for they were tentmakers by trade. and because he worked at the same trade, he stayed with them and labored, for they were tentmakers √ by trade. Διελέγετο δὲ ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ κατὰ πᾶν σάββατον ἔπειθέν τε Ἰουδαίους καὶ Ἕλληνας \s5 \v 4 So Paul reasoned in the synagogue every Sabbath, trying to persuade both Jews and Greeks. So Paul reasoned in the every , trying to both and . So Paul reasoned in the synagogue √ every Sabbath, trying "Trying" is not in the ULB and adding it as the ULB has done changes the meaning by adding doubt to Paul's persuasion. The mood of the verb ἔπειθέν is indicative, not subjunctive. The AVS does not have "try". The following context shows that Paul was very persuasive. to persuade both Jews and Greeks. Ὡς δὲ κατῆλθον ἀπὸ τῆς Μακεδονίας ὅ τε Σιλᾶς καὶ ὁ Τιμόθεος συνείχετο τῷ λόγῳ ὁ Παῦλος διαμαρτυρόμενος τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις εἶναι τὸν Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν \v 5 Now when Silas and Timothy came down from Macedonia, Paul devoted himself to the word, testifying to the Jews that Jesus was the Christ. Now when and came down from , devoted himself to the , to the that was the . Now when √ √ Silas √ √ Timothy came down from √ Macedonia, √ Paul devoted himself to the word, testifying to the Jews that Jesus was the Christ. ἀντιτασσομένων δὲ αὐτῶν καὶ βλασφημούντων ἐκτιναξάμενος τὰ ἱμάτια εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς Τὸ αἷμα ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν ὑμῶν καθαρὸς ἐγώ ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν εἰς τὰ ἔθνη πορεύσομαι \v 6 But when the Jews opposed and insulted him, Paul shook out his garment at them and said to them, "May your blood be upon your own heads; I am clean. From now on I will go to the Gentiles." But when the Jews and him, Paul shook out his at them and said to them, "May your be upon your own ; I am . From now on I will go to the ." But when √ the Jews opposed and insulted him, Paul shook out √ his garment at them and said to them, "May √ your blood be upon √ your heads; I am clean. From √ now on I will go to the Gentiles." Καὶ μεταβὰς ἐκεῖθεν εἰσῆλθεν εἰς οἰκίαν τινὸς ὀνόματι Τιτίου Ἰούστου σεβομένου τὸν Θεόν οὗ ἡ οἰκία ἦν συνομοροῦσα τῇ συναγωγῇ \s5 \v 7 Then he left from there and went to the house of a man named Titius Justus, a man who worshiped God. His house was next to the synagogue. Then he left from there and went to the of a man Titius Justus, a man who . His was next to the . Then he left from there and went to the house of a certain man named Titius Justis, a man who worshiped √ God. His √ house was next to the synagogue. Κρίσπος δὲ ὁ ἀρχισυνάγωγος ἐπίστευσεν τῷ Κυρίῳ σὺν ὅλῳ τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ καὶ πολλοὶ τῶν Κορινθίων ἀκούοντες ἐπίστευον καὶ ἐβαπτίζοντο \v 8 Crispus, the leader of the synagogue, believed in the Lord, together with all his household; and many of the Corinthians who heard about it believed and were baptized. Crispus, the leader of the , , together with all his ; and many of the who about it and were . Crispus, √ the leader of the synagogue, believed in the Lord, together with all √ his household; and many of the Corinthians who heard about it believed and were baptized. Εἶπεν δὲ ὁ Κύριος ἐν νυκτὶ δι᾽ ὁράματος τῷ Παύλῳ Μὴ φοβοῦ ἀλλὰ λάλει καὶ μὴ σιωπήσῃς \s5 \v 9 The Lord said to Paul in the night in a vision, "Do not be afraid, but speak and do not be silent. The said to in the night in a , "Do not be , but speak and do not be silent. The √ Lord said √ to Paul in the night in a vision, not "Do [1] be afraid, but speak and not do [1] be silent. διότι ἐγώ εἰμι μετὰ σοῦ καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐπιθήσεταί σοι τοῦ κακῶσαί σε διότι λαός ἐστί μοι πολὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ \v 10 For I am with you, and no one will try to harm you, for I have many people in this city." For I am with you, and no one will try to you, for I have many in this city." For I am with you, and no one will √ try √ to harm you, for √ √ I have many people in √ this city." Ἐκάθισεν δὲ ἐνιαυτὸν καὶ μῆνας ἓξ διδάσκων ἐν αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ \v 11 Paul lived there for a year and six months, teaching the word of God among them. Paul lived there for a and six , the among them. Paul lived √ there a year and six months, teaching the word √ of God among them. Γαλλίωνος δὲ ἀνθυπάτου ὄντος τῆς Ἀχαΐας κατεπέστησαν ὁμοθυμαδὸν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸ βῆμα \s5 \p \v 12 But when Gallio became governor of Achaia, the Jews rose up with one mind against Paul and brought him before the judgment seat; But when Gallio became of Achaia, the rose up with one mind against and brought him before the ; But Gallio when [1] became governor √ of Achaia, the Jews rose up with one mind √ against Paul and brought him before the judgment seat; λέγοντες ὅτι Παρὰ τὸν νόμον ἀναπείθει οὗτος τοὺς ἀνθρώπους σέβεσθαι τὸν Θεόν \v 13 they said, "This man persuades people to worship God contrary to the law." they said, "This man persuades people to contrary to ." they said, √ "This man persuades √ people to worship √ God contrary to the law." Μέλλοντος δὲ τοῦ Παύλου ἀνοίγειν τὸ στόμα εἶπεν ὁ Γαλλίων πρὸς τοὺς Ἰουδαίους Εἰ μὲν ἦν ἀδίκημά τι ἢ ῥᾳδιούργημα πονηρόν ὦ Ἰουδαῖοι κατὰ λόγον ἂν ἀνεσχόμην ὑμῶν \s5 \v 14 Yet when Paul was about to speak, Gallio said to the Jews, "You Jews, if indeed it were a matter of wrong or a wicked crime, it would be reasonable to put up with you. Yet when was about to speak, Gallio said to the , "You , if indeed it were a matter of wrong or a , it would be reasonable to you. Yet when √ Paul was about √ √ √ to speak, √ Gallio said to the Jews, "You Jews, if indeed it were a matter of wrong or a wicked crime, it would be √ √ reasonable √ to put up with you. εἰ δὲ ζητήματά ἐστιν περὶ λόγου καὶ ὀνομάτων καὶ νόμου τοῦ καθ᾽ ὑμᾶς ὄψεσθε αὐτοί κριτὴς ἐγὼ τούτων οὐ βούλομαι εἶναι \v 15 But since these are questions about words and names and your own law, settle it yourselves. I do not wish to be a judge of these matters." But since these are questions about and and your own , settle it yourselves. I do not wish to be a of these matters." But since these are questions about words and names and your √ √ own law, settle it yourselves. I not do [1] wish to be a judge of these matters." καὶ ἀπήλασεν αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ βήματος \s5 \v 16 Gallio made them leave the judgment seat. Gallio made them leave the . √ Gallio them made [1] leave √ the judgment seat. Ἐπιλαβόμενοι δὲ πάντες Σωσθένην τὸν ἀρχισυνάγωγον ἔτυπτον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ βήματος καὶ οὐδὲν τούτων τῷ Γαλλίωνι ἔμελεν \v 17 So they all seized Sosthenes, the ruler of the synagogue, and beat him in front of the judgment seat. But Gallio did not care what they did. So they all Sosthenes, the ruler of the , and beat him in front of the . But Gallio did not care what they did. So all they [1] seized Sosthenes, the ruler of the synagogue, and beat him in front of the judgment seat. But Gallio not did [1] care √ √ what they did. Ὁ δὲ Παῦλος ἔτι προσμείνας ἡμέρας ἱκανὰς τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ἀποταξάμενος ἐξέπλει εἰς τὴν Συρίαν καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ Πρίσκιλλα καὶ Ἀκύλας κειράμενος ἐν Κενχρεαῖς τὴν κεφαλήν εἶχεν γὰρ εὐχήν \s5 \p \v 18 Paul, after staying there for many more days, left the brothers and sailed for Syria with Priscilla and Aquila. Before he left the seaport, Cenchreae, he had his hair cut off because of a vow he had taken. , after staying there for many more , the and sailed for with Priscilla and . Before he left the seaport, Cenchreae, he had his hair cut off because of a he had taken. √ √ Paul, after staying there for many more days, left the brothers and sailed for √ Syria √ with √ Priscilla and Aquila. Before he left the seaport, √ Cenchreae, √ hair he had his [1] cut off because of a vow he had taken. Κατήντησαν δὲ εἰς Ἔφεσον κἀκείνους κατέλιπεν αὐτοῦ αὐτὸς δὲ εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν διελέξατο τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις \v 19 When they came to Ephesus, Paul left Priscilla and Aquila there, but he himself went into the synagogue and reasoned with the Jews. When they came to , Paul Priscilla and Aquila there, but he himself went into the and reasoned with the . When they came to Ephesus, √ Paul left Priscilla and Aquila there, but himself he [1] went into the synagogue and reasoned with the Jews. ἐρωτώντων δὲ αὐτῶν ἐπὶ πλείονα χρόνον μεῖναι οὐκ ἐπένευσεν \s5 \v 20 When they asked Paul to stay a longer time, he declined. When they asked Paul to stay a longer , he declined. When they asked Paul √ to stay a longer time, √ √ he declined. ἀλλὰ ἀποταξάμενος καὶ εἰπών Πάλιν ἀνακάμψω πρὸς ὑμᾶς τοῦ Θεοῦ θέλοντος ἀνήχθη ἀπὸ τῆς Ἐφέσου \v 21 But taking his leave of them, he said, "I will return again to you if it is God's will." He then set sail from Ephesus. But taking his of them, he said, "I will again to you if it is will." He then set sail from . But taking his leave of them, √ he said, "I will return again to you if it is √ God's will." then He [1] set sail from √ Ephesus. καὶ κατελθὼν εἰς Καισάρειαν ἀναβὰς καὶ ἀσπασάμενος τὴν ἐκκλησίαν κατέβη εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν \s5 \p \v 22 When Paul had landed at Caesarea, he went up and greeted the Jerusalem church and then went down to Antioch. When Paul had landed at , he went up and the Jerusalem and then went down to Antioch. When Paul had landed at Caesarea, he went up and greeted the Jerusalem church and then went down to Antioch. Καὶ ποιήσας χρόνον τινὰ ἐξῆλθεν διερχόμενος καθεξῆς τὴν Γαλατικὴν χώραν καὶ Φρυγίαν στηρίζων πάντας τοὺς μαθητάς \v 23 After having spent some time there, Paul departed and went through the regions of Galatia and Phrygia, strengthening all the disciples. After having spent some there, Paul departed and went through the regions of and Phrygia, all the . After having spent some time there, Paul departed and went through √ the regions √ of Galatia and Phrygia, strengthening all the disciples. Ἰουδαῖος δέ τις Ἀπολλῶς ὀνόματι Ἀλεξανδρεὺς τῷ γένει ἀνὴρ λόγιος κατήντησεν εἰς Ἔφεσον δυνατὸς ὢν ἐν ταῖς γραφαῖς \s5 \p \v 24 Now a certain Jew named Apollos, an Alexandrian by birth, came to Ephesus. He was eloquent in speech and mighty in the scriptures. Now a certain , an Alexandrian by birth, came to . He was eloquent in speech and in the scriptures. Now a certain Jew named Apollos, an Alexandrian √ by birth, came to Ephesus. √ He was eloquent in speech and mighty in the scriptures. οὗτος ἦν κατηχημένος τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ ζέων τῷ πνεύματι ἐλάλει καὶ ἐδίδασκεν ἀκριβῶς τὰ περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐπιστάμενος μόνον τὸ βάπτισμα Ἰωάννου \v 25 Apollos had been instructed in the teachings of the Lord. Being fervent in spirit, he spoke and taught accurately the things concerning Jesus, but he knew only the baptism of John. Apollos had been in the of the . Being fervent in , he spoke and taught accurately the things concerning , but he only the baptism of . √ Apollos had been instructed in the teachings of the Lord. √ Being fervent √ in spirit, he spoke and taught accurately the things concerning √ Jesus, but he knew only the baptism of John. οὗτός τε ἤρξατο παρρησιάζεσθαι ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ ἀκούσαντες δὲ αὐτοῦ Πρίσκιλλα καὶ Ἀκύλας προσελάβοντο αὐτὸν καὶ ἀκριβέστερον αὐτῷ ἐξέθεντο τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ \v 26 Apollos began to speak boldly in the synagogue. But when Priscilla and Aquila heard him, they took him aside and explained to him the way of God more accurately. Apollos began to speak in the . But when Priscilla and him, they took him aside and explained to him the way of more accurately. √ Apollos √ began to speak boldly in the synagogue. But Priscilla and Aquila when [1] [2] [3] heard him, him they [1] aside and explained to him the way √ of God more accurately. Βουλομένου δὲ αὐτοῦ διελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Ἀχαΐαν προτρεψάμενοι οἱ ἀδελφοὶ ἔγραψαν τοῖς μαθηταῖς ἀποδέξασθαι αὐτόν ὃς παραγενόμενος συνεβάλετο πολὺ τοῖς πεπιστευκόσιν διὰ τῆς χάριτος \s5 \v 27 When he desired to pass over into Achaia, the brothers encouraged him and wrote to the disciples in Achaia to welcome him. When he arrived, he greatly helped those who believed by grace. When he to pass over into Achaia, the him and wrote to the in Achaia to welcome him. When he arrived, he greatly helped those who by . When he desired to pass over into √ Achaia, the brothers encouraged him and wrote to the disciples in Achaia to welcome him. When he arrived, greatly he [1] helped those who believed by √ grace. εὐτόνως γὰρ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις διακατηλέγχετο δημοσίᾳ ἐπιδεικνὺς διὰ τῶν γραφῶν εἶναι τὸν Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν \v 28 Apollos powerfully refuted the Jews in public debate, showing by the scriptures that Jesus is the Christ. Apollos refuted the in public debate, showing by the scriptures that is the . Apollos powerfully √ refuted the Jews in public debate, showing by the scriptures that Jesus is the Christ. Ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν τῷ τὸν Ἀπολλῶ εἶναι ἐν Κορίνθῳ Παῦλον διελθόντα τὰ ἀνωτερικὰ μέρη κατελθεῖν εἰς Ἔφεσον καὶ εὑρεῖν τινας μαθητάς \s5 \c 19 \p \v 1 It came about that while Apollos was at Corinth, Paul passed through the upper country and came to the city of Ephesus, and found certain disciples there. It came about that while was at , passed through the upper country and came to the city of , and found certain there. It came about √ √ √ √ that while Apollos was at Corinth, Paul passed through the upper country and came to the city of Ephesus, and found certain disciples there. εἶπέν τε πρὸς αὐτούς Εἰ Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον ἐλάβετε πιστεύσαντες Οἱ δὲ πρὸς αὐτόν Ἀλλ᾽ οὐδ᾽ εἰ Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον ἔστιν ἠκούσαμεν \v 2 Paul said to them, "Did you receive the Holy Spirit when you believed?" \p They said to him, "No, we did not even hear about the Holy Spirit." Paul said to them, "Did you the when you ?" They said to him, "No, we did not even about the ." Paul said √ to them, √ "Did you receive the Holy Spirit when you believed?" They √ said to him, √ "No, √ not even we did [1] hear about the Holy Spirit." \p Εἶπέν τε Εἰς τί οὖν ἐβαπτίσθητε Οἱ δὲ εἶπαν Εἰς τὸ Ἰωάννου βάπτισμα \s5 \p \v 3 Paul said, "Into what then were you baptized?" \p They said, "Into John's baptism." Paul said, "Into what then were you ?" They said, "Into 's baptism." Paul said, √ "Into what √ were you baptized?" They √ said, "Into √ John's baptism." \p Εἶπεν δὲ Παῦλος Ἰωάννης ἐβάπτισεν βάπτισμα μετανοίας τῷ λαῷ λέγων εἰς τὸν ἐρχόμενον μετ᾽ αὐτὸν ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν εἰς τὸν Ἰησοῦν \p \v 4 So Paul replied, "John baptized with the baptism of repentance. He told the people that they should believe in the one who would come after him, that is, in Jesus." So replied, " with the baptism of . He told the that they should in the one who would come after him, that is, in ." So Paul replied, "John baptized the with [1] baptism of repentance. He told the people that they should believe in the one who would come after him, that is, in √ Jesus." Ἀκούσαντες δὲ ἐβαπτίσθησαν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ \s5 \v 5 When the people heard this, they were baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus. When the people this, they were in the of the . When the people heard this, they were baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus. καὶ ἐπιθέντος αὐτοῖς τοῦ Παύλου τὰς χεῖρας ἦλθε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς ἐλάλουν τε γλώσσαις καὶ ἐπροφήτευον \v 6 Then when Paul had laid his hands on them, the Holy Spirit came on them and they spoke in tongues and prophesied. Then when had laid his on them, the came on them and they spoke in and . Then √ Paul when [1] laid his hands on them, the Holy √ Spirit came on them and they spoke in tongues and prophesied. ἦσαν δὲ οἱ πάντες ἄνδρες ὡσεὶ δώδεκα \v 7 In all they were about twelve men. In all they were about twelve men. In all there were √ about twelve √ men. Εἰσελθὼν δὲ εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν ἐπαρρησιάζετο ἐπὶ μῆνας τρεῖς διαλεγόμενος καὶ πείθων τὰ περὶ τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ \s5 \p \v 8 Paul went into the synagogue and spoke boldly for three months, reasoning and persuading them about the kingdom of God. Paul went into the and spoke for three , reasoning and them about the . Paul went √ into the synagogue and spoke boldly for three months, reasoning and persuading them √ about the kingdom of God. ὡς δέ τινες ἐσκληρύνοντο καὶ ἠπείθουν κακολογοῦντες τὴν Ὁδὸν ἐνώπιον τοῦ πλήθους ἀποστὰς ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν ἀφώρισεν τοὺς μαθητάς καθ᾽ ἡμέραν διαλεγόμενος ἐν τῇ σχολῇ Τυράννου \v 9 But when some Jews were hardened and disobedient, they began to speak evil of the Way before the crowd. So Paul left them and took the disciples with him, reasoning with them every day in the lecture hall of Tyrannus. But when some Jews were and , they began to speak of the Way before the crowd. So Paul left them and took the with him, reasoning with them every in the lecture hall of Tyrannus. But when some Jews were hardened and disobedient, they began to speak evil of the Way before the crowd. So Paul left √ them and took the disciples with him, reasoning with them every day in the lecture hall of Tyrannus. τοῦτο δὲ ἐγένετο ἐπὶ ἔτη δύο ὥστε πάντας τοὺς κατοικοῦντας τὴν Ἀσίαν ἀκοῦσαι τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰουδαίους τε καὶ Ἕλληνας \v 10 This continued for two years, so that all who lived in Asia heard the word of the Lord, both Jews and Greeks. This continued for two , so that all who lived in the , both and . This √ continued for two years, so that all who lived √ in Asia heard the word of the Lord, both Jews and Greeks. Δυνάμεις τε οὐ τὰς τυχούσας ὁ Θεὸς ἐποίει διὰ τῶν χειρῶν Παύλου \s5 \v 11 God was doing extraordinary miracles by the hands of Paul, was doing extraordinary by the of , √ God was doing √ √ √ √ extraordinary miracles by the hands of Paul, ὥστε καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας ἀποφέρεσθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ χρωτὸς αὐτοῦ σουδάρια ἢ σιμικίνθια καὶ ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν τὰς νόσους τά τε πνεύματα τὰ πονηρὰ ἐκπορεύεσθαι \v 12 so that even handkerchiefs and aprons that had touched him were taken to the sick and their illnesses left them and the evil spirits came out of them. so that even handkerchiefs and aprons that had touched him were taken to the sick and their illnesses left them and the came out of them. so that even √ handkerchiefs and aprons that had touched √ √ √ him were taken to the sick and their illnesses left √ them and the evil √ spirits came out of them. Ἐπεχείρησαν δέ τινες καὶ τῶν περιερχομένων Ἰουδαίων ἐξορκιστῶν ὀνομάζειν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἔχοντας τὰ πνεύματα τὰ πονηρὰ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ λέγοντες Ὁρκίζω ὑμᾶς τὸν Ἰησοῦν ὃν Παῦλος κηρύσσει \s5 \p \v 13 But there were Jewish exorcists traveling through the area. They called on the name of the Lord Jesus so they could have power over evil spirits when they said, "By the Jesus whom Paul proclaims, I command you to come out." But there were exorcists traveling through the area. They the of the so they could have power over when they said, "By the whom , I you to come out." But there were Jewish exorcists √ √ √ traveling through the area. They called on the name of the Lord Jesus so they could have power over √ evil √ spirits when they said, "By the Jesus whom Paul proclaims, I command you to come out." ἦσαν δέ τινος Σκευᾶ Ἰουδαίου ἀρχιερέως ἑπτὰ υἱοὶ τοῦτο ποιοῦντες \v 14 The Jewish high priest, whose name was Sceva, had seven sons who were doing this. The , whose name was Sceva, had seven who were doing this. The Jewish √ high priest, whose name was Sceva, √ had seven sons who were doing this. ἀποκριθὲν δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ πονηρὸν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς Τὸν Μὲν Ἰησοῦν γινώσκω καὶ τὸν Παῦλον ἐπίσταμαι ὑμεῖς δὲ τίνες ἐστέ \s5 \p \v 15 An evil spirit answered them, "Jesus I know, and Paul I know; but who are you?" An answered them, " I , and I ; but who are you?" √ √ An evil √ spirit answered them, √ √ √ "Jesus I know, and √ Paul I know; but who are you?" καὶ ἐφαλόμενος ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς ἐν ᾧ ἦν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ πονηρὸν κατακυριεύσας ἀμφοτέρων ἴσχυσεν κατ᾽ αὐτῶν ὥστε γυμνοὺς καὶ τετραυματισμένους ἐκφυγεῖν ἐκ τοῦ οἴκου ἐκείνου \v 16 The evil spirit in the man leaped on the exorcists and subdued them and beat them up. Then they fled out of that house naked and wounded. The in the man leaped on the exorcists and subdued them and beat them up. Then they fled out of that naked and wounded. √ The evil √ spirit in √ √ the man leaped on √ the exorcists and subdued them and √ them beat [1] up. Then they fled out √ of that house naked and wounded. Τοῦτο δὲ ἐγένετο γνωστὸν πᾶσιν Ἰουδαίοις τε καὶ Ἕλλησιν τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν τὴν Ἔφεσον καὶ ἐπέπεσεν φόβος ἐπὶ πάντας αὐτούς καὶ ἐμεγαλύνετο τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ \v 17 This became known to all, both Jews and Greeks, who lived at Ephesus. They became very afraid, and the name of the Lord Jesus was honored. This became known to all, both and , who lived at . They became very , and the of the was . This √ became known to all, both Jews and Greeks, who lived √ at Ephesus. √ √ √ √ √ √ They became very afraid, and the name of the Lord Jesus was honored. πολλοί τε τῶν πεπιστευκότων ἤρχοντο ἐξομολογούμενοι καὶ ἀναγγέλλοντες τὰς πράξεις αὐτῶν \s5 \v 18 Also, many of the believers came and confessed and gave a full account of the evil things they had done. Also, many of the came and and of the evil things they had done. Also, many of the believers came and confessed and gave a full account of the evil things they had done. ἱκανοὶ δὲ τῶν τὰ περίεργα πραξάντων συνενέγκαντες τὰς βίβλους κατέκαιον ἐνώπιον πάντων καὶ συνεψήφισαν τὰς τιμὰς αὐτῶν καὶ εὗρον ἀργυρίου μυριάδας πέντε \v 19 Many who practiced magic brought their books together and burned them in the sight of everyone. When they counted the value of them, it was fifty thousand pieces of silver. Many who practiced magic brought their books together and burned them in the sight of everyone. When they counted the value of them, it was fifty thousand pieces of . Many √ who practiced √ magic their books brought [1] [2] together and burned them in the sight of everyone. When they counted the value of them, √ √ it was fifty thousand pieces of silver. Οὕτως κατὰ κράτος τοῦ Κυρίου ὁ λόγος ηὔξανεν καὶ ἴσχυεν \v 20 So the word of the Lord spread very widely in powerful ways. So the of the spread very widely in ways. So √ the word of the Lord spread very widely and in powerful ways. √ Ὡς δὲ ἐπληρώθη ταῦτα ἔθετο ὁ Παῦλος ἐν τῷ πνεύματι διελθὼν τὴν Μακεδονίαν καὶ Ἀχαΐαν πορεύεσθαι εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα εἰπὼν ὅτι Μετὰ τὸ γενέσθαι με ἐκεῖ δεῖ με καὶ Ῥώμην ἰδεῖν \s5 \p \v 21 Now after these things were completed, Paul decided in the Spirit to pass through Macedonia and Achaia on his way to Jerusalem; he said, "After I have been there, I must also see Rome." Now after these things were completed, in the to pass through and Achaia on his way to ; he said, "After I have been there, I must also see ." Now after these things were completed, √ Paul decided in the Spirit to pass through √ Macedonia and Achaia on his way to Jerusalem; he said, √ "After √ I have been there, I must also see Rome. ἀποστείλας δὲ εἰς τὴν Μακεδονίαν δύο τῶν διακονούντων αὐτῷ Τιμόθεον καὶ Ἔραστον αὐτὸς ἐπέσχεν χρόνον εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν \v 22 Paul sent to Macedonia two of those who served him, Timothy and Erastus. But he himself stayed in Asia for a while. Paul to two of those who him, and Erastus. But he himself stayed in for a while. Paul sent √ to √ Macedonia two of those who served him, Timothy and Erastus. But himself he [1] stayed in √ Asia for a while. Ἐγένετο δὲ κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν ἐκεῖνον τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος περὶ τῆς Ὁδοῦ \s5 \p \v 23 At about that time there was no small disturbance in Ephesus concerning the Way. At about that there was no small disturbance in Ephesus concerning the Way. At about √ √ that time there was no small disturbance in Ephesus concerning the Way. Δημήτριος γάρ τις ὀνόματι ἀργυροκόπος ποιῶν ναοὺς ἀργυροῦς Ἀρτέμιδος παρείχετο τοῖς τεχνίταις οὐκ ὀλίγην ἐργασίαν \v 24 A certain silversmith named Demetrius, who made silver shrines of Artemis, brought in much business for the craftsmen. A certain silversmith Demetrius, who made of Artemis, brought in much business for the craftsmen. A certain √ silversmith named Demetrius, who made silver shrines of Artemis, brought in √ √ much business for the craftsmen. οὓς συναθροίσας καὶ τοὺς περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐργάτας εἶπεν Ἄνδρες ἐπίστασθε ὅτι ἐκ ταύτης τῆς ἐργασίας ἡ εὐπορία ἡμῖν ἐστιν \v 25 So he gathered together the workmen of that occupation and said, "Men, you know that in this business we make much money. So he gathered together the workmen of that and said, "Men, you that in this business we make much money. √ So he gathered together the workmen of that √ occupation and said, "Men, you know that in this √ business we make √ much money. καὶ θεωρεῖτε καὶ ἀκούετε ὅτι οὐ μόνον Ἐφέσου ἀλλὰ σχεδὸν πάσης τῆς Ἀσίας ὁ Παῦλος οὗτος πείσας μετέστησεν ἱκανὸν ὄχλον λέγων ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοὶ οἱ διὰ χειρῶν γινόμενοι \s5 \v 26 You see and hear that, not only at Ephesus, but almost throughout all Asia, this Paul has persuaded and turned away many people. He is saying that gods made by hands are not gods. You see and that, not only at , but almost throughout all , this has and many . He is saying that gods made by ı are not gods. √ You see and hear that, not only at Ephesus, but almost throughout all √ Asia, √ this Paul has persuaded and turned away many people. He is saying that √ gods made by hands are not gods. οὐ μόνον δὲ τοῦτο κινδυνεύει ἡμῖν τὸ μέρος εἰς ἀπελεγμὸν ἐλθεῖν ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ τῆς μεγάλης θεᾶς Ἀρτέμιδος ἱερὸν εἰς οὐθὲν λογισθῆναι μέλλειν τε καὶ καθαιρεῖσθαι τῆς μεγαλειότητος αὐτῆς ἣν ὅλη ἡ Ἀσία καὶ ἡ οἰκουμένη σέβεται \v 27 Not only is there danger that our trade will be discredited, but also that the temple of the great goddess Artemis might be regarded as worthless, and her greatness would be brought to nothing, she whom all Asia and the world worship." Not only is there danger that our trade will be discredited, but also that the of the Artemis might be regarded as worthless, and her would be , she whom all and the ." Not only √ there is [1] danger that our √ trade √ will be discredited, but also that the temple of the great goddess Artemis might be regarded as worthless, √ and √ √ her greatness would be brought to nothing, she whom all √ Asia and the world worship." Ἀκούσαντες δὲ καὶ γενόμενοι πλήρεις θυμοῦ ἔκραζον λέγοντες Μεγάλη ἡ Ἄρτεμις Ἐφεσίων \s5 \p \v 28 When they heard this, they were filled with anger and cried out, saying, "Great is Artemis of the Ephesians." When they this, they were filled with and , saying, "Great is Artemis of the ." When they heard √ this, √ they were filled with anger and cried out, saying, "Great is √ Artemis of the Ephesians." καὶ ἐπλήσθη ἡ πόλις τῆς συγχύσεως ὥρμησάν τε ὁμοθυμαδὸν εἰς τὸ θέατρον συναρπάσαντες Γάϊον καὶ Ἀρίσταρχον Μακεδόνας συνεκδήμους Παύλου \v 29 The whole city was filled with confusion, and the people rushed with one mind into the theater. They had seized Paul's travel companions, Gaius and Aristarchus, who came from Macedonia. The whole city was filled with confusion, and the people rushed with one mind into the theater. They had travel , Gaius and Aristarchus, who came from . √ The whole city was filled √ with confusion, and the people rushed with one mind into the theater. They had seized Paul's travel companions, Gaius and Aristarchus, who came from Macedonia. Παύλου δὲ βουλομένου εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὸν δῆμον οὐκ εἴων αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταί \s5 \v 30 Paul wanted to enter in among the crowd of people, but the disciples prevented him. wanted to enter in among the crowd of , but the prevented him. Paul √ wanted to enter in among the crowd of people, but the disciples √ √ prevented him. τινὲς δὲ καὶ τῶν Ἀσιαρχῶν ὄντες αὐτῷ φίλοι πέμψαντες πρὸς αὐτὸν παρεκάλουν μὴ δοῦναι ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὸ θέατρον \v 31 Also, some of the officials of the province of Asia who were his friends sent him a message pleading with him not to enter the theater. Also, some of the officials of the province of Asia who were his friends him a message with him not to enter the theater. Also, √ some of the officials of the province of Asia who were his friends sent √ him a message pleading with him not to enter √ the theater. Ἄλλοι μὲν οὖν ἄλλο τι ἔκραζον ἦν γὰρ ἡ ἐκκλησία συγκεχυμένη καὶ οἱ πλείους οὐκ ᾔδεισαν τίνος ἕνεκα συνεληλύθεισαν \v 32 Some people were shouting one thing, and some another, for the crowd was in confusion. Most of them did not even know why they had come together. Some people were one thing, and some another, for the was in confusion. Most of them did not even why they had . Some people √ √ were shouting one thing, and some another, for the crowd was in confusion. √ √ Most of them not did [1] even know √ √ why they had come together. ἐκ δὲ τοῦ ὄχλου συνεβίβασαν Ἀλέξανδρον προβαλόντων αὐτὸν τῶν Ἰουδαίων ὁ δὲ Ἀλέξανδρος κατασείσας τὴν χεῖρα ἤθελεν ἀπολογεῖσθαι τῷ δήμῳ \s5 \v 33 Some of the crowd advised Alexander, whom the Jews were pushing forward. So Alexander motioned with his hand, wanting to give a defense to the assembly. Some of the crowd advised Alexander, whom the were forward. So Alexander motioned with his , wanting to give a defense to the . Some √ of the crowd advised Alexander, whom the Jews were pushing forward. √ So Alexander motioned with his hand, wanting to give a defense to the assembly. ἐπιγνόντες δὲ ὅτι Ἰουδαῖός ἐστιν φωνὴ ἐγένετο μία ἐκ πάντων ὡς ἐπὶ ὥρας δύο κραζόντων Μεγάλη ἡ Ἄρτεμις Ἐφεσίων \v 34 But when they recognized that he was a Jew, they all cried out for about two hours with one voice, saying, "Great is Artemis of the Ephesians." But when they recognized that he was a , they all for about two with one , saying, "Great is Artemis of the ." But when they recognized that he was a Jew, they all √ cried out for about two hours with one voice, saying, "Great is √ Artemis of the Ephesians." Καταστείλας δὲ ὁ γραμματεὺς τὸν ὄχλον φησίν Ἄνδρες Ἐφέσιοι τίς γάρ ἐστιν ἀνθρώπων ὃς οὐ γινώσκει τὴν Ἐφεσίων πόλιν νεωκόρον οὖσαν τῆς μεγάλης Ἀρτέμιδος καὶ τοῦ διοπετοῦς \s5 \v 35 When the town clerk had quieted the crowd, he said, "You men of Ephesus, what man is there who does not know that the city of the Ephesians is temple keeper of the great Artemis and of the image which fell down from heaven? When the town had quieted the crowd, he said, "You men of , what man is there who does not that the city of the is temple keeper of the Artemis and of the image which fell down from heaven? When the town clerk had quieted the crowd, he said, "You men of Ephesus, what √ man is there who not does [1] know that the city of the Ephesians is temple keeper of the great Artemis and the image which fell down from heaven? ἀναντιρρήτων οὖν ὄντων τούτων δέον ἐστὶν ὑμᾶς κατεσταλμένους ὑπάρχειν καὶ μηδὲν προπετὲς πράσσειν \v 36 Seeing then that these things are undeniable, you ought to be quiet and do nothing rash. Seeing then that these things are undeniable, you ought to be quiet and do nothing rash. Seeing then that these things are undeniable, √ you ought to be quiet and do nothing rash. ἠγάγετε γὰρ τοὺς ἄνδρας τούτους οὔτε ἱεροσύλους οὔτε βλασφημοῦντας τὴν θεὸν ἡμῶν \v 37 For you have brought these men to this court who are neither robbers of temples nor blasphemers of our goddess. For you have brought these men to this court who are neither of temples nor of our goddess. For you have brought √ these men to this court who are neither robbers of temples nor blasphemers √ of our goddess. Εἰ μὲν οὖν Δημήτριος καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ τεχνῖται ἔχουσι πρός τινα λόγον ἀγοραῖοι ἄγονται καὶ ἀνθύπατοί εἰσιν ἐγκαλείτωσαν ἀλλήλοις \s5 \v 38 Therefore, if Demetrius and the craftsmen who are with him have an accusation against anyone, the courts are open and there are proconsuls. Let them accuse one another. Therefore, if Demetrius and the craftsmen who are with him have an against anyone, the courts are open and there are . Let them accuse one another. √ Therefore, if Demetrius and the craftsmen who are with him have an accusation against anyone, the courts are open and there are proconsuls. Let them accuse one another. εἰ δέ τι περαιτέρω ἐπιζητεῖτε ἐν τῇ ἐννόμῳ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἐπιλυθήσεται \v 39 But if you are seeking anything more, it should be resolved in the regular assembly. But if you are anything more, it should be resolved in the regular . But if you are seeking anything more, it should be resolved in the regular assembly. καὶ γὰρ κινδυνεύομεν ἐγκαλεῖσθαι στάσεως περὶ τῆς σήμερον μηδενὸς αἰτίου ὑπάρχοντος περὶ οὗ οὐ δυνησόμεθα ἀποδοῦναι λόγον περὶ τῆς συστροφῆς ταύτης Καὶ ταῦτα εἰπὼν ἀπέλυσεν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν \v 40 For we are in danger of being accused of rioting today, and there is no cause we can give to justify this uproar." When he had said this, he dismissed the assembly. \f + \ft Some Greek copies number this last sentence as verse 41. \f* For we are in danger of being of rioting , and there is no cause we give to justify this uproar." When he had said this, he dismissed the . √ For we are in danger of being accused of rioting √ √ today, and there is no cause √ √ √ we can give to justify √ √ √ this uproar." When he had said this, he dismissed the assembly. \f + \ft Some Greek copies number this last sentence as verse 41. \f* Μετὰ δὲ τὸ παύσασθαι τὸν θόρυβον μεταπεμψάμενος ὁ Παῦλος τοὺς μαθητὰς καὶ παρακαλέσας ἀσπασάμενος ἐξῆλθεν πορεύεσθαι εἰς Μακεδονίαν \s5 \c 20 \p \v 1 After the uproar was over, Paul sent for the disciples and after he encouraged them, he said farewell and left to go into Macedonia. After the uproar was over, for the and after he them, he said farewell and left to go into . After √ the uproar √ was over, √ Paul sent for the disciples and after he encouraged them, he said farewell and left to to into Macedonia. διελθὼν δὲ τὰ μέρη ἐκεῖνα καὶ παρακαλέσας αὐτοὺς λόγῳ πολλῷ ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα \v 2 When he had gone through those regions and had spoken many words of encouragement to them, he came to Greece. When he had gone through those regions and had spoken many of to them, he came to . When he had gone through √ those regions and many words had spoken [1] [2] of encouragement to them, he came to √ Greece. ποιήσας τε μῆνας τρεῖς γενομένης ἐπιβουλῆς αὐτῷ ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων μέλλοντι ἀνάγεσθαι εἰς τὴν Συρίαν ἐγένετο γνώμης τοῦ ὑποστρέφειν διὰ Μακεδονίας \v 3 After he had spent three months there, a plot was formed against him by the Jews as he was about to sail for Syria, so he decided to return through Macedonia. After he had spent three there, a plot was formed against him by the as he was about to sail for , so he to through . After he spent √ three months there, a plot was formed against him by the Jews Jews as he was about to sail for √ Syria, so √ √ he decided √ to return through Macedonia. Συνείπετο δὲ αὐτῷ Σώπατρος Πύρρου Βεροιαῖος Θεσσαλονικέων δὲ Ἀρίσταρχος καὶ Σεκοῦνδος καὶ Γάϊος Δερβαῖος καὶ Τιμόθεος Ἀσιανοὶ δὲ Τυχικὸς καὶ Τρόφιμος \s5 \v 4 Accompanying him as far as Asia were Sopater son of Pyrrhus from Berea; Aristarchus and Secundus, both from the Thessalonian believers; Gaius of Derbe; Timothy; and Tychicus and Trophimus from Asia. Accompanying him as far as Asia were Sopater son of Pyrrhus from Berea; Aristarchus and Secundus, both from the believers; Gaius of Derbe; ; and and Trophimus from Asia. Accompaying √ him as far as Asia were Sopater son of Pyrrhus from Berea; Aristarchus and Secundus, both the from [1] Thessalonian believers; √ √ Gaius of Derbe; √ Timothy; and Tychicus and Trophimus from Asia. οὗτοι δὲ προελθόντες ἔμενον ἡμᾶς ἐν Τρῳάδι \v 5 But these men had gone before us and were waiting for us at Troas. But these men had gone before us and were waiting for us at . But these men had gone before us and were waiting for us at Troas. ἡμεῖς δὲ ἐξεπλεύσαμεν μετὰ τὰς ἡμέρας τῶν ἀζύμων ἀπὸ Φιλίππων καὶ ἤλθομεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν Τρῳάδα ἄχρι ἡμερῶν πέντε ὅπου διετρίψαμεν ἡμέρας ἑπτά \v 6 We sailed away from Philippi after the days of unleavened bread, and in five days we came to them in Troas. There we stayed for seven days. We sailed away from after the of , and in five we came to them in . There we stayed for seven . We √ sailed away from Philippi after the days √ of unleavened bread, and in five days we came to them in √ Troas. There we stayed for seven days. Ἐν δὲ τῇ μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων συνηγμένων ἡμῶν κλάσαι ἄρτον ὁ Παῦλος διελέγετο αὐτοῖς μέλλων ἐξιέναι τῇ ἐπαύριον παρέτεινέν τε τὸν λόγον μέχρι μεσονυκτίου \s5 \p \v 7 On the first day of the week, when we were gathered together to break bread, Paul spoke to the believers. He was planning to leave the next day, so he prolonged his message until midnight. On the first day of the , when we were to break , spoke to the believers. He was planning to leave the next day, so he prolonged his until midnight. on √ the first day of the week, we when [1] were gathered together to break bread, √ Paul spoke √ to the believers. He was planning to leave the next day, so he prolonged his message until midnight. Ἦσαν δὲ λαμπάδες ἱκαναὶ ἐν τῷ ὑπερῴῳ οὗ ἦμεν συνηγμένοι \v 8 There were many lamps in the upper room where we had come together. There were many in the upper room where we had . There were √ many lamps in the upper room where we had come together. καθεζόμενος δέ τις νεανίας ὀνόματι Εὔτυχος ἐπὶ τῆς θυρίδος καταφερόμενος ὕπνῳ βαθεῖ διαλεγομένου τοῦ Παύλου ἐπὶ πλεῖον κατενεχθεὶς ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου ἔπεσεν ἀπὸ τοῦ τριστέγου κάτω καὶ ἤρθη νεκρός \s5 \v 9 In the window was sitting a young man named Eutychus, who fell into a deep sleep. As Paul spoke even longer, this young man, still sleeping, fell down from the third story and was picked up dead. In the window was sitting a young man Eutychus, who fell into a deep . As spoke even longer, this young man, still , from the third story and was picked up . In the window was sitting √ √ a young man named Eutychus, who fell into a deep sleep. As √ Paul spoke even longer, this young man, still sleeping, fell down √ √ from the third story √ and was picked up dead. καταβὰς δὲ ὁ Παῦλος ἐπέπεσεν αὐτῷ καὶ συμπεριλαβὼν εἶπεν Μὴ θορυβεῖσθε ἡ γὰρ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ ἐστιν \v 10 But Paul went down, stretched himself out on him, and embraced him. Then he said, "Do not be upset any more, for he is alive." But went down, stretched himself out on him, and embraced him. Then he said, "Do not be upset any more, for he is ." But √ Paul went down, himself stretched [1] out on him, and embraced him. Then he said, not "Do [1] be upset anymore, for he √ √ is √ alive." Ἀναβὰς δὲ καὶ κλάσας τὸν ἄρτον καὶ γευσάμενος ἐφ᾽ ἱκανόν τε ὁμιλήσας ἄχρι αὐγῆς οὕτως ἐξῆλθεν \s5 \v 11 Then he went upstairs again and broke bread and ate. After talking with them much longer until dawn, he left. Then he went upstairs again and broke and ate. After talking with them much longer until dawn, he left. Then he went upstairs again and broke √ bread and ate. After √ talking with them much longer until dawn, he left. ἤγαγον δὲ τὸν παῖδα ζῶντα καὶ παρεκλήθησαν οὐ μετρίως \v 12 They brought back the boy alive and were greatly comforted. They brought back the boy and were greatly . They brought back √ the boy alive and √ √ were greatly comforted. Ἡμεῖς δὲ προελθόντες ἐπὶ τὸ πλοῖον ἀνήχθημεν ἐπὶ τὴν Ἆσσον ἐκεῖθεν μέλλοντες ἀναλαμβάνειν τὸν Παῦλον οὕτως γὰρ διατεταγμένος ἦν μέλλων αὐτὸς πεζεύειν \s5 \p \v 13 We ourselves went ahead of Paul by ship and sailed away to Assos, where we planned to take Paul on board. This is what he himself desired to do, because he planned to go by land. We ourselves went ahead of by ship and sailed away to Assos, where we planned to take Paul on board. This is what he himself desired to do, because he planned to go by land. √ ourselves We [1] went ahead of Paul by √ ship and sailed away to √ Assos, where we planned √ Paul to take [1] on board. This is what himself he [1] desired to do, because √ he planned to go by land. ὡς δὲ συνέβαλλεν ἡμῖν εἰς τὴν Ἆσσον ἀναλαβόντες αὐτὸν ἤλθομεν εἰς Μιτυλήνην \v 14 When he met us at Assos, we took him onto the ship and went to Mitylene. When he met us at Assos, we took him onto the ship and went to Mitylene. When √ he met us at √ Assos, him we took [1] onto the ship and went to Mitylene. κἀκεῖθεν ἀποπλεύσαντες τῇ ἐπιούσῃ κατηντήσαμεν ἄντικρυς Χίου τῇ δὲ ἑτέρᾳ παρεβάλομεν εἰς Σάμον τῇ δὲ ἐχομένῃ ἤλθομεν εἰς Μίλητον \s5 \v 15 Then we sailed from there and arrived the next day opposite the island of Chios. The following day we touched at the island of Samos, and the day after we came to the city of Miletus. Then we sailed from there and arrived the next day opposite the island of Chios. The following day we touched at the island of Samos, and the day after we came to the city of Miletus. Then we sailed from there and arrived the next day opposite the island of Chios. The √ following day we touched at the island of Samos, and the day after we came to the city of Miletus. Κεκρίκει γὰρ ὁ Παῦλος παραπλεῦσαι τὴν Ἔφεσον ὅπως μὴ γένηται αὐτῷ χρονοτριβῆσαι ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ ἔσπευδεν γὰρ εἰ δυνατὸν εἴη αὐτῷ τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς Πεντηκοστῆς γενέσθαι εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα \v 16 For Paul had decided to sail past Ephesus, so that he would not spend any time in Asia; for he was hurrying to be in Jerusalem for the day of Pentecost, if it were at all possible for him to do so. For had to sail past , so that he would not spend any in ; for he was hurrying to be in for the of , if it were at all for him to do so. For √ Paul had decided to sail past √ Ephesus, so that he would not √ spend any time time in √ Asia; for he was hurrying to be in Jerusalem for the day √ of Pentecost, if it were at all possible for him to do so. Ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς Μιλήτου πέμψας εἰς Ἔφεσον μετεκαλέσατο τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους τῆς ἐκκλησίας \s5 \p \v 17 From Miletus he sent men to Ephesus and called to himself the elders of the church. From Miletus he men to and to himself the of the . From √ √ Miletus he sent men to Ephesus and called the elders of the church. Ὡς δὲ παρεγένοντο πρὸς αὐτὸν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς Ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε ἀπὸ πρώτης ἡμέρας ἀφ᾽ ἧς ἐπέβην εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν πῶς μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν τὸν πάντα χρόνον ἐγενόμην \v 18 When they had come to him, he said to them, \p "You yourselves know, from the first day that I set foot in Asia, how I always spent my time with you. When they had come to him, he said to them, "You yourselves , from the first day that I set foot in , how I always spent my with you. When √ they had come to him, he said to them, yourselves "You [1] know, from the first day √ that I set foot in √ Asia, how always I [1] spent my √ time with you. \p δουλεύων τῷ Κυρίῳ μετὰ πάσης ταπεινοφροσύνης καὶ δακρύων καὶ πειρασμῶν τῶν συμβάντων μοι ἐν ταῖς ἐπιβουλαῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων \v 19 I kept serving the Lord with all lowliness of mind and with tears, and in trials that happened to me because of the plots of the Jews. I kept the with all and with tears, and in that happened to me because of the plots of the . I kept serving the Lord with all lowliness of mind and with tears, and in trials that happened to me because of the plots of the Jews. ὡς οὐδὲν ὑπεστειλάμην τῶν συμφερόντων τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι ὑμῖν καὶ διδάξαι ὑμᾶς δημοσίᾳ καὶ κατ᾽ οἴκους \v 20 You know how I did not keep back from declaring to you anything that was useful, and how I taught you in public and from house to house, You know how I did not keep back from to you anything that was useful, and how I you in public and from to house, You know how not I did [1] keep back from √ declaring to you anything that was useful, and how I taught you in public and √ √ from house to house, διαμαρτυρόμενος Ἰουδαίοις τε καὶ Ἕλλησιν τὴν εἰς Θεὸν μετάνοιαν καὶ πίστιν εἰς τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν \v 21 testifying to both Jews and Greeks about repentance toward God and of faith in our Lord Jesus. to both and about toward and of in our . testifying to both Jews and Greeks about repentance √ toward God and of faith in √ our Lord Jesus. Καὶ νῦν ἰδοὺ δεδεμένος ἐγὼ τῷ πνεύματι πορεύομαι εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ συναντήσοντά μοι μὴ εἰδώς \s5 \v 22 Now look, I am going to Jerusalem, compelled by the Spirit, not knowing what will happen to me there, Now look, I am going to , compelled by the , not what will happen to me there, √ Now look, I am going to Jerusalem, compelled by the Spirit, not knowing what will happen to me √ there. πλὴν ὅτι τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον κατὰ πόλιν διαμαρτύρεταί μοι λέγον ὅτι δεσμὰ καὶ θλίψεις με μένουσιν \v 23 except that the Holy Spirit testifies to me in every city that chains and afflictions await me. except that the to me in every city that and await me. except that the Holy √ Spirit testifies to me in every city √ that chains and afflictions await me. ἀλλ᾽ οὐδενὸς λόγου ποιοῦμαι τὴν ψυχὴν τιμίαν ἐμαυτῷ ὡς τελειῶσαι τὸν δρόμον μου καὶ τὴν διακονίαν ἣν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ διαμαρτύρασθαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ \v 24 But I do not consider my life valuable to myself, if only I may finish the race and complete the ministry that I received from the Lord Jesus, to testify to the gospel of the grace of God. But I do not consider my to myself, if only I may finish the race and complete the that I from the , to to the of the of . But I do not consider my life valuable to myself, if only I may finish the race √ and complete the ministry that I received from the Lord Jesus, to testify to the gospel of the grace √ of God. Καὶ νῦν ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ οἶδα ὅτι οὐκέτι ὄψεσθε τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ὑμεῖς πάντες ἐν οἷς διῆλθον κηρύσσων τὴν βασιλείαν \s5 \v 25 Now look, I know that you all, among whom I went about proclaiming the kingdom, will see my face no more. Now look, I that you all, among whom I went about the , will see my no more. √ Now look, I know that you all, among whom I went about proclaiming the kingdom, will see √ my face no more. διότι μαρτύρομαι ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σήμερον ἡμέρᾳ ὅτι καθαρός εἰμι ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος πάντων \v 26 Therefore I testify to you this day, that I am innocent of the blood of any man. Therefore I to you this , that I am of the of any man. Therefore I testify to you √ this √ √ day, that I am innocent of the blood of any man. οὐ γὰρ ὑπεστειλάμην τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι πᾶσαν τὴν βουλὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ὑμῖν \v 27 For I did not hold back from declaring to you the whole will of God. For I did not hold back from to you the whole . For not I did [1] hold back from √ declaring to you the whole √ will √ of God. Προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς καὶ παντὶ τῷ ποιμνίῳ ἐν ᾧ ὑμᾶς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἔθετο ἐπισκόπους ποιμαίνειν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἣν περιεποιήσατο διὰ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ ἰδίου \s5 \v 28 Therefore be careful about yourselves, and about all the flock of which the Holy Spirit has appointed you overseers. Be careful to shepherd the church of God, which he purchased with his own blood. \f + \ft Instead of \fqa with his own blood \fqa* , some ancient copies read, \fqa with the blood of his own Son \fqa* . \f* Therefore be careful about yourselves, and about all the of which the has you . Be careful to the of , which he purchased with his own . Therefore be careful about yourselves, and about all the flock of which √ the Holy √ Spirit has appointed you overseers. Be careful to shepherd the church √ of God, which he purchased with √ his own √ blood. \f + \ft Instead of \fqa with his own blood \fqa* , some ancient copies read, \fqa with the blood of his own Son \fqa* . \f* ἐγὼ οἶδα ὅτι εἰσελεύσονται μετὰ τὴν ἄφιξίν μου λύκοι βαρεῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς μὴ φειδόμενοι τοῦ ποιμνίου \v 29 I know that after my departure, vicious wolves will come in among you and will not spare the flock. I that after my departure, vicious will come in among you and will not spare the . I know that after √ my departure, vicious wolves will come in among you and not will [1] spare the flock. καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν ἀναστήσονται ἄνδρες λαλοῦντες διεστραμμένα τοῦ ἀποσπᾶν τοὺς μαθητὰς ὀπίσω ἑαυτῶν \v 30 Even from your own number men will arise and distort the truth to draw away the disciples after them. Even from your own number men will and distort the truth to draw away the after them. Even from your own number men will arise and √ √ distort the truth √ to draw away the disciples after them. διὸ γρηγορεῖτε μνημονεύοντες ὅτι τριετίαν νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν οὐκ ἐπαυσάμην μετὰ δακρύων νουθετῶν ἕνα ἕκαστον \s5 \v 31 So be on guard. Remember that for three years I never stopped warning each one of you night and day with tears. So be on guard. Remember that for three years I never stopped each one of you night and with tears. So be on your guard. Remember that for three years never I [1] stopped warning each one of you night and day with tears. Καὶ τὰ νῦν παρατίθεμαι ὑμᾶς τῷ θεῷ καὶ τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ τῷ δυναμένῳ οἰκοδομῆσαι καὶ δοῦναι τὴν κληρονομίαν ἐν τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις πᾶσιν \v 32 Now I commit you to God and to the word of his grace, which is able to build you up and to give you the inheritance among all those who are being sanctified. Now I you to and to the of his , which to build you up and to give you the among all those who are being . √ √ Now I commit you √ to God and to the word √ of his grace, which is able you to build [1] up and to give you the inheritance among all those who are being sanctified. Ἀργυρίου ἢ χρυσίου ἢ ἱματισμοῦ οὐδενὸς ἐπεθύμησα \s5 \v 33 I coveted no man's silver, gold, or clothing. I no man's , , or clothing. I coveted no man's silver, √ gold, or clothing. αὐτοὶ γινώσκετε ὅτι ταῖς χρείαις μου καὶ τοῖς οὖσιν μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ ὑπηρέτησαν αἱ χεῖρες αὗται \v 34 You yourselves know that these hands served my own needs and the needs of those who were with me. You yourselves that these my own needs and the needs of those who were with me. yourselves You [1] know that √ these hands served √ my own needs and the needs of those who were with me. πάντα ὑπέδειξα ὑμῖν ὅτι οὕτως κοπιῶντας δεῖ ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι τῶν ἀσθενούντων μνημονεύειν τε τῶν λόγων τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ ὅτι αὐτὸς εἶπεν Μακάριόν ἐστιν μᾶλλον διδόναι ἢ λαμβάνειν \v 35 In all things I gave you an example of how you should help the weak by laboring, and of how you should remember the words of the Lord Jesus, words that he himself said: 'It is more blessed to give than to receive.'" In all things I gave you an example of how you should help the weak by , and of how you should remember the of the , words that he himself said: 'It is more to give than to .'" In all things you I gave [1] an example √ of how you should help the weak by laboring, and of how you should remember the words of the Lord Jesus, words that himself he [1] said: 'It is more blessed to give than to receive.'" Καὶ ταῦτα εἰπὼν θεὶς τὰ γόνατα αὐτοῦ σὺν πᾶσιν αὐτοῖς προσηύξατο \s5 \p \v 36 After he had spoken in this way, he knelt down and prayed with them all. After he had spoken in this way, he knelt down and with them all. After he had spoken in this way, √ √ √ √ he knelt down and prayed with them all. ἱκανὸς δὲ κλαυθμὸς ἐγένετο πάντων καὶ ἐπιπεσόντες ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τοῦ Παύλου κατεφίλουν αὐτόν \v 37 There was a lot of crying and they embraced Paul and kissed him. There was a lot of and they embraced and him. There was √ a lot of crying √ and √ √ √ √ they embraced √ Paul and kissed him. ὀδυνώμενοι μάλιστα ἐπὶ τῷ λόγῳ ᾧ εἰρήκει ὅτι οὐκέτι μέλλουσιν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ θεωρεῖν προέπεμπον δὲ αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον \v 38 They were in anguish most of all because of what he had said, that they would never see his face again. Then they escorted him to the ship. They were in most of all because of what he had said, that they would never see his again. Then they escorted him to the ship. They were in anguish most of all because √ √ of what he had said, that they would never see √ his face again. Then they escorted him to the ship. Ὡς δὲ ἐγένετο ἀναχθῆναι ἡμᾶς ἀποσπασθέντας ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν εὐθυδρομήσαντες ἤλθομεν εἰς τὴν Κῶ τῇ δὲ ἑξῆς εἰς τὴν Ῥόδον κἀκεῖθεν εἰς Πάταρα \s5 \c 21 \p \v 1 When we had gone away from them and set sail, we took a straight course to the city of Cos, and the next day to the city of Rhodes, and from there to the city of Patara. When we had gone away from them and set sail, we took a straight course to the city of Cos, and the next day to the city of Rhodes, and from there to the city of Patara. √ When √ we had gone away from them and set sail, we took a straight course to the city √ of Cos, and the next day to the city √ of Rhodes, and from there to< the city of Patara. καὶ εὑρόντες πλοῖον διαπερῶν εἰς Φοινίκην ἐπιβάντες ἀνήχθημεν \v 2 When we found a ship crossing over to Phoenicia, we went aboard and set sail. When we found a ship crossing over to , we went aboard and set sail. When we found a ship crossing over to Phoenicia, we went aboard and set sail. ἀναφάναντες δὲ τὴν Κύπρον καὶ καταλιπόντες αὐτὴν εὐώνυμον ἐπλέομεν εἰς Συρίαν καὶ κατήλθομεν εἰς Τύρον ἐκεῖσε γὰρ τὸ πλοῖον ἦν ἀποφορτιζόμενον τὸν γόμον \s5 \v 3 After sighting Cyprus, leaving it on the left side of the boat, we sailed on to Syria and landed at Tyre, where the ship was to unload its cargo. After sighting , leaving it on the side of the boat, we sailed on to and landed at , where the ship was to unload its cargo. After sighting √ √ Cyprus, √ leaving it on the left side of the boat, we sailed on to Syria and landed at Tyre, where √ the ship was to unload its cargo. Ἀνευρόντες δὲ τοὺς μαθητὰς ἐπεμείναμεν αὐτοῦ ἡμέρας ἑπτά οἵτινες τῷ Παύλῳ ἔλεγον διὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος μὴ ἐπιβαίνειν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα \v 4 After we found the disciples, we stayed there seven days. Through the Spirit they kept urging Paul not to go to Jerusalem. After we found the , we stayed there seven . Through the they kept urging not to go to . After we found √ the disciples, we stayed there seven days. √ Through the Spirit they kept urging √ Paul not to go to Jerusalem. ὅτε δὲ ἐγένετο ἡμᾶς ἐξαρτίσαι τὰς ἡμέρας ἐξελθόντες ἐπορευόμεθα προπεμπόντων ἡμᾶς πάντων σὺν γυναιξὶ καὶ τέκνοις ἕως ἔξω τῆς πόλεως καὶ θέντες τὰ γόνατα ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν προσευξάμενοι \s5 \v 5 When our days there were over, we left and went on our way, and they all, with their wives and children, accompanied us out of the city. Then we knelt down on the beach, prayed, When our there were over, we left and went on our way, and they all, with their wives and , accompanied us out of the city. Then we knelt down on the beach, , When √ √ √ our days there were over, we left and went on our way, and they all, with their wives and children, accompanied us √ out of the city. Then √ √ √ we knelt down on the beach, prayed, ἀπησπασάμεθα ἀλλήλους καὶ ἀνέβημεν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον ἐκεῖνοι δὲ ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς τὰ ἴδια \v 6 and said farewell to each other. Then we went on board the ship, and they returned home. and said farewell to each other. Then we went on board the ship, and they home. and said fairwell to each other. Then we went on board the ship, √ and they returned √ √ home. Ἡμεῖς δὲ τὸν πλοῦν διανύσαντες ἀπὸ Τύρου κατηντήσαμεν εἰς Πτολεμαΐδα καὶ ἀσπασάμενοι τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ἐμείναμεν ἡμέραν μίαν παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς \s5 \p \v 7 When we had finished the voyage from Tyre, we arrived at Ptolemais. There we greeted the brothers and stayed with them for one day. When we had finished the voyage from , we arrived at Ptolemais. There we the and stayed with them for one . When we had finished the voyage from Tyre, we arrived at Ptolemais. √ There we greeted the brothers and stayed with them for one day. Τῇ δὲ ἐπαύριον ἐξελθόντες ἤλθομεν εἰς Καισάρειαν καὶ εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὸν οἶκον Φιλίππου τοῦ εὐαγγελιστοῦ ὄντος ἐκ τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐμείναμεν παρ᾽ αὐτῷ \v 8 On the next day we left and went to Caesarea. We entered the house of Philip, the evangelist, who was one of the seven, and we stayed with him. On the next day we left and went to . We entered the of , the , who was one of the seven, and we stayed with him. On the √ next day we left and went to Caesarea. √ We entered √ the house of Philip, the evangelist, who was one of the seven, and we stayed with him. τούτῳ δὲ ἦσαν θυγατέρες τέσσαρες παρθένοι προφητεύουσαι \v 9 Now this man had four virgin daughters who prophesied. Now this man had four daughters who . Now this man had four virgin daughters who prophesied. Ἐπιμενόντων δὲ ἡμέρας πλείους κατῆλθέν τις ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας προφήτης ὀνόματι Ἅγαβος \s5 \p \v 10 As we stayed there for some days, a certain prophet named Agabus came down from Judea. As we stayed there for some , a certain Agabus came down from Judea. As we stayed there for some days, a certain prophet named Agabus came down from √ Judea. καὶ ἐλθὼν πρὸς ἡμᾶς καὶ ἄρας τὴν ζώνην τοῦ Παύλου δήσας ἑαυτοῦ τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας εἶπεν Τάδε λέγει τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον Τὸν ἄνδρα οὗ ἐστιν ἡ ζώνη αὕτη οὕτως δήσουσιν ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι καὶ παραδώσουσιν εἰς χεῖρας ἐθνῶν \v 11 He came to us and took Paul's belt. With it he tied his own feet and hands and said, "Thus says the Holy Spirit, 'This is how the Jews in Jerusalem will tie up the man who owns this belt, and they will hand him over into the hands of the Gentiles.'" He came to us and took belt. With it he his own feet and and said, "Thus says the , 'This is how the in will the man who owns this belt, and they will him into the of the .'" √ He came to us and took √ Paul's √ belt. With it he tied his own √ feet and √ hands and said, "Thus says the Holy √ Spirit, 'This is how the Jews in Jerusalem will tie up the man who owns √ this belt, and him<> they will hand [1] over into the hands of the Gentiles.'" ὡς δὲ ἠκούσαμεν ταῦτα παρεκαλοῦμεν ἡμεῖς τε καὶ οἱ ἐντόπιοι τοῦ μὴ ἀναβαίνειν αὐτὸν εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ \s5 \v 12 When we heard these things, both we and the people who lived in that place pleaded with Paul not to go up to Jerusalem. When we these things, both we and the people who lived in that place with Paul not to go up to . √ When we heard these things, both we and the people who lived in that place pleaded √ with Paul √ not to go up to Jerusalem. Τότε ἀπεκρίθη ὁ Παῦλος Τί ποιεῖτε κλαίοντες καὶ συνθρύπτοντές μου τὴν καρδίαν ἐγὼ γὰρ οὐ μόνον δεθῆναι ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀποθανεῖν εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἑτοίμως ἔχω ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ \p \v 13 Then Paul answered, "What are you doing, weeping and breaking my heart? For I am ready, not only to be tied up, but also to die in Jerusalem for the name of the Lord Jesus." Then answered, "What are you doing, and breaking my ? For I am ready, not only to be , but also to in for the of the ." Then √ Paul answered, "What are you doing, weeping and breaking my √ heart? For I am ready, not only to be tied up, but also to die in Jerusalem for the name of the Lord Jesus." μὴ πειθομένου δὲ αὐτοῦ ἡσυχάσαμεν εἰπόντες Τοῦ Κυρίου τὸ θέλημα γινέσθω \p \v 14 Since Paul would not be persuaded, we remained silent and then we said, "May the will of the Lord be done." Since Paul would not be , we remained silent and then we said, "May the will of the be done." Since √ Paul not would [1] be persuaded, we remained silent and then we said, the will of the Lord "May [1] [2] [3] [4] be done." Μετὰ δὲ τὰς ἡμέρας ταύτας ἐπισκευασάμενοι ἀνεβαίνομεν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα \s5 \p \v 15 After these days, we picked up our bags and went up to Jerusalem. After these , we picked up our bags and went up to . After √ √ these days, we picked up our bags and went up to Jerusalem. συνῆλθον δὲ καὶ τῶν μαθητῶν ἀπὸ Καισαρείας σὺν ἡμῖν ἄγοντες παρ᾽ ᾧ ξενισθῶμεν Μνάσωνί τινι Κυπρίῳ ἀρχαίῳ μαθητῇ \v 16 There also went with us some of the disciples from Caesarea. They brought with them a man named Mnason, a man from Cyprus, an early disciple, with whom we would stay. There also went with us some of the from . They brought with them a man named Mnason, a man from , an early , with whom we would stay. also There [1] went √ with us some of the disciples from Caesarea. They brought with them a man named Mnason, a man from Cyprus, an early disciple, with whom we would stay. Γενομένων δὲ ἡμῶν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀσμένως ἀπεδέξαντο ἡμᾶς οἱ ἀδελφοί \s5 \p \v 17 When we had arrived in Jerusalem, the brothers welcomed us gladly. When we had arrived in , the welcomed us gladly. When we had arrived in Jerusalem, the brothers welcomed us gladly. τῇ δὲ ἐπιούσῃ εἰσῄει ὁ Παῦλος σὺν ἡμῖν πρὸς Ἰάκωβον πάντες τε παρεγένοντο οἱ πρεσβύτεροι \v 18 The next day Paul went with us to James, and all the elders were present. The next day went with us to , and all the were present. The √ next day √ Paul went with us to James, and all the elders were present. καὶ ἀσπασάμενος αὐτοὺς ἐξηγεῖτο καθ᾽ ἓν ἕκαστον ὧν ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν διὰ τῆς διακονίας αὐτοῦ \v 19 When he had greeted them, he reported one by one the things that God had done among the Gentiles through his ministry. When he had them, he one by one the things that had done among the through his . When he had greeted them, he reported √ one by one the things that √ God had done among the Gentiles through √ his ministry. Οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες ἐδόξαζον τὸν Θεόν εἶπόν τε αὐτῷ Θεωρεῖς ἀδελφέ πόσαι μυριάδες εἰσὶν ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις τῶν πεπιστευκότων καὶ πάντες ζηλωταὶ τοῦ νόμου ὑπάρχουσιν \s5 \v 20 When they heard it, they glorified God, and they said to him, "You see, brother, how many thousands have believed among the Jews. They are all zealous to keep the law. When they it, they God, and they said to him, "You see, , how many thousands have among the . They are all to keep . When they heard it, they glorified √ God, and they said to him, "You see, brother, how many thousands √ √ have believed among the Jews. √ They are all zealous to keep the law. κατηχήθησαν δὲ περὶ σοῦ ὅτι ἀποστασίαν διδάσκεις ἀπὸ Μωϋσέως τοὺς κατὰ τὰ ἔθνη πάντας Ἰουδαίους λέγων μὴ περιτέμνειν αὐτοὺς τὰ τέκνα μηδὲ τοῖς ἔθεσιν περιπατεῖν \v 21 They have been told about you, that you teach all the Jews who live among the Gentiles to abandon Moses, and that you tell them not to circumcise their children, and not to walk according the traditional ways. They have been told about you, that you all the who live among the to , and that you tell them not to their , and not to according the traditional ways. They have been told √ about you, that you teach all the Jews who live among the Gentiles to abandon √ Moses, and that you tell them not to circumcise their children, and not to walk according to the traditional ways. τί οὖν ἐστιν πάντως ἀκούσονται ὅτι ἐλήλυθας \s5 \v 22 What should we do? They will certainly hear that you have come. What should we do? They will certainly that you have come. What √ should we do? √ They will certainly hear that you have come. Τοῦτο οὖν ποίησον ὅ σοι λέγομεν εἰσὶν ἡμῖν ἄνδρες τέσσαρες εὐχὴν ἔχοντες ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν \v 23 So do what we say to you. We have four men who made a vow. So do what we say to you. We have four men who made a . √ So do what we say to you. We have four men who made a vow. √ √ τούτους παραλαβὼν ἁγνίσθητι σὺν αὐτοῖς καὶ δαπάνησον ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς ἵνα ξυρήσονται τὴν κεφαλήν καὶ γνώσονται πάντες ὅτι ὧν κατήχηνται περὶ σοῦ οὐδέν ἐστιν ἀλλὰ στοιχεῖς καὶ αὐτὸς φυλάσσων τὸν νόμον \v 24 Take these men and purify yourself with them, and pay their expenses for them, so that they may shave their heads. So everyone will know that the things they have been told about you are false. They will learn that you also live correctly, obeying the law. Take these men and yourself with them, and pay their expenses for them, so that they may shave their . So everyone will that the things they have been told about you are false. They will learn that you also correctly, . Take these man and purify yourself with them, and pay their expenses<> for them, so that they may shave their heads. So everyone will know that the things they have been told about you are false. √ They will learn that also you [1] live correctly, √ obeying the law. Περὶ δὲ τῶν πεπιστευκότων ἐθνῶν ἡμεῖς ἐπεστείλαμεν κρίναντες φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς τό τε εἰδωλόθυτον καὶ αἷμα καὶ πνικτὸν καὶ πορνείαν \s5 \v 25 But concerning the Gentiles who have believed, we wrote about our decision that they should keep themselves from things sacrificed to idols, from blood, from what is strangled, and from sexual immorality." But concerning the who have , we wrote about our that they should themselves from things to idols, from , from what is strangled, and from ." But concerning the Gentiles who have believed, we wrote about our decision that they themselves should keep [1] from things √ sacrificed to idols, √ from blood, √ from what is strangled, and from sexual immorality." Τότε ὁ Παῦλος παραλαβὼν τοὺς ἄνδρας τῇ ἐχομένῃ ἡμέρᾳ σὺν αὐτοῖς ἁγνισθεὶς εἰσῄει εἰς τὸ ἱερόν διαγγέλλων τὴν ἐκπλήρωσιν τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ ἁγνισμοῦ ἕως οὗ προσηνέχθη ὑπὲρ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου αὐτῶν ἡ προσφορά \v 26 Then Paul took the men, and the next day he purified himself along with them. Then they went into the temple, giving notice when the days of purification would be fulfilled and the offering would be presented for each of them. Then took the men, and the next he himself along with them. Then they went into the , giving notice when the of would be fulfilled and the would be presented for each of them. Then √ Paul took the men, and the next day he purifiedhimself along with them. Then they went into the temple, giving notice √ √ when the days √ of purification √ would be fulfilled and the offering would be presented for each one of them. Ὡς δὲ ἔμελλον αἱ ἑπτὰ ἡμέραι συντελεῖσθαι οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀσίας Ἰουδαῖοι θεασάμενοι αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ συνέχεον πάντα τὸν ὄχλον καὶ ἐπέβαλον ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας \s5 \p \v 27 When the seven days were almost finished, some Jews from Asia, seeing Paul in the temple, stirred up the whole crowd and laid hands on him. When the seven were almost finished, some from , seeing Paul in the , stirred up the whole crowd and laid on him. When √ the seven days were almost finished, some Jews from √ Asia, seeing √ Paul in the temple, stirred up the whole crowd and laid √ hands on him. κράζοντες Ἄνδρες Ἰσραηλῖται βοηθεῖτε οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὁ κατὰ τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τοῦ τόπου τούτου πάντας πανταχῇ διδάσκων ἔτι τε καὶ Ἕλληνας εἰσήγαγεν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν καὶ κεκοίνωκεν τὸν ἅγιον τόπον τοῦτον \v 28 They were shouting, "Men of Israel, help us. This is the man who teaches all men everywhere things that are against the people, the law, and this place. Besides, he has also brought Greeks into the temple and has defiled this holy place." They were , "Men of , help us. This is the man who all men everywhere things that are against the , , and this place. Besides, he has also brought into the and has this ." They were shouting, "Men of Israel, help us. This is the man who teaches all men everywhere things that are against the people, √ the law, and √ this place. Besides, √ also he has [1] brought Greeks into the temple and has defiled √ this holy place. ἦσαν γὰρ προεωρακότες Τρόφιμον τὸν Ἐφέσιον ἐν τῇ πόλει σὺν αὐτῷ ὃν ἐνόμιζον ὅτι εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν εἰσήγαγεν ὁ Παῦλος \v 29 For they had previously seen Trophimus the Ephesian with him in the city, and they thought that Paul had brought him into the temple. For they had previously seen Trophimus the with him in the city, and they thought that had brought him into the . For they had previously seen Trophimus the Ephesian with him in the city, and they thought that √ Paul had brought him into the temple. Ἐκινήθη τε ἡ πόλις ὅλη καὶ ἐγένετο συνδρομὴ τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ ἐπιλαβόμενοι τοῦ Παύλου εἷλκον αὐτὸν ἔξω τοῦ ἱεροῦ καὶ εὐθέως ἐκλείσθησαν αἱ θύραι \s5 \v 30 All the city was excited, and the people ran together and laid hold of Paul. They dragged him out of the temple, and the doors were immediately shut. All the city was excited, and the together and laid hold of . They dragged him out of the , and the doors were immediately shut. All √ the city was excited, and the people √ ran together and laid hold √ of Paul. They dragged him out of the temple, and the doors immediately were [1] shut. Ζητούντων τε αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι ἀνέβη φάσις τῷ χιλιάρχῳ τῆς σπείρης ὅτι ὅλη συνχύννεται Ἰερουσαλήμ \v 31 As they were trying to kill him, news came up to the chief captain of the company of soldiers, that all Jerusalem was in an uproar. As they were to him, news came up to the chief of the company of , that all was in an uproar. As they were trying to kill him, news came up to the chief captain of the company of soldiers, that all Jerusalem was in an uproar. ὃς ἐξαυτῆς παραλαβὼν στρατιώτας καὶ ἑκατοντάρχας κατέδραμεν ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς οἱ δὲ ἰδόντες τὸν χιλίαρχον καὶ τοὺς στρατιώτας ἐπαύσαντο τύπτοντες τὸν Παῦλον \s5 \v 32 Right away he took soldiers and centurions and ran down to the crowd. When the people saw the chief captain and the soldiers, they stopped beating Paul. Right away he took and and down to the crowd. When the people saw the chief and the , they stopped beating . Right away he took soldiers and centurions and ran down to √ the crowd. When the people saw the chief captain and the soldiers, they stopped beating √ Paul. Τότε ἐγγίσας ὁ χιλίαρχος ἐπελάβετο αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐκέλευσεν δεθῆναι ἁλύσεσι δυσί καὶ ἐπυνθάνετο τίς εἴη καὶ τί ἐστιν πεποιηκώς \v 33 Then the chief captain approached and laid hold of Paul, and commanded him to be bound with two chains. Then he asked who he was and what he had done. Then the chief captain approached and laid hold of Paul, and him to be with two . Then he asked who he was and what he had done. Then the chief captain √ approached and laid hold of Paul, and commanded him to be bound with two chains. Then he asked who he was and what he had done. Ἄλλοι δὲ ἄλλο τι ἐπεφώνουν ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ μὴ δυναμένου δὲ αὐτοῦ γνῶναι τὸ ἀσφαλὲς διὰ τὸν θόρυβον ἐκέλευσεν ἄγεσθαι αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν \s5 \v 34 Some in the crowd were shouting one thing and others another. Since the captain could not learn the truth because of all the noise, he ordered that Paul be brought into the fortress. Some in the crowd were one thing and others another. Since the captain learn the because of all the noise, he that Paul be brought into the . Some √ in the crowd were shouting one thing and others another. Since √ the captain could not learn the truth because of all the noise, he ordered √ that Paul be brought into the fortress. ὅτε δὲ ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀναβαθμούς συνέβη βαστάζεσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν στρατιωτῶν διὰ τὴν βίαν τοῦ ὄχλου \v 35 When he came to the steps, he was carried by the soldiers because of the crowd's violence. When he came to the steps, he was by the because of the crowd's violence. When √ he came to the steps, he was carried by the soldiers because of the crowd's √ violence. ἠκολούθει γὰρ τὸ πλῆθος τοῦ λαοῦ κράζοντες Αἶρε αὐτόν \v 36 For the crowd of people followed after and kept shouting out, "Away with him!" For the crowd of followed after and kept , "Away with him!" For the crowd √ of people followed after and kept shouting out, "Away with him!" Μέλλων τε εἰσάγεσθαι εἰς τὴν παρεμβολὴν ὁ Παῦλος λέγει τῷ χιλιάρχῳ Εἰ ἔξεστίν μοι εἰπεῖν τι πρὸς σέ Ὁ δὲ ἔφη Ἑλληνιστὶ γινώσκεις \s5 \p \v 37 As Paul was about to be brought into the fortress, he said to the chief captain, "Is it permitted for me to say something to you?" \p The captain said, "Do you know Greek? As was about to be brought into the , he said to the chief , "Is it for me to say something to you?" The captain said, "Do you ? As √ Paul was about √ to be brought into the fortress, he said to the chief captain, √ "Is it permitted for me to say something to you?" The captain √ said, "Do know Greek? \p οὐκ ἄρα σὺ εἶ ὁ Αἰγύπτιος ὁ πρὸ τούτων τῶν ἡμερῶν ἀναστατώσας καὶ ἐξαγαγὼν εἰς τὴν ἔρημον τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους ἄνδρας τῶν Σικαρίων \v 38 Are you not then the Egyptian who some time ago started a rebellion and led the four thousand men of the 'Assassins' out into the wilderness?" Are you not then the who some ago started a rebellion and led the four thousand men of the 'Assassins' out into the ?" Are you not then the Egyptian who √ √ √ √ some time ago started a rebellion and the four thousand men of the 'Assassins' led [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] out into the wilderness?" Εἶπεν δὲ ὁ Παῦλος Ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος μέν εἰμι Ἰουδαῖος Ταρσεὺς τῆς Κιλικίας οὐκ ἀσήμου πόλεως πολίτης δέομαι δέ σου ἐπίτρεψόν μοι λαλῆσαι πρὸς τὸν λαόν \s5 \p \v 39 Paul said, "I am a Jew, from the city of Tarsus in Cilicia. I am a citizen of no unimportant city. I beg you, allow me to speak to the people." said, "I am a , from the city of in . I am a of no unimportant city. I you, allow me to speak to the ." √ √ Paul said, "I √ √ am a Jew, from the city of Tarsus √ in Cilicia. I am a citizen of no unimportant city. I beg √ you, allow me to speak to the people." ἐπιτρέψαντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ὁ Παῦλος ἑστὼς ἐπὶ τῶν ἀναβαθμῶν κατέσεισεν τῇ χειρὶ τῷ λαῷ πολλῆς δὲ σιγῆς γενομένης προσεφώνησεν τῇ Ἑβραΐδι διαλέκτῳ λέγων \p \v 40 When the captain had given him permission, Paul stood on the steps and motioned with the hand to the people. When there was a deep silence, he spoke to them in the Hebrew language. He said, When the captain had given him permission, stood on the steps and motioned with the to the . When there was a deep silence, he spoke to them in the . He said, When √ the captain him had given [1] permission, √ Paul stood on the steps and motioned with the hand to the people. When there was a deep silence, he spoke to them in the Hebrew language. He said, Ἄνδρες ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες ἀκούσατέ μου τῆς πρὸς ὑμᾶς νυνὶ ἀπολογίας \s5 \c 22 \p \v 1 "Brothers and fathers, listen to my defense which I will now make to you." "Brothers and , to my defense which I will now make to you." √ "Brothers and fathers, listen to my defense which I will now make to you." ἀκούσαντες δὲ ὅτι τῇ Ἑβραΐδι διαλέκτῳ προσεφώνει αὐτοῖς μᾶλλον παρέσχον ἡσυχίαν Καὶ φησίν \p \v 2 When the crowd heard Paul speak to them in the Hebrew language, they became quiet. He said, When the crowd Paul speak to them in the , they became quiet. He said, When the crowd heard √ Paul speak to them in the Hebrew language, √ they became quiet. √ He said, Ἐγώ εἰμι ἀνὴρ Ἰουδαῖος γεγεννημένος ἐν Ταρσῷ τῆς Κιλικίας ἀνατεθραμμένος δὲ ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ παρὰ τοὺς πόδας Γαμαλιήλ πεπαιδευμένος κατὰ ἀκρίβειαν τοῦ πατρῴου νόμου ζηλωτὴς ὑπάρχων τοῦ Θεοῦ καθὼς πάντες ὑμεῖς ἐστε σήμερον \s5 \p \v 3 "I am a Jew, born in Tarsus of Cilicia, but educated in this city at the feet of Gamaliel. I was instructed according to the strict ways of the law of our fathers. I am zealous for God, just as all of you are today. "I am a , born in of , but educated in this city at the feet of Gamaliel. I was the strict ways of of our . I am for , just as all of you are . "I am √ a Jew, born in Tarsus √ of Cilicia, but educated in √ this city at the feet of Gamaliel. I was instructed according to the strict ways of our fathers. the law I am zealous √ for God, just as all of you are today. ὃς ταύτην τὴν Ὁδὸν ἐδίωξα ἄχρι θανάτου δεσμεύων καὶ παραδιδοὺς εἰς φυλακὰς ἄνδρας τε καὶ γυναῖκας \v 4 I persecuted this Way to the death, binding up and delivering to prison both men and women, I this Way to the , up and to both men and women, √ I persecuted this √ way to death, binding up and delivering to prison both men and women, ὡς καὶ ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς μαρτυρεῖ μοι καὶ πᾶν τὸ πρεσβυτέριον παρ᾽ ὧν καὶ ἐπιστολὰς δεξάμενος πρὸς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς εἰς Δαμασκὸν ἐπορευόμην ἄξων καὶ τοὺς ἐκεῖσε ὄντας δεδεμένους εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἵνα τιμωρηθῶσιν \v 5 as the high priest and all the elders can testify. I received letters from them for the brothers in Damascus, and I went there to bring them back in bonds to Jerusalem to be punished. as the and all the can . I from them for the in , and I went there to bring them back in to to be . as √ the high priest √ and all the elders can testify. √ I received letters from them for the brothers in Damascus, and √ I went √ √ there to bring them back in bonds to Jerusalem √ to be punished. Ἐγένετο δέ μοι πορευομένῳ καὶ ἐγγίζοντι τῇ Δαμασκῷ περὶ μεσημβρίαν ἐξαίφνης ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ περιαστράψαι φῶς ἱκανὸν περὶ ἐμέ \s5 \v 6 It happened that when I was traveling and nearing Damascus, about noon suddenly a great light from heaven began to shine around me. It happened that when I was traveling and nearing , about noon suddenly a great from heaven began to shine around me. It happened √ that when I was traveling and nearing √ Damascus, about noon suddenly a great light from √ heaven began to shine around me. ἔπεσά τε εἰς τὸ ἔδαφος καὶ ἤκουσα φωνῆς λεγούσης μοι Σαοὺλ Σαούλ τί με διώκεις \v 7 I fell to the ground and heard a voice say to me, 'Saul, Saul, why are you persecuting me?' I to the ground and a say to me, ' , , why are you me?' I fell √ to the ground and heard a voice say to me, 'Saul, Saul, why are you persecuting me?' Ἐγὼ δὲ ἀπεκρίθην Τίς εἶ Κύριε Εἶπέν τε πρὸς ἐμέ Ἐγώ εἰμι Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος ὃν σὺ διώκεις \p \v 8 I answered, 'Who are you, Lord?' \p He said to me, 'I am Jesus of Nazareth, whom you are persecuting.' I answered, 'Who are you, ?' He said to me, 'I am of , whom you are .' I √ answered, 'Who are you, Lord?' He said √ to me, 'I am Jesus √ of Nazareth, whom you are persecuting.' \p οἱ δὲ σὺν ἐμοὶ ὄντες τὸ μὲν φῶς ἐθεάσαντο τὴν δὲ φωνὴν οὐκ ἤκουσαν τοῦ λαλοῦντός μοι \s5 \p \v 9 Those who were with me saw the light, but they did not understand the voice of him who spoke to me. Those who were with me saw the , but they did not the of him who spoke to me. Those √ who were with me saw the √ light, but not they did [1] understand the voice of him who spoke to me. Εἶπον δέ Τί ποιήσω Κύριε Ὁ δὲ Κύριος εἶπεν πρός με Ἀναστὰς πορεύου εἰς Δαμασκόν κἀκεῖ σοι λαληθήσεται περὶ πάντων ὧν τέτακταί σοι ποιῆσαι \v 10 I said, 'What should I do, Lord?' \p The Lord said to me, 'Arise and go into Damascus. There you will be told everything that has been appointed for you to do.' I said, 'What should I do, ?' The said to me, 'Arise and go into . There you will be told everything that has been for you to do.' I said, √ 'What should I do Lord?' The √ Lord said to me, 'Arise and go into Damascus. There you will be told √ everything that has been appointed for you to do.' \p Ὡς δὲ οὐκ ἐνέβλεπον ἀπὸ τῆς δόξης τοῦ φωτὸς ἐκείνου χειραγωγούμενος ὑπὸ τῶν συνόντων μοι ἦλθον εἰς Δαμασκόν \v 11 I could not see because of that light's brightness, and being led by the hands of those who were with me, I came into Damascus. I could not see because of that 's , and being led by the of those who were with me, I came into . √ √ see I could [1] see because of that √ light's √ brightness, and being led by the hands of those who were with me, I came into Damascus. Ἁνανίας δέ τις ἀνὴρ εὐλαβὴς κατὰ τὸν νόμον μαρτυρούμενος ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν κατοικούντων Ἰουδαίων \s5 \v 12 There I met a man named Ananias, a devout man according to the law and well spoken of by all the Jews who lived there. There I met a man Ananias, a devout man according to and well spoken of by all the who lived there. There I met a man named Ananias, √ √ a devout man according to the law and well spoken of by all the Jews who lived there. ἐλθὼν πρὸς ἐμὲ καὶ ἐπιστὰς εἶπέν μοι Σαοὺλ ἀδελφέ ἀνάβλεψον κἀγὼ αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ ἀνέβλεψα εἰς αὐτόν \v 13 He came to me, stood by me, and said, 'Brother Saul, receive your sight.' In that very hour I saw him. He came to me, stood by me, and said, 'Brother , your sight.' In that very I saw him. He came to me, √ stood by me, and said, 'Brother Saul, receive your sight.' √ √ In that very hour I saw √ him. Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν Ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν προεχειρίσατό σε γνῶναι τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἰδεῖν τὸν Δίκαιον καὶ ἀκοῦσαι φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ \s5 \v 14 Then he said, 'The God of our fathers has appointed you to know his will, to see the Righteous One, and to hear the voice coming from his own mouth. Then he said, 'The of our has you to , to see the Righteous One, and to the coming from his own mouth. Then he said, 'The God √ of our fathers has appointed you to know √ his will, √ to see the Righteous One, and to hear the voice coming from √ his own mouth. ὅτι ἔσῃ μάρτυς αὐτῷ πρὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους ὧν ἑώρακας καὶ ἤκουσας \v 15 For you will be a witness for him to all men about what you have seen and heard. For you will be a for him to all men about what you have seen and . For you will be a witness for him to all men about what you have seen and heard. καὶ νῦν τί μέλλεις ἀναστὰς βάπτισαι καὶ ἀπόλουσαι τὰς ἁμαρτίας σου ἐπικαλεσάμενος τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ \v 16 Now why are you waiting? Arise, be baptized, and wash away your sins, calling on his name.' Now why are you waiting? Arise, be , and wash away your , on his .' √ Now why are you waiting? Arise, be baptized, and wash away √ your sins, calling upon √ his name.' Ἐγένετο δέ μοι ὑποστρέψαντι εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ προσευχομένου μου ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ γενέσθαι με ἐν ἐκστάσει \s5 \v 17 After I had returned to Jerusalem, and while I was praying in the temple, a trance came on me. After I had to , and while I was in the , a trance came on me. After I had returned to Jerusalem, and while I was praying in the temple, a trance came on me. καὶ ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν λέγοντά μοι Σπεῦσον καὶ ἔξελθε ἐν τάχει ἐξ Ἰερουσαλήμ διότι οὐ παραδέξονταί σου μαρτυρίαν περὶ ἐμοῦ \v 18 I saw him say to me, 'Hurry and leave Jerusalem quickly, because they will not accept your testimony about me.' I saw him say to me, 'Hurry and leave quickly, because they will not accept your about me.' √ I saw him say to me, 'Hurry and leave √ Jerusalem √ quickly, because not they will [1] accept your testimony about me.' Κἀγὼ εἶπον Κύριε αὐτοὶ ἐπίστανται ὅτι ἐγὼ ἤμην φυλακίζων καὶ δέρων κατὰ τὰς συναγωγὰς τοὺς πιστεύοντας ἐπὶ σέ \s5 \v 19 I said, 'Lord, they themselves know that I imprisoned and beat those who believed in you in every synagogue. I said, ' , they themselves that I and beat those who in you in every . I said, 'Lord, they themselves know that I √ imprisoned and beat those who believed in you in every √ synagogue. καὶ ὅτε ἐξεχύννετο τὸ αἷμα Στεφάνου τοῦ μάρτυρός σου καὶ αὐτὸς ἤμην ἐφεστὼς καὶ συνευδοκῶν καὶ φυλάσσων τὰ ἱμάτια τῶν ἀναιρούντων αὐτόν \v 20 When the blood of Stephen your witness was spilled, I also was standing by and agreeing, and I was guarding the cloaks of those who killed him.' When the of your was spilled, I also was standing by and agreeing, and I was guarding the of those who him.' √ When the blood of Stephen √ your witness was spilled, √ I was standing by and agreeing, and I was gurading the cloaks of those who killed him.' Καὶ εἶπεν πρός με Πορεύου ὅτι ἐγὼ εἰς ἔθνη μακρὰν ἐξαποστελῶ σε \v 21 But he said to me, 'Go, because I will send you far away to the Gentiles.'" But he said to me, 'Go, because I will ı to the .'" But he said to me, 'Go, because I you far will send [1] [2] away to the Gentiles. Ἤκουον δὲ αὐτοῦ ἄχρι τούτου τοῦ λόγου καὶ ἐπῆραν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτῶν λέγοντες Αἶρε ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς τὸν τοιοῦτον οὐ γὰρ καθῆκεν αὐτὸν ζῆν \s5 \p \v 22 They listened to him until that statement. Then they raised their voices and said, "Away with such a fellow from the earth, for it is not right that he should live." They him until that statement. Then they raised their and said, "Away with such a fellow from the , for it is not right that he should ." They listened √ to him until that √ statement. Then they raised √ their voices and said, "Away √ with such a fellow from the earth, for not it is [1] right that he should live." Κραυγαζόντων τε αὐτῶν καὶ ῥιπτούντων τὰ ἱμάτια καὶ κονιορτὸν βαλλόντων εἰς τὸν ἀέρα \v 23 As they were shouting, throwing off their cloaks, and throwing dust into the air, As they were , throwing off their , and throwing into the air, As they were shouting, √ throwing off their cloaks, and throwing dust into the air, ἐκέλευσεν ὁ χιλίαρχος εἰσάγεσθαι αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν εἴπας μάστιξιν ἀνετάζεσθαι αὐτὸν ἵνα ἐπιγνῷ δι᾽ ἣν αἰτίαν οὕτως ἐπεφώνουν αὐτῷ \v 24 the chief captain commanded Paul to be brought into the fortress. He ordered that he should be questioned with scourging, so that he himself might know why they were shouting against him like that. the chief captain Paul to be brought into the . He that he should be questioned with scourging, so that he himself might why they were against him like that. the chief captain commanded √ Paul to be brought into the fortress. He ordered that he should be questioned with scourging, so that himself he [1] might know √ √ √ why they were shouting against him like that. Ὡς δὲ προέτειναν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἱμᾶσιν εἶπεν πρὸς τὸν ἑστῶτα ἑκατόνταρχον ὁ Παῦλος Εἰ ἄνθρωπον Ῥωμαῖον καὶ ἀκατάκριτον ἔξεστιν ὑμῖν μαστίζειν \s5 \v 25 When they had tied him up with the thongs, Paul said to the centurion who was standing by, "Is it lawful for you to scourge a man who is a Roman and who has not been put on trial?" When they had tied him up with the thongs, said to the who was standing by, "Is it for you to scourge a man who is a and who has not been put ?" When √ him they had tied [1] up with the thongs, √ Paul said to the centurion who was standing by, √ "Is it lawful for you to scourge a man who is a Roman and who has not been put on trial?" Ἀκούσας δὲ ὁ ἑκατοντάρχης προσελθὼν τῷ χιλιάρχῳ ἀπήγγειλεν λέγων Τί μέλλεις ποιεῖν ὁ γὰρ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος Ῥωμαῖός ἐστιν \p \v 26 When the centurion heard this, he went to the chief captain and told him, saying, "What are you about to do? For this man is a Roman citizen." When the this, he went to the chief and told him, saying, "What are you about to do? For this man is a citizen." When the centurion heard this, he went to the chief captain and told him, saying, "What are your about to do? For √ this man is a Roman citizen." Προσελθὼν δὲ ὁ χιλίαρχος εἶπεν αὐτῷ Λέγε μοι σὺ Ῥωμαῖος εἶ Ὁ δὲ ἔφη Ναί \s5 \v 27 The chief captain came and said to him, "Tell me, are you a Roman citizen?" \p Paul said, "Yes." The chief came and said to him, "Tell me, are you a citizen?" Paul said, "Yes." The √ chief captain came and said to him, "Tell me, are you a Roman citizen?" √ √ Paul said, "Yes." \p Ἀπεκρίθη δὲ ὁ χιλίαρχος Ἐγὼ πολλοῦ κεφαλαίου τὴν πολιτείαν ταύτην ἐκτησάμην ὁ Δὲ Παῦλος ἔφη Ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ γεγέννημαι \p \v 28 The chief captain answered, "It was only with a large amount of money that I acquired citizenship." \p But Paul said, "I was born a Roman citizen." The chief answered, "It was only with a large amount of money that I acquired citizenship." But said, "I was a Roman citizen." The √ chief captain answered, "It was only with a large amount amount of money that I acquired √ citizenship." √ √ But Paul said, "I √ √ was born a Roman citizen." \p Εὐθέως οὖν ἀπέστησαν ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ οἱ μέλλοντες αὐτὸν ἀνετάζειν καὶ ὁ χιλίαρχος δὲ ἐφοβήθη ἐπιγνοὺς ὅτι Ῥωμαῖός ἐστιν καὶ ὅτι αὐτὸν ἦν δεδεκώς \v 29 Then the men who were going to question him left him immediately. The chief captain also was afraid, when he learned that Paul was a Roman citizen, because he had tied him up. Then the men who were going to question him left him immediately. The chief also was , when he learned that Paul was a citizen, because he had him up. Then the men who were going to to question him left √ him immediately. √ The chief captain also was afraid, when he learned that Paul was a Roman citizen, √ because √ him he had tied [1] up. Τῇ δὲ ἐπαύριον βουλόμενος γνῶναι τὸ ἀσφαλὲς τὸ τί κατηγορεῖται ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἔλυσεν αὐτόν καὶ ἐκέλευσεν συνελθεῖν τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ πᾶν τὸ συνέδριον καὶ καταγαγὼν τὸν Παῦλον ἔστησεν εἰς αὐτούς \s5 \p \v 30 On the next day, the chief captain wanted to know for certain about the Jews' accusations against Paul. So he untied his bonds and ordered the chief priests and all the council to meet. Then he brought Paul down and placed him in their midst. On the next day, the chief captain wanted to about the ' against . So he untied his bonds and the and all the to . Then he Paul and placed him in their midst. On the √ next day, the chief captain wanted to know √ for certain about the Jews' √ √ accusations against Paul. So he untied √ his bonds and ordered the chief priests and all the council to meet. Then √ Paul he brought [1] down and placed him in their midst. Ἀτενίσας δὲ ὁ Παῦλος τῷ συνεδρίῳ εἶπεν Ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί ἐγὼ πάσῃ συνειδήσει ἀγαθῇ πεπολίτευμαι τῷ Θεῷ ἄχρι ταύτης τῆς ἡμέρας \s5 \c 23 \p \v 1 Paul looked directly at the council members and said, "Brothers, I have lived before God in all good conscience until this day." looked directly at the members and said, "Brothers, I have before in all until this ." √ √ Paul looked directly at the council members and said, √ "Brothers, I have lived √ before God in all good conscience until this √ day." ὁ δὲ ἀρχιερεὺς Ἁνανίας ἐπέταξεν τοῖς παρεστῶσιν αὐτῷ τύπτειν αὐτοῦ τὸ στόμα \v 2 The high priest Ananias commanded those who stood by him to strike him on the mouth. The Ananias those who stood by him to strike him on the mouth. The √ high priest Ananias commanded those who stood by him to strike him on the mouth. Τότε ὁ Παῦλος πρὸς αὐτὸν εἶπεν Τύπτειν σε μέλλει ὁ Θεός τοῖχε κεκονιαμένε καὶ σὺ κάθῃ κρίνων με κατὰ τὸν νόμον καὶ παρανομῶν κελεύεις με τύπτεσθαι \p \v 3 Then Paul said to him, "God will strike you, you whitewashed wall. Are you sitting to judge me by the law, yet order me to be struck, against the law?" Then said to him, "God will strike you, you whitewashed wall. Are you sitting to me by , yet me to be struck, against ?" Then √ Paul said to him, √ "God will strike you, you whitewashed wall. √ you Are [1] sitting to judge me by the law, yet order me to be struck, against the law?" Οἱ δὲ παρεστῶτες εἶπαν Τὸν ἀρχιερέα τοῦ Θεοῦ λοιδορεῖς \s5 \p \v 4 Those who stood by said, "Is this how you insult God's high priest?" Those who stood by said, "Is this how you insult ?" Those √ who stood by said, "Is this how you insult √ God's √ high priest?" Ἔφη τε ὁ Παῦλος Οὐκ ᾔδειν ἀδελφοί ὅτι ἐστὶν ἀρχιερεύς γέγραπται γὰρ ὅτι Ἄρχοντα τοῦ λαοῦ σου οὐκ ἐρεῖς κακῶς \p \v 5 Paul said, "I did not know, brothers, that he was high priest. For it is written, \q 'You must not speak evil of a ruler of your people.'" said, "I did not , , that he was . For it , 'You must not speak of a of your .'" √ √ Paul said, not "I did [1] know, brothers, that he was high priest. For it is written, √ not 'You must [1] speak evil of a ruler √ of your people.'" \q Γνοὺς δὲ ὁ Παῦλος ὅτι τὸ ἓν μέρος ἐστὶν Σαδδουκαίων τὸ δὲ ἕτερον Φαρισαίων ἔκραζεν ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ Ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί ἐγὼ Φαρισαῖός εἰμι υἱὸς Φαρισαίων περὶ ἐλπίδος καὶ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν ἐγὼ κρίνομαι \s5 \p \v 6 When Paul saw that the one part of the council were Sadducees and the other Pharisees, he spoke loudly in the council, "Brothers, I am a Pharisee, a son of Pharisees. It is because I have the hope of the resurrection of the dead that I am being judged." When saw that the one part of the were and the other , he in the council, "Brothers, I am a , a of . It is because I have the of the of the that I am being ." √ When Paul saw that the one part of the council were Sadducees and the other part Pharisees, he spoke loudly in the council, √ "Brothers, I am a Pharisee, a son of Pharisees. It is because I have the √ hope √ of the resurrection of the dead that I am being judged." Τοῦτο δὲ αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος ἐγένετο στάσις τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων καὶ ἐσχίσθη τὸ πλῆθος \v 7 When he said this, an argument began between the Pharisees and Sadducees, and the crowd was divided. When he said this, an argument began between the and , and the crowd was divided. When he said this, an argument began between the Pharisees and Sadducees, and the crown was divided. Σαδδουκαῖοι μὲν γὰρ λέγουσιν μὴ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν μήτε ἄγγελον μήτε πνεῦμα Φαρισαῖοι δὲ ὁμολογοῦσιν τὰ ἀμφότερα \v 8 For the Sadducees say that there is no resurrection, no angels, and no spirits, but the Pharisees acknowledge all of them. For the say that there is no , no , and no , but the all of them. For the Sadducees √ say that there is no resurrection, no angels, and not spirits, but the Pharisees acknowledge √ all of them. Ἐγένετο δὲ κραυγὴ μεγάλη καὶ ἀναστάντες τινὲς τῶν γραμματέων τοῦ μέρους τῶν Φαρισαίων διεμάχοντο λέγοντες Οὐδὲν κακὸν εὑρίσκομεν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τούτῳ εἰ δὲ πνεῦμα ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ ἢ ἄγγελος \s5 \p \v 9 So a large uproar occurred, and some of the scribes belonging to the Pharisees stood up and argued, saying, "We find nothing wrong with this man. What if a spirit or an angel has spoken to him?" So a large uproar occurred, and some of the belonging to the stood up and argued, saying, "We find nothing with this man. What if a or an has spoken to him?" So a large uproar occurred, and some of the scribes √ belonging to the Pharisees stood up and argued, saying, "We find nothing wrong with √ this man. What if √ a spirit or an angel has spoken to him?" πολλῆς δὲ γινομένης στάσεως φοβηθεὶς ὁ χιλίαρχος μὴ διασπασθῇ ὁ Παῦλος ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν ἐκέλευσεν τὸ στράτευμα καταβὰν ἁρπάσαι αὐτὸν ἐκ μέσου αὐτῶν ἄγειν τε εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν \v 10 When there arose a great argument, the chief captain feared that Paul would be torn to pieces by them, so he commanded the soldiers to go down and take him by force from among the council members, and bring him into the fortress. When there arose a great argument, the chief captain that would be torn to pieces by them, so he the to go down and take him by force from among the council members, and bring him into the . When there arose a great argument, the chief captain feared √ that "That" is an unusual translation of μὴ but it is correct. BGAD says after verbs of fearing μὴ can be a marker of conjunction. Paul would be torn to pieces by them, so he commanded the soldiers to go down and him take [1] by force from among √ the council members, and bring him √ into the fortress. Τῇ δὲ ἐπιούσῃ νυκτὶ ἐπιστὰς αὐτῷ ὁ Κύριος εἶπεν Θάρσει ὡς γὰρ διεμαρτύρω τὰ περὶ ἐμοῦ εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ οὕτω σε δεῖ καὶ εἰς Ῥώμην μαρτυρῆσαι \s5 \p \v 11 The following night the Lord stood beside him and said, "Have courage, for as you have testified about me in Jerusalem, so you must also testify in Rome." The following night the stood beside him and said, "Have , for as you have about me in , so you must also in ." The √ following night the Lord stood beside him and said, "Have courage, for as you have testified √ about me in Jerusalem, so you must also testify in Rome." Γενομένης δὲ ἡμέρας ποιήσαντες συστροφὴν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἀνεθεμάτισαν ἑαυτοὺς λέγοντες μήτε φαγεῖν μήτε πιεῖν ἕως οὗ ἀποκτείνωσιν τὸν Παῦλον \s5 \p \v 12 When it became day, some Jews formed a conspiracy and put themselves under an oath, saying that they would not eat or drink anything until they had killed Paul. When it became , some formed a conspiracy and put themselves under an , saying that they would not eat or drink anything until they had . When it became day, some Jews formed a conspiracy and themselves put [1] under an oath, that saying [1] they not would [1] eat or drink anything √ √ until they had killed √ Paul. ἦσαν δὲ πλείους τεσσεράκοντα οἱ ταύτην τὴν συνωμοσίαν ποιησάμενοι \v 13 There were more than forty men who formed this conspiracy. There were more than forty men who formed this conspiracy. There were √ more than forty men who formed this √ conspiracy. οἵτινες προσελθόντες τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν καὶ τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις εἶπαν Ἀναθέματι ἀνεθεματίσαμεν ἑαυτοὺς μηδενὸς γεύσασθαι ἕως οὗ ἀποκτείνωμεν τὸν Παῦλον \s5 \v 14 They went to the chief priests and the elders and said, "We have sworn a great oath to eat nothing until we have killed Paul. They went to the and the and said, "We have a great to eat nothing until we have . They went to the chief priests and the elders and said, "We we have sworn a great oath to eat nothing √ √ until we have killed √ Paul. νῦν οὖν ὑμεῖς ἐμφανίσατε τῷ χιλιάρχῳ σὺν τῷ συνεδρίῳ ὅπως καταγάγῃ αὐτὸν εἰς ὑμᾶς ὡς μέλλοντας διαγινώσκειν ἀκριβέστερον τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ ἡμεῖς δὲ πρὸ τοῦ ἐγγίσαι αὐτὸν ἕτοιμοί ἐσμεν τοῦ ἀνελεῖν αὐτόν \v 15 Now, therefore, let the council formally request the chief captain to bring him down to you, as if you would decide his case more precisely. As for us, we are ready to kill him before he comes here." Now, therefore, let the formally request the chief to bring him down to you, as if you would decide his case more precisely. As for us, we are ready to him before he comes here." Now, therefore, √ the council let [1] [2] formally request the chief captain √ √ him to bring [1] down to you, as if you would decide his case more precisely. √ √ As for √ us, we are ready √ to kill him before he √ comes here." Ἀκούσας δὲ ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀδελφῆς Παύλου τὴν ἐνέδραν παραγενόμενος καὶ εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν παρεμβολὴν ἀπήγγειλεν τῷ Παύλῳ \s5 \p \v 16 But Paul's sister's son heard that they were lying in wait, so he went and entered the fortress and told Paul. But that they were lying in wait, so he went and entered the and told . But Paul's √ sister's √ son heard √ √ that they were lying in wait, so he went and entered √ the fortress and told √ Paul. προσκαλεσάμενος δὲ ὁ Παῦλος ἕνα τῶν ἑκατονταρχῶν ἔφη Τὸν νεανίαν τοῦτον ἄπαγε πρὸς τὸν χιλίαρχον ἔχει γὰρ ἀπαγγεῖλαί τι αὐτῷ \p \v 17 Paul called one of the centurions and said, "Take this young man to the chief captain, for he has something to report to him." one of the and said, "Take this young man to the chief , for he has something to to him." √ √ Paul called one of the centurions and said, "Take √ this young man to the chief captain, for he has something to report to him." Ὁ μὲν οὖν παραλαβὼν αὐτὸν ἤγαγεν πρὸς τὸν χιλίαρχον καὶ φησίν Ὁ δέσμιος Παῦλος προσκαλεσάμενός με ἠρώτησεν τοῦτον τὸν νεανίσκον ἀγαγεῖν πρὸς σέ ἔχοντά τι λαλῆσαί σοι \s5 \p \v 18 So the centurion took the young man and brought him to the chief captain and said, "Paul the prisoner called me to him, and asked me to bring this young man to you. He has something to say to you." So the centurion took the young man and brought him to the chief and said, " the me to him, and asked me to bring this young man to you. He has something to say to you." So the centurion √ took the young man and brought him to the chief captain and said, "Paul the prisoner called me to him, and asked me to bring this √ young man to you. He has something to say to you." Ἐπιλαβόμενος δὲ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ ὁ χιλίαρχος καὶ ἀναχωρήσας κατ᾽ ἰδίαν ἐπυνθάνετο Τί ἐστιν ὃ ἔχεις ἀπαγγεῖλαί μοι \p \v 19 The chief captain took him by the hand to a private place and asked him, "What is it that you have to report to me?" The chief took him by the to a private place and asked him, "What is it that you have to to me?" The √ chief captain took him by the hand √ √ √ √ to a private place and asked him, "What is it that you have to report to me?" Εἶπεν δὲ ὅτι Οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι συνέθεντο τοῦ ἐρωτῆσαί σε ὅπως αὔριον τὸν Παῦλον καταγάγῃς εἰς τὸ συνέδριον ὡς μέλλον τι ἀκριβέστερον πυνθάνεσθαι περὶ αὐτοῦ \s5 \p \v 20 The young man said, "The Jews have agreed to ask you to bring down Paul tomorrow to the council, as if they were going to ask more precisely about his case. The young man said, "The have to you to bring down tomorrow to the , as if they were going to ask more precisely about his case. The young man said, √ √ "The Jews have agreed √ to ask you √ √ to bring down Paul tomorrow to the council, as if they were going √ to ask more precisely about his case. σὺ οὖν μὴ πεισθῇς αὐτοῖς ἐνεδρεύουσιν γὰρ αὐτὸν ἐξ αὐτῶν ἄνδρες πλείους τεσσεράκοντα οἵτινες ἀνεθεμάτισαν ἑαυτοὺς μήτε φαγεῖν μήτε πιεῖν ἕως οὗ ἀνέλωσιν αὐτόν καὶ νῦν εἰσιν ἕτοιμοι προσδεχόμενοι τὴν ἀπὸ σοῦ ἐπαγγελίαν \v 21 But do not be persuaded by them, because there are more than forty men who are lying in wait for him. They have put themselves under oath neither to eat nor to drink until they have killed him. Even now they are ready, waiting for your approval." But do not be by them, because there are more than forty men who are lying in wait for him. They have put themselves under neither to eat nor to drink until they have him. Even now they are ready, waiting for your approval." √ But not do [1] be persuaded by them, because there are √ √ more than forty men who are lying in wait for him. They themselves have put [1] under oath neither to ear nor to drink √ √ until they have killed him. Even now they are ready, waiting √ for your approval." Ὁ μὲν οὖν χιλίαρχος ἀπέλυσε τὸν νεανίσκον παραγγείλας Μηδενὶ ἐκλαλῆσαι ὅτι ταῦτα ἐνεφάνισας πρὸς ἐμέ \s5 \p \v 22 So the chief captain let the young man go, after instructing him, "Tell no one that you have reported these things to me." So the chief let the young man go, after him, "Tell no one that you have reported these things to me." √ So the chief captain the young man let [1] [2] go, after instructing him, "Tell no one that you have reported these things to me." Καὶ προσκαλεσάμενός δύο τινας τῶν ἑκατονταρχῶν εἶπεν Ἑτοιμάσατε στρατιώτας διακοσίους ὅπως πορευθῶσιν ἕως Καισαρείας καὶ ἱππεῖς ἑβδομήκοντα καὶ δεξιολάβους διακοσίους ἀπὸ τρίτης ὥρας τῆς νυκτός \p \v 23 Then he called to him two of the centurions and said, "Get two hundred soldiers ready to go as far as Caesarea, and seventy horsemen also, and two hundred spearmen. You will leave at the third hour of the night." Then he to him two of the and said, "Get two hundred ready to go as far as , and seventy also, and two hundred spearmen. You will leave at the third of the night." Then he called to him two √ of the centurions and said, two hundred soldiers "Get [1] [2] ready √ to go as far as Caesarea, and seventy horsemen also, and two hundred spearmen. You will leave at the third hour of the night." κτήνη τε παραστῆσαι ἵνα ἐπιβιβάσαντες τὸν Παῦλον διασώσωσι πρὸς Φήλικα τὸν ἡγεμόνα \v 24 He also ordered them to provide animals which Paul could ride and to take him safely to Felix the governor. He also ordered them to provide which could ride and to take him to Felix the . also He [1] ordered them to provide animals which √ Paul could ride and him to take [1] safely to Felix the governor. γράψας ἐπιστολὴν ἔχουσαν τὸν τύπον τοῦτον \s5 \p \v 25 Then he wrote a letter like this: \p \q1 Then he wrote a like this: Then he wrote a letter √ √ like this: \p \q1 Κλαύδιος Λυσίας Τῷ κρατίστῳ ἡγεμόνι Φήλικι Χαίρειν \p \v 26 "Claudius Lysias to the most excellent Governor Felix, greetings. "Claudius Lysias to the most excellent Governor Felix, . "Claudius Lysias to the most excellent Governor Felix, greetings. Τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον συλλημφθέντα ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων καὶ μέλλοντα ἀναιρεῖσθαι ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν ἐπιστὰς σὺν τῷ στρατεύματι ἐξειλάμην μαθὼν ὅτι Ῥωμαῖός ἐστιν \p \v 27 This man was arrested by the Jews and was about to be killed by them when I came upon them with soldiers and rescued him, since I learned that he was a Roman citizen. This man was arrested by the and was about to be by them when I came upon them with and him, since I learned that he was a citizen. √ This mas was arrested by the Jews and was about to be killed by them when I came upon them with √ soldiers and rescued him, since I learned that he was a Roman citizen. βουλόμενός τε ἐπιγνῶναι τὴν αἰτίαν δι᾽ ἣν ἐνεκάλουν αὐτῷ κατήγαγον εἰς τὸ συνέδριον αὐτῶν \s5 \v 28 I wanted to know why they accused him, so I took him down to their council. I wanted to why they him, so I took him down to their . I wanted √ to know √ why √ √ they accused him, him so I took [1] down to √ their council. ὃν εὗρον ἐγκαλούμενον περὶ ζητημάτων τοῦ νόμου αὐτῶν μηδὲν δὲ ἄξιον θανάτου ἢ δεσμῶν ἔχοντα ἔγκλημα \v 29 I learned that he was being accused about questions concerning their own law, but that there was no accusation against him that deserved death or imprisonment. I learned that he was being accused about questions concerning their own , but that there was no against him that or . √ I learned that he was being accused about questions √ concerning their own law, but there was no accusation against him that deserved death or imprisonment. Μηνυθείσης δέ μοι ἐπιβουλῆς εἰς τὸν ἄνδρα ἔσεσθαι ἐξαυτῆς ἔπεμψα πρὸς σέ παραγγείλας καὶ τοῖς κατηγόροις λέγειν τὰ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐπὶ σοῦ \v 30 Then it was reported to me that there was a plot against the man, so I immediately sent him to you and instructed his accusers also to bring their charges against him in your presence. Farewell." Then it was to me that there was a plot against the man, so I immediately him to you and his accusers also to bring their charges against him in your presence. Farewell." Then it was reported to me that there was a plot against the man, immediately so I [1] sent him to you and instructed his accusers also to bring their charges against him in your presence. Farewell." Οἱ μὲν οὖν στρατιῶται κατὰ τὸ διατεταγμένον αὐτοῖς ἀναλαβόντες τὸν Παῦλον ἤγαγον διὰ νυκτὸς εἰς τὴν Ἀντιπατρίδα \s5 \m \p \v 31 So the soldiers obeyed their orders. They took Paul and brought him by night to Antipatris. So the obeyed their . They took and brought him by night to Antipatris. √ So the soldiers √ their obeyed [1] orders. √ They took √ Paul and brought him by night to √ Antipatris. τῇ δὲ ἐπαύριον ἐάσαντες τοὺς ἱππεῖς ἀπέρχεσθαι σὺν αὐτῷ ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν \v 32 On the next day, most of the soldiers left the horsemen to go with him and they themselves returned to the fortress. On the next day, most of the soldiers left the to go with him and they themselves to the . On the √ next day, most of the soldiers left the horsemen to go with him and themselves they [1] returned to the fortress. οἵτινες εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὴν Καισάρειαν καὶ ἀναδόντες τὴν ἐπιστολὴν τῷ ἡγεμόνι παρέστησαν καὶ τὸν Παῦλον αὐτῷ \v 33 When the horsemen reached Caesarea and delivered the letter to the governor, they also presented Paul to him. When the horsemen reached and the to the , they also presented to him. √ the horsemen When [1] reached √ √ Caesarea and delivered the letter to the governor, also they [1] presented √ Paul to him. Ἀναγνοὺς δὲ καὶ ἐπερωτήσας ἐκ ποίας ἐπαρχείας ἐστὶν καὶ πυθόμενος ὅτι ἀπὸ Κιλικίας \s5 \v 34 When the governor read the letter, he asked what province Paul was from. When he learned that he was from Cilicia, When the governor read the letter, he asked what Paul was from. When he learned that he was from , When the governor read the letter, √ he asked what province Paul was from. When he learned that he was from Cilicia, Διακούσομαί σου ἔφη Ὅταν καὶ οἱ κατήγοροί σου παραγένωνται κελεύσας ἐν τῷ πραιτωρίῳ τοῦ Ἡρῴδου φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτόν \v 35 he said, "I will hear you fully when your accusers come here." Then he commanded him to be kept in Herod's government headquarters. he said, "I will hear you fully when your accusers come here." Then he him to be in headquarters. he said, you "I will hear [1] fully when √ √ your accusers come here." Then he commanded him to be kept in √ Herod's √ government headquarters. Μετὰ δὲ πέντε ἡμέρας κατέβη ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς Ἁνανίας μετὰ πρεσβυτέρων τινῶν καὶ ῥήτορος Τερτύλλου τινός οἵτινες ἐνεφάνισαν τῷ ἡγεμόνι κατὰ τοῦ Παύλου \s5 \c 24 \p \v 1 After five days, Ananias the high priest, certain elders, and an orator named Tertullus went there. These men brought charges against Paul before the governor. After five , Ananias the , certain , and an orator named Tertullus went there. These men brought charges against before the . After √ five days, Ananias the high priest, √ certain elders, and an orator named Tertullus went there. These men brought charges against √ Paul before the governor. Κληθέντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ἤρξατο κατηγορεῖν ὁ Τέρτυλλος λέγων Πολλῆς εἰρήνης τυγχάνοντες διὰ σοῦ καὶ διορθωμάτων γινομένων τῷ ἔθνει τούτῳ διὰ τῆς σῆς προνοίας \v 2 When Paul stood before the governor, Tertullus began to accuse him and said to the governor, "Because of you we have great peace, and your foresight brings good reform to our nation; When Paul stood before the governor, Tertullus began to him and said to the governor, "Because of you we have great , and your foresight brings good reform to our ; √ When √ Paul stood before the governor, √ Tertullus began to accuse him and said to the governor, "Because of you we have great peace, and your foresight brings good reform √ √ √ to our nation; πάντῃ τε καὶ πανταχοῦ ἀποδεχόμεθα κράτιστε Φῆλιξ μετὰ πάσης εὐχαριστίας \p \v 3 so with all thankfulness we welcome everything that you do, most excellent Felix. so with all thankfulness we welcome everything that you do, most excellent Felix. so with all thankfulness we welcome everything that you do, √ √ √ most excellent Felix. ἵνα δὲ μὴ ἐπὶ πλεῖόν σε ἐνκόπτω παρακαλῶ ἀκοῦσαί σε ἡμῶν συντόμως τῇ σῇ ἐπιεικείᾳ \s5 \v 4 So that I detain you no more, I beg you in your kindness to hear us briefly. So that I detain you no more, I you in your kindness to us briefly. So that √ I detain you no √ more, I beg you √ in your kindness to hear us briefly. Εὑρόντες γὰρ τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον λοιμὸν καὶ κινοῦντα στάσεις πᾶσιν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις τοῖς κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην πρωτοστάτην τε τῆς τῶν Ναζωραίων αἱρέσεως \v 5 For we have found this man to be a pest and one who causes all the Jews throughout the world to rebel. He is a leader of the Nazarene sect. For we have found this man to be a pest and one who causes all the throughout the to rebel. He is a leader of the sect. For we have found √ this man to be a pest and one<> who causes all the Jews √ throughout the world to rebel. He is a leader √ √ of the Nazarene sect. ὃς καὶ τὸ ἱερὸν ἐπείρασεν βεβηλῶσαι ὃν καὶ ἐκρατήσαμεν \v 6 He even tried to desecrate the temple, so we arrested him. \f + \ft Some ancient copies add, \fqa We wanted to judge him according to our law \fqa* . \f* He even tried to the , so we arrested him. He even tried to desecrate the temple, so we arrested him. \f + \ft Some ancient copies add, \fqa We wanted to judge him according to our law \fqa* . \f* παρ᾽ οὗ δυνήσῃ αὐτὸς ἀνακρίνας περὶ πάντων τούτων ἐπιγνῶναι ὧν ἡμεῖς κατηγοροῦμεν αὐτοῦ \v 8 When you examine Paul about all these matters, you will be able to learn about all the things of which we are accusing him." When you examine Paul about all these matters, you to learn about all the things of which we are him." √ √ When you examine Paul about all these matters, you will be able to learn about all the things of which we are accusing him." Συνεπέθεντο δὲ καὶ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι φάσκοντες ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχειν \v 9 The Jews also joined in the accusation, affirming that these charges were true. The also joined in the accusation, affirming that these charges were true. The √ Jews also joined in the accusation, affirming that these charges √ √ were true. Ἀπεκρίθη τε ὁ Παῦλος νεύσαντος αὐτῷ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος λέγειν Ἐκ πολλῶν ἐτῶν ὄντα σε κριτὴν τῷ ἔθνει τούτῳ ἐπιστάμενος εὐθύμως τὰ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ ἀπολογοῦμαι \s5 \p \v 10 But when the governor motioned for Paul to speak, Paul answered, "I understand that for many years you have been a judge to this nation, and so I gladly explain myself to you. But when the motioned for to speak, Paul answered, "I that for many you have been a to this , and so I gladly explain myself to you. But when the governor motioned √ for Paul to speak, √ Paul answered, "I understand that for many years you have been a judge √ to this nation, and so √ √ gladly I [1] explain myself to you. δυναμένου σου ἐπιγνῶναι ὅτι οὐ πλείους εἰσίν μοι ἡμέραι δώδεκα ἀφ᾽ ἧς ἀνέβην προσκυνήσων εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ \p \v 11 You can learn for yourself that it has not been more than twelve days since I went up to worship in Jerusalem. You learn for yourself that it has not been more than twelve since I went up to in . You can learn for yourself that not it has [1] been more than twelve days since √ I went up to worship in Jerusalem. καὶ οὔτε ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ εὗρόν με πρός τινα διαλεγόμενον ἢ ἐπίστασιν ποιοῦντα ὄχλου οὔτε ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς οὔτε κατὰ τὴν πόλιν \v 12 When they found me in the temple, I did not argue with anyone, and I did not stir up a crowd, either in the synagogues, or in the city. When they found me in the , I did not argue with anyone, and I did not stir up a crowd, either in the , or in the city. When they found me in the temple, not I did [1] argue with anyone, and I did not stir up a crowd, either in the synagogues, or in the city. οὐδὲ παραστῆσαι δύνανταί σοι περὶ ὧν νυνὶ κατηγοροῦσίν μου \v 13 They cannot prove to you the accusations they are now making against me. They prove to you the they are now making against me. I am not sure about "They" because normally it would be in the verb, but I didn't know how to do it with phraseWords √ √ They cannot prove to you √ √ the accusations now they are [1] making against me. Ὁμολογῶ δὲ τοῦτό σοι ὅτι κατὰ τὴν Ὁδὸν ἣν λέγουσιν αἵρεσιν οὕτως λατρεύω τῷ πατρῴῳ Θεῷ πιστεύων πᾶσι τοῖς κατὰ τὸν νόμον καὶ τοῖς ἐν τοῖς προφήταις γεγραμμένοις \s5 \v 14 But I confess this to you, that according to the Way, which they call a sect, I serve the God of our fathers, believing all things that are according to the law and that has been written in the prophets. But I this to you, that according to the Way, which they a sect, I the God of our , all things that are according to and that in the . But I confess this to you, that according to the Way, which they call a sect, √ I serve the God of our fathers, believing all things that are according to the law and that has been written Should "has" be "have" in ULB because of plural sub-subject "all things"? in the prophets. ἐλπίδα ἔχων εἰς τὸν Θεόν ἣν καὶ αὐτοὶ οὗτοι προσδέχονται ἀνάστασιν μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι δικαίων τε καὶ ἀδίκων \v 15 I have a hope in God, which these men also have, that there will be a resurrection of both the righteous and the wicked. I have a in , which these men also have, that there will be a of both the and the . I have a hope in √ God, which these men also have, that there will be a resurrection of both the righteous and the wicked. ἐν τούτῳ καὶ αὐτὸς ἀσκῶ ἀπρόσκοπον συνείδησιν ἔχειν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν καὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους διὰ παντός \v 16 So I always strive to have a blameless conscience before God and human beings. So I always strive to have a before and human beings. √ √ So √ I √ √ always strive to have a blameless conscience before √ God and √ human beings. Δι᾽ ἐτῶν δὲ πλειόνων ἐλεημοσύνας ποιήσων εἰς τὸ ἔθνος μου παρεγενόμην καὶ προσφοράς \s5 \v 17 Now after many years I came to give alms to my nation and present sacrifices. Now after many I came to give to my and present . Now after √ many years I came to give alms to √ my nation and present sacrifices. ἐν αἷς εὗρόν με ἡγνισμένον ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ οὐ μετὰ ὄχλου οὐδὲ μετὰ θορύβου \v 18 When I did this, certain Jews from Asia found me in a purification ceremony in the temple, not with a crowd or an uproar. When I did this, certain Jews from Asia found me in a ceremony in the , not with a crowd or an uproar. When I did this, certain Jews from Asia found me in a purification ceremony in the temple, not with a crowd or in an uproar. τινὲς δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀσίας Ἰουδαῖοι οὓς ἔδει ἐπὶ σοῦ παρεῖναι καὶ κατηγορεῖν εἴ τι ἔχοιεν πρὸς ἐμέ \v 19 These men ought to be before you now and accuse me, if they have anything. These men ought to be before you now and me, if they have anything. √ √ √ √ √ √ This phrase is in verse 18 These men ought before you to be [1] [2] now and accuse √ me, if they have anything. ἢ αὐτοὶ οὗτοι εἰπάτωσαν τί εὗρον ἀδίκημα στάντος μου ἐπὶ τοῦ συνεδρίου \s5 \v 20 Or else, these same men should say what wrong they found in me when I stood before the Jewish council, Or else, these same men should say what they found in me when I stood before the Jewish , Or else, these same men should say what wrong they found in me when I stood before the Jewish council, ἢ περὶ μιᾶς ταύτης φωνῆς ἧς ἐκέκραξα ἐν αὐτοῖς ἑστὼς ὅτι Περὶ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν ἐγὼ κρίνομαι σήμερον ἐφ᾽ ὑμῶν \v 21 unless it is about this one thing that I shouted out when I stood among them, 'It is concerning the resurrection of the dead that I am on trial before you today.'" unless it is about this one thing that I out when I stood among them, 'It is concerning the of the that I am before you .'" √ unless it is about this one thing that I shouted when I stood among them, √ 'It is concerning the resurrection of the dead that I am on trial before you today.'" Ἀνεβάλετο δὲ αὐτοὺς ὁ Φῆλιξ ἀκριβέστερον εἰδὼς τὰ περὶ τῆς Ὁδοῦ εἴπας Ὅταν Λυσίας ὁ χιλίαρχος καταβῇ διαγνώσομαι τὰ καθ᾽ ὑμᾶς \s5 \p \v 22 Then Felix, who was well informed about the Way, postponed the hearing. He said, "When Lysias the commander comes down from Jerusalem, I will decide your case." Then Felix, who was well informed about the Way, postponed the hearing. He said, "When Lysias the comes down from Jerusalem, I will your case." Then √ Felix, who was well informed √ about the Way, postponed the hearing. He said, "When Lysias the commander comes down from Jerusalem, I will decied your √ √ case." διαταξάμενος τῷ ἑκατοντάρχῃ τηρεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ἔχειν τε ἄνεσιν καὶ μηδένα κωλύειν τῶν ἰδίων αὐτοῦ ὑπηρετεῖν αὐτῷ \v 23 Then he commanded the centurion that Paul should be kept in custody, but to have some freedom so that none of his friends would be prevented from attending to his needs. Then he the that Paul should be in custody, but to have some so that none of his friends would be prevented from his . Then he commanded the centurion that √ Paul be kept in custody but to have some freedom so that √ none √ of his friends would be prevented his from attending to [1] needs. Μετὰ δὲ ἡμέρας τινὰς παραγενόμενος ὁ Φῆλιξ σὺν Δρουσίλλῃ τῇ ἰδίᾳ γυναικὶ οὔσῃ Ἰουδαίᾳ μετεπέμψατο τὸν Παῦλον καὶ ἤκουσεν αὐτοῦ περὶ τῆς εἰς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν πίστεως \s5 \p \v 24 After some days, Felix returned with Drusilla his wife, who was Jewish, and he sent for Paul and he heard from him about faith in Christ Jesus. After some , Felix returned with Drusilla his wife, who was , and he for and he from him about . After √ some days, √ Felix returned with Drusilla √ his wife, who was Jewish, and he sent √ for Paul and he heard from him about √ faith in in Christ Jesus. διαλεγομένου δὲ αὐτοῦ περὶ δικαιοσύνης καὶ ἐγκρατείας καὶ τοῦ κρίματος τοῦ μέλλοντος ἔμφοβος γενόμενος ὁ Φῆλιξ ἀπεκρίθη Τὸ νῦν ἔχον πορεύου καιρὸν δὲ μεταλαβὼν μετακαλέσομαί σε \v 25 But when Paul reasoned with him about righteousness, self-control, and the coming judgment, Felix became frightened and said, "Go away for now. But when I have time later on, I will send for you." But when Paul reasoned with him about , , and the coming , Felix became and said, "Go away for now. But when I have later on, I will for you." But when Paul reasoned with him about righteousness, √ self-control, and the coming √ judgment, √ Felix became frightened and said, "Go away √ for now. But when I have time later on, I will send for you." ἅμα καὶ ἐλπίζων ὅτι χρήματα δοθήσεται αὐτῷ ὑπὸ τοῦ Παύλου διὸ καὶ πυκνότερον αὐτὸν μεταπεμπόμενος ὡμίλει αὐτῷ \s5 \v 26 At the same time he hoped that Paul would give money to him, so he often sent for him and spoke with him. At the same time he that would give money to him, so he often for him and spoke with him. At the same time √ he hoped that √ √ Paul would give money to him, so √ often he [1] sent for him and spoke with him. Διετίας δὲ πληρωθείσης ἔλαβεν διάδοχον ὁ Φῆλιξ Πόρκιον Φῆστον θέλων τε χάριτα καταθέσθαι τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις ὁ Φῆλιξ κατέλιπε τὸν Παῦλον δεδεμένον \v 27 But when two years passed, Porcius Festus became the governor after Felix, but Felix wanted to gain favor with the Jews, so he left Paul bound. But when two years passed, Porcius Festus became the governor after Felix, but Felix wanted to gain with the , so he . But two years when [1] passed, Porcius Festus became the governor after √ Felix, but √ Felix wanted to gain favor with the Jews, so he left √ Paul bound. Φῆστος οὖν ἐπιβὰς τῇ ἐπαρχείᾳ μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀνέβη εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀπὸ Καισαρείας \s5 \c 25 \p \v 1 Now, Festus entered the province, and after three days, he went from Caesarea up to Jerusalem. Now, Festus entered the , and after three , he went from up to . Now, Festus entered the province, and after three days, from Caesarea he went [1] [2] up to Jerusalem. ἐνεφάνισάν τε αὐτῷ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι τῶν Ἰουδαίων κατὰ τοῦ Παύλου καὶ παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν \v 2 The chief priests and the prominent Jews brought their charges against Paul, and they asked Festus earnestly— The and the brought their charges against , and they Festus — The chief priests and the prominent √ Jews brought their charges √ √ against √ Paul, and √ Festus they asked [1] earnestly- αἰτούμενοι χάριν κατ᾽ αὐτοῦ ὅπως μεταπέμψηται αὐτὸν εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ ἐνέδραν ποιοῦντες ἀνελεῖν αὐτὸν κατὰ τὴν ὁδόν \v 3 asking him to do them a favor against Paul—to summon him to Jerusalem, for they were preparing an ambush to kill him along the way. asking him to do them a against Paul—to him to , for they were preparing an ambush to him along the way. asking him to do them a favor against √ Paul- √ to summon him to Jerusalem, for they were preparing an ambush to kill him along the way. Ὁ μὲν οὖν Φῆστος ἀπεκρίθη τηρεῖσθαι τὸν Παῦλον εἰς Καισάρειαν ἑαυτὸν δὲ μέλλειν ἐν τάχει ἐκπορεύεσθαι \s5 \v 4 Festus answered that Paul was being held in custody at Caesarea, and that he himself was going there soon. Festus answered that was being held in custody at , and that he himself was going there soon. √ √ Festus answered that √ Paul was being held in custody at Caesarea, and that himself he [1] was going there √ √ soon. Οἱ οὖν ἐν ὑμῖν φησίν Δυνατοὶ συνκαταβάντες εἴ τί ἐστιν ἐν τῷ ἀνδρὶ ἄτοπον κατηγορείτωσαν αὐτοῦ \v 5 "Therefore, those who can," he said, "should go there with us. If there is something wrong with the man, you should accuse him." "Therefore, those who ," he said, "should go there with us. If there is something with the man, you should him." "Therefore, those who can,"" √ √ he said, "should go there with us. If there is something wrong with the man, you should accuse him." Διατρίψας δὲ ἐν αὐτοῖς ἡμέρας οὐ πλείους ὀκτὼ ἢ δέκα καταβὰς εἰς Καισάρειαν τῇ ἐπαύριον καθίσας ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος ἐκέλευσεν τὸν Παῦλον ἀχθῆναι \s5 \p \v 6 Festus stayed not more than eight or ten days and then he went down to Caesarea, and on the next day he sat on the judgment seat and commanded Paul to be brought to him. Festus stayed not more than eight or ten and then he went down to , and on the next day he sat on the and to be brought to him. Festus stayed √ √ √ not more than eight or ten days and then he went down to Caesarea, and on the next day he sat on the judgment seat and commanded √ Paul to be brought to him. παραγενομένου δὲ αὐτοῦ περιέστησαν αὐτὸν οἱ ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων καταβεβηκότες Ἰουδαῖοι πολλὰ καὶ βαρέα αἰτιώματα καταφέροντες ἃ οὐκ ἴσχυον ἀποδεῖξαι \v 7 When he arrived, the Jews from Jerusalem stood nearby, and they brought many serious charges which they could not prove. When he arrived, the from stood nearby, and they brought many serious charges which they prove. When he arrived, the Jews √ from Jerusalem stood nearby, √ and they brought many serious charges which they could not prove. Τοῦ Παύλου ἀπολογουμένου ὅτι Οὔτε εἰς τὸν νόμον τῶν Ἰουδαίων οὔτε εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν οὔτε εἰς Καίσαρά τι ἥμαρτον \p \v 8 Paul defended himself and said, "I have committed no sin against the law of the Jews or against the temple or against Caesar." defended himself and said, "I have no sin against of the or against the or against ." √ Paul defended himself and said, √ √ no "I have committed [1] sin against the law of the Jews or against the temple or against Caesar." Ὁ Φῆστος δὲ θέλων τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις χάριν καταθέσθαι ἀποκριθεὶς τῷ Παύλῳ εἶπεν Θέλεις εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀναβὰς ἐκεῖ περὶ τούτων κριθῆναι ἐπ᾽ ἐμοῦ \s5 \p \v 9 But Festus wanted to gain the favor of the Jews, and so he answered Paul and said, "Do you want to go up to Jerusalem and to be judged by me about these things there?" But Festus wanted to gain the of the , and so he answered and said, "Do you want to go up to and to be by me about these things there?" But √ Festus wanted to gain the favor of the Jews, and so he answered √ Paul and said, "Do you want to go up to Jerusalem and to be judged by me about these things there?" Εἶπεν δὲ ὁ Παῦλος Ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρος ἑστὼς εἰμι οὗ με δεῖ κρίνεσθαι Ἰουδαίους οὐδὲν ἠδίκησα ὡς καὶ σὺ κάλλιον ἐπιγινώσκεις \v 10 Paul said, "I stand before the judgment seat of Caesar where I must be judged. I have wronged no Jews, just as you also very well know. said, "I stand before the of where I must be . I have no , as you also very well . √ √ Paul said, √ "I stand before the judgment seat of Caesar where I must be judged. I have wronged no Jews, just as you also very well know. εἰ μὲν οὖν ἀδικῶ καὶ ἄξιον θανάτου πέπραχά τι οὐ παραιτοῦμαι τὸ ἀποθανεῖν εἰ δὲ οὐδέν ἐστιν ὧν οὗτοι κατηγοροῦσίν μου οὐδείς με δύναται αὐτοῖς χαρίσασθαι Καίσαρα ἐπικαλοῦμαι \s5 \v 11 Though if I have done wrong and if I have done what is worthy of death, I do not refuse to die. But if their accusations are nothing, no one can hand me over to them. I appeal to Caesar." Though if I have done and if I have done what is of , I do not to . But if their are nothing, no one me to them. I ." √ Though if I have done wrong and if I have done what is worthy of death, not I do [1] refuse √ to die. But if √ √ their accusations are nothing, no one √ can me hand [1] over to them. I appeal to Caesar." Τότε ὁ Φῆστος συλλαλήσας μετὰ τοῦ συμβουλίου ἀπεκρίθη Καίσαρα ἐπικέκλησαι ἐπὶ Καίσαρα πορεύσῃ \v 12 After Festus talked with the council, he answered, "You have appealed to Caesar. To Caesar you will go!" After Festus talked with the , he answered, "You have . To you will go!" After √ Festus talked with the council, he answered, "You have appealed to to Caesar. To Caesar you will go!" Ἡμερῶν δὲ διαγενομένων τινῶν Ἀγρίππας ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ Βερνίκη κατήντησαν εἰς Καισάρειαν ἀσπασάμενοι τὸν Φῆστον \s5 \p \v 13 Now after some days, King Agrippa and Bernice arrived at Caesarea to pay an official visit to Festus. Now after some , King Agrippa and Bernice arrived at to pay an official visit to Festus. Now after some days, √ King Agrippa and Bernice arrived at Caesarea to pay an official visit √ to Festus. ὡς δὲ πλείους ἡμέρας διέτριβον ἐκεῖ ὁ Φῆστος τῷ βασιλεῖ ἀνέθετο τὰ κατὰ τὸν Παῦλον λέγων Ἀνήρ τίς ἐστιν καταλελειμμένος ὑπὸ Φήλικος δέσμιος \v 14 After they had been there for many days, Festus presented Paul's case to the king; he said, "A certain man was left behind here by Felix as a prisoner. After they had been there for many , Festus presented case to the ; he said, "A certain man was behind here by Felix as a . After BDAG says ὡς can be a temporal conjunction √ they had been there for many days, √ Festus presented √ Paul's √ case √ to the king; he said, "A certain man was left behind here by Felix as a prisoner. περὶ οὗ γενομένου μου εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἐνεφάνισαν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι τῶν Ἰουδαίων αἰτούμενοι κατ᾽ αὐτοῦ καταδίκην \v 15 When I was in Jerusalem, the chief priests and the elders of the Jews brought charges against this man to me, and they asked for a sentence of condemnation against him. When I was in , the and the of the brought charges against this man to me, and they asked for a sentence of condemnation against him. √ √ When I was in Jerusalem, the chief priests and the elders of the Jews brought charges against the man to me, and they asked for a sentence of condemnation against him. πρὸς οὓς ἀπεκρίθην ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ἔθος Ῥωμαίοις χαρίζεσθαί τινα ἄνθρωπον πρὶν ἢ ὁ κατηγορούμενος κατὰ πρόσωπον ἔχοι τοὺς κατηγόρους τόπον τε ἀπολογίας λάβοι περὶ τοῦ ἐγκλήματος \v 16 I answered them that it was not the custom of the Romans to hand over anyone before the accused had faced his accusers and received an opportunity to defend himself against the charges. I answered them that it was not the custom of the to anyone the accused had faced his and an opportunity to defend himself against the charges. √ I answered them that it was not the custom of the Romans hand over anyone √ before √ the accused had √ faced √ his accusers √ and received an opportunity to defend himself against the charges. Συνελθόντων οὖν αὐτῶν ἐνθάδε ἀναβολὴν μηδεμίαν ποιησάμενος τῇ ἑξῆς καθίσας ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος ἐκέλευσα ἀχθῆναι τὸν ἄνδρα \s5 \v 17 Therefore, when they came together here, I did not wait, but the next day I sat in the judgment seat and I ordered the man to be brought in. Therefore, when they here, I did not wait, but the next day I sat in the and I the man to be brought in. Therefore, they when [1] came together here, √ not I did [1] wait, but the next day I sat in the judgment seat and I ordered the man to be brought in. περὶ οὗ σταθέντες οἱ κατήγοροι οὐδεμίαν αἰτίαν ἔφερον ὧν ἐγὼ ὑπενόουν πονηρῶν \v 18 When the accusers stood up, they charged him with nothing that I considered wickedness. When the accusers stood up, they charged him with nothing that I considered . √ √ When the accusers stood up, √ they charged him with nothing that I considered wickedness. ζητήματα δέ τινα περὶ τῆς ἰδίας δεισιδαιμονίας εἶχον πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ περί τινος Ἰησοῦ τεθνηκότος ὃν ἔφασκεν ὁ Παῦλος ζῆν \v 19 Instead, they had certain disputes with him about their own religion and about a certain Jesus who was dead, whom Paul claims to be alive. Instead, they had certain disputes with him about their own religion and about a certain who was , whom claims to be . Instead, they had certain disputes with him about/w> their own religion and about a certain Jesus who was dead, whom √ Paul claims to be alive. Ἀπορούμενος δὲ ἐγὼ τὴν περὶ τούτων ζήτησιν ἔλεγον εἰ βούλοιτο πορεύεσθαι εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα κἀκεῖ κρίνεσθαι περὶ τούτων \v 20 I was perplexed about how to investigate this matter, and so I asked him if he would be willing to go to Jerusalem to stand trial there about these charges. I was about how to investigate this matter, and so I asked him if he would be willing to go to to stand there about these charges. I √ was perplexed √ about how to investigate this matter, and so I asked him if he would be willing to go to Jerusalem to stand trial there about these charges. τοῦ δὲ Παύλου ἐπικαλεσαμένου τηρηθῆναι αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν τοῦ Σεβαστοῦ διάγνωσιν ἐκέλευσα τηρεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ἕως οὗ ἀναπέμψω αὐτὸν πρὸς Καίσαρα \s5 \v 21 But when Paul appealed to be kept in custody while awaiting the decision of the emperor, I ordered him to be held in custody until I could send him to Caesar." But when be in custody while awaiting the decision of , I him to be held in custody until I could him to ." But √ Paul when [1] appealed to be kept in custody √ √ while awaiting the decision of the the emperor, I ordered him to be held in custody until √ I could send him to Caesar." Ἀγρίππας δὲ πρὸς τὸν Φῆστον Ἐβουλόμην καὶ αὐτὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἀκοῦσαι Αὔριον φησίν Ἀκούσῃ αὐτοῦ \v 22 Agrippa spoke to Festus, "I would also like to listen to this man." "Tomorrow," Festus said, "you will hear him." Agrippa spoke to Festus, "I would also like to to this man." "Tomorrow," Festus said, "you will him." Agrippa √ spoke to √ Festus, also "I would [1] like √ to listen to this man." "Tomorrow," Festus said, "you will hear him." Τῇ οὖν ἐπαύριον ἐλθόντος τοῦ Ἀγρίππα καὶ τῆς Βερνίκης μετὰ πολλῆς φαντασίας καὶ εἰσελθόντων εἰς τὸ ἀκροατήριον σύν τε χιλιάρχοις καὶ ἀνδράσιν τοῖς κατ᾽ ἐξοχὴν τῆς πόλεως καὶ κελεύσαντος τοῦ Φήστου ἤχθη ὁ Παῦλος \s5 \p \v 23 So on the next day, Agrippa and Bernice came with much ceremony; they came into the hall with the military officers and with the prominent men of the city. When Festus spoke the command, Paul was brought to them. So on the next day, Agrippa and Bernice came with much ceremony; they came into the hall with the and with the prominent men of the city. When Festus spoke the , was brought to them. So on the next day, √ Agrippa and √ Bernice came with much ceremony; √ they came into the hall with √ the military officers and with the √ √ √ prominent men of the city. When √ Festus spoke the command, √ Paul was brought to them. Καί φησιν ὁ Φῆστος Ἀγρίππα βασιλεῦ καὶ πάντες οἱ συμπαρόντες ἡμῖν ἄνδρες θεωρεῖτε τοῦτον περὶ οὗ ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐνέτυχόν μοι ἔν τε Ἱεροσολύμοις καὶ ἐνθάδε βοῶντες μὴ δεῖν αὐτὸν ζῆν μηκέτι \v 24 Festus said, "King Agrippa, and all you men who are here with us, you see this man; all the multitude of Jews appealed to me in Jerusalem and here also, and they shouted to me that he should no longer live. Festus said, "King Agrippa, and all you men who are here with us, you see this man; all the multitude of me in and here also, and they to me that he should no longer . √ √ Festus said, "King Agrippa, and all you men who are here with us, you see this man; √ √ all the multitude √ of Jews appealed to me in Jerusalem and here also, and they shouted to me that √ √ he no longer he should [1] live. ἐγὼ δὲ κατελαβόμην μηδὲν ἄξιον αὐτὸν θανάτου πεπραχέναι αὐτοῦ δὲ τούτου ἐπικαλεσαμένου τὸν Σεβαστὸν ἔκρινα πέμπειν \s5 \v 25 I found he had done nothing worthy of death; but because he appealed to the emperor, I decided to send him to Rome. I found he had done nothing of ; but because he , I to him to Rome. I √ found he had done nothing worthy of death; but because √ he appealed to the emperor, I decided to send him to Rome. περὶ οὗ ἀσφαλές τι γράψαι τῷ κυρίῳ οὐκ ἔχω διὸ προήγαγον αὐτὸν ἐφ᾽ ὑμῶν καὶ μάλιστα ἐπὶ σοῦ βασιλεῦ Ἀγρίππα ὅπως τῆς ἀνακρίσεως γενομένης σχῶ τί γράψω \v 26 But I do not have anything certain to write to my lord. For this reason, I have brought him to you, especially to you, King Agrippa, so that I might have something more to write about the case. But I do not have anything certain to write to my . For this reason, I have brought him to you, especially to you, King Agrippa, so that I might have something more to write about the case. √ √ But not I do [1] have anything certain to write to my lord. For this reason, I have brought him to you, √ especially to you, King Agrippa, so that √ I might have something more to write about the case. ἄλογον γάρ μοι δοκεῖ πέμποντα δέσμιον μὴ καὶ τὰς κατ᾽ αὐτοῦ αἰτίας σημᾶναι \v 27 For it seems unreasonable for me to send a prisoner and to not also state the charges against him." For it seems unreasonable for me to a and to not also state the charges against him." For it seems unreasonable to me to send a prisoner and not also to [1] [2] state split infinitive in ULB the charges against him." Ἀγρίππας δὲ πρὸς τὸν Παῦλον ἔφη Ἐπιτρέπεταί σοι περὶ σεαυτοῦ λέγειν Τότε ὁ Παῦλος ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα ἀπελογεῖτο \s5 \c 26 \p \v 1 So Agrippa said to Paul, "You may speak for yourself." Then Paul stretched out his hand and made his defense. So Agrippa said to , "You may speak for yourself." Then stretched out his and made his defense. So Agrippa said to √ Paul, "You may speak for yourself." Then √ Paul stretched out his hand and made his defense. Περὶ πάντων ὧν ἐγκαλοῦμαι ὑπὸ Ἰουδαίων βασιλεῦ Ἀγρίππα ἥγημαι ἐμαυτὸν μακάριον ἐπὶ σοῦ μέλλων σήμερον ἀπολογεῖσθαι \p \v 2 "I consider myself happy, King Agrippa, to make my case before you today against all the accusations of the Jews, "I myself , King Agrippa, to make my case before you against all the of the , "I consider myself happy, King Agrippa, to make my case before you √ today against all √ the accusations of the Jews, μάλιστα γνώστην ὄντα σε πάντων τῶν κατὰ Ἰουδαίους ἐθῶν τε καὶ ζητημάτων διὸ δέομαι μακροθύμως ἀκοῦσαί μου \v 3 especially because you are an expert in all the Jewish customs and questions. So I beg you to hear me patiently. especially because you are an expert in all the customs and questions. So I you to me . especially because you are an expert in all the √ Jewish customs √ and questions. So I beg you to hear me patiently. Τὴν μὲν οὖν βίωσίν μου τὴν ἐκ νεότητος τὴν ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς γενομένην ἐν τῷ ἔθνει μου ἔν τε Ἱεροσολύμοις ἴσασι πάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι \s5 \v 4 Truly, all the Jews know how I lived from my youth in my own nation and at Jerusalem. Truly, all the how I from my youth in my own and at . √ √ Truly, all the Jews know how √ I lived √ from my youth √ √ √ √ in √ my own nation and at Jerusalem. προγινώσκοντές με ἄνωθεν ἐὰν θέλωσι μαρτυρεῖν ὅτι κατὰ τὴν ἀκριβεστάτην αἵρεσιν τῆς ἡμετέρας θρησκείας ἔζησα Φαρισαῖος \v 5 They have known about me from the beginning, if they are willing to admit it, that I lived as a Pharisee, the strictest party of our religion. They have about me from the beginning, if they are willing to it, that I as a , the strictest party of our religion. They have known about me from the beginning, if they are willing to admit it, that I lived as a Pharisee, √ the strictest party √ of our religion. Καὶ νῦν ἐπ᾽ ἐλπίδι τῆς εἰς τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν ἐπαγγελίας γενομένης ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἕστηκα κρινόμενος \s5 \v 6 Now I stand here to be judged because of my hope in the promise made by God to our fathers. Now I stand here to be because of my in the made by to our . √ Now I stand here to be judged because of my hope in the promise made by √ God √ to √ our fathers. εἰς ἣν τὸ δωδεκάφυλον ἡμῶν ἐν ἐκτενείᾳ νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν λατρεῦον ἐλπίζει καταντῆσαι περὶ ἧς ἐλπίδος ἐγκαλοῦμαι ὑπὸ Ἰουδαίων βασιλεῦ \v 7 It is this promise that our twelve tribes hope to receive as they worship God earnestly night and day, and it is for this hope, king, that the Jews are accusing me. It is this promise that our twelve to receive as they God earnestly night and , and it is for this , , that the are me. √ It is this promise that √ our twelve tribes hope to receive as they worship God √ earnestly night and day, and it is for this hope, king, √ that the Jews are accusing me. τί ἄπιστον κρίνεται παρ᾽ ὑμῖν εἰ ὁ Θεὸς νεκροὺς ἐγείρει \v 8 Why should any of you judge it to be incredible that God raises the dead?" Why should any of you it to be incredible that the ?" Why any of you should [1] [2] judge it to be incredible that √ God raises the dead?" I don't think these quotation marks should be here Ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν ἔδοξα ἐμαυτῷ πρὸς τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Ναζωραίου δεῖν πολλὰ ἐναντία πρᾶξαι \s5 \v 9 Now indeed, I myself thought that I should do many things against the name of Jesus of Nazareth. Now indeed, I myself that I should do many things against the of of . Now indeed, I myself thought that I should do many things against √ the name of Jesus √ of Nazareth. ὃ καὶ ἐποίησα ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις καὶ πολλούς τε τῶν ἁγίων ἐγὼ ἐν φυλακαῖς κατέκλεισα τὴν παρὰ τῶν ἀρχιερέων ἐξουσίαν λαβών ἀναιρουμένων τε αὐτῶν κατήνεγκα ψῆφον \v 10 I did these in Jerusalem. I locked up in prison many of God's holy people by the authority I received from the chief priests; and when they were killed, I cast my vote against them. I did these in . I locked up in many of God's people by the I from the ; and when they were , I cast my vote against them. √ √ I did these in Jerusalem. √ I locked up in prison many √ of God's √ holy people by the authority I received from the chief priests; and they whey [1] were killed, I cast my vote against them. καὶ κατὰ πάσας τὰς συναγωγὰς πολλάκις τιμωρῶν αὐτοὺς ἠνάγκαζον βλασφημεῖν περισσῶς τε ἐμμαινόμενος αὐτοῖς ἐδίωκον ἕως καὶ εἰς τὰς ἔξω πόλεις \v 11 I punished them many times in all the synagogues and I tried to force them to blaspheme. I was furiously enraged against them and I persecuted them even to foreign cities. I them many times in all the and I tried to force them to . I was furiously against them and I them even to foreign cities. √ √ I punished them many times in all the synagogues and I tried to force them to blaspheme. √ furiously I was [1] enraged against them and I persecuted them even to √ foreign cities. Ἐν οἷς πορευόμενος εἰς τὴν Δαμασκὸν μετ᾽ ἐξουσίας καὶ ἐπιτροπῆς τῆς τῶν ἀρχιερέων \s5 \v 12 While I was doing this, I went to Damascus with authority and orders from the chief priests; While I was doing this, I went to with and orders from the ; While I was doing this, I went to √ Damascus with authority and orders √ from the chief priests; ἡμέρας μέσης κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν εἶδον βασιλεῦ οὐρανόθεν ὑπὲρ τὴν λαμπρότητα τοῦ ἡλίου περιλάμψαν με φῶς καὶ τοὺς σὺν ἐμοὶ πορευομένους \v 13 and on the way there, in the middle of the day, king, I saw a light from heaven that was brighter than the sun, and it shone around both me and the men who were traveling with me. and on the way there, in the middle of the , , I saw a from heaven that was brighter than the sun, and it shone around both me and the men who were traveling with me. and on the way there, in the middle of the day, king, I saw a light from heaven √ √ that was brighter than the sun, and it shone around both me and the men who were traveling with me. πάντων τε καταπεσόντων ἡμῶν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἤκουσα φωνὴν λέγουσαν πρός με τῇ Ἑβραΐδι διαλέκτῳ Σαοὺλ Σαούλ τί με διώκεις σκληρόν σοι πρὸς κέντρα λακτίζειν \v 14 When we all fell to the ground, I heard a voice speaking to me that said in the Hebrew language, 'Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me? It is hard for you to kick a goad.' When we all fell to the , I a voice speaking to me that said in the , ' , , why do you me? It is for you to kick a goad.' When we all fell to the ground, I heard a voice speaking to me that said in the Hebrew language, 'Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me? It is hard for you to kick against a goad.' Ἐγὼ δὲ εἶπα Τίς εἶ Κύριε Ὁ δὲ Κύριος εἶπεν Ἐγώ εἰμι Ἰησοῦς ὃν σὺ διώκεις \s5 \v 15 Then I said, 'Who are you, Lord?' The Lord replied, 'I am Jesus whom you persecute. Then I said, 'Who are you, ?' The replied, 'I am whom you . Then I said, 'Who are you, Lord?' The √ Lord replied, 'I am Jesus whom you persecute. ἀλλὰ ἀνάστηθι καὶ στῆθι ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας σου εἰς τοῦτο γὰρ ὤφθην σοι προχειρίσασθαί σε ὑπηρέτην καὶ μάρτυρα ὧν τε εἶδές με ὧν τε ὀφθήσομαί σοι \v 16 Now get up and stand on your feet; because for this purpose I appeared to you, to appoint you to be a servant and a witness concerning the things that you know about me now and the things that I will show to you later; Now get up and stand on your feet; because for this purpose I appeared to you, to you to be a and a concerning the things that you about me now and the things that I will show to you later; Now get up and stand on √ your feet; because for this purpose I appeared to you, to appoint you to be a servant and a witness concerning the things that √ you know about me now and the things that to you I will show [1] later; ἐξαιρούμενός σε ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἐθνῶν εἰς οὓς ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω σε \v 17 and I will rescue you from the people and from the Gentiles to whom I am sending you, and I will you from the and from the to whom I am you, and I will rescue you from the people and from the Gentiles to whom I am sending you, ἀνοῖξαι ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν τοῦ ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπὸ σκότους εἰς φῶς καὶ τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ Σατανᾶ ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν τοῦ λαβεῖν αὐτοὺς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν καὶ κλῆρον ἐν τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις πίστει τῇ εἰς ἐμέ \v 18 to open their eyes and to turn them from darkness to light and from the dominion of Satan to God, so that they may receive from God the forgiveness of sins and the inheritance that I give to them who are sanctified by faith in me.' to open their eyes and to them from to and from the of to , so that they may from God the of and the that I give to them who are by in me.' to open their eyes and √ to turn them from darkness to light and from the dominion of Satan to √ God, so that √ they may receive from God the forgiveness of sins and the inheritance that I give to them who are sanctified by faith √ in me.' Ὅθεν βασιλεῦ Ἀγρίππα οὐκ ἐγενόμην ἀπειθὴς τῇ οὐρανίῳ ὀπτασίᾳ \s5 \v 19 Therefore, King Agrippa, I did not disobey the heavenly vision; Therefore, King Agrippa, I did not the heavenly ; Therefore, King Agrippa, I did not disobey the heavenly vision; ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἐν Δαμασκῷ πρῶτόν τε καὶ Ἱεροσολύμοις πᾶσάν τε τὴν χώραν τῆς Ἰουδαίας καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπήγγελλον μετανοεῖν καὶ ἐπιστρέφειν ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν ἄξια τῆς μετανοίας ἔργα πράσσοντας \v 20 but, to those in Damascus first, and then at Jerusalem, and throughout all the country of Judea, and also to the Gentiles, I gave them the message that that they should repent and turn to God, doing deeds worthy of repentance. but, to those in first, and then at , and throughout all the country of Judea, and also to the , I gave them the that that they should and to , doing of . but, to those in Damascus first, and then at Jerusalem, and throughout all the country √ of Judea, and also to the Gentiles, them I gave [1] the message that they should repent and turn to √ God, doing deeds worthy √ repentance. ἕνεκα τούτων με Ἰουδαῖοι συλλαβόμενοι ὄντα ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ ἐπειρῶντο διαχειρίσασθαι \v 21 For this cause the Jews arrested me in the temple and tried to kill me. For this cause the arrested me in the and to me. For this cause the Jews arrested me √ in the temple and tried to kill me. Ἐπικουρίας οὖν τυχὼν τῆς ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἄχρι τῆς ἡμέρας ταύτης ἕστηκα μαρτυρόμενος μικρῷ τε καὶ μεγάλῳ οὐδὲν ἐκτὸς λέγων ὧν τε οἱ προφῆται ἐλάλησαν μελλόντων γίνεσθαι καὶ Μωϋσῆς \s5 \v 22 Therefore I have received the help that comes from God until this very day, and I stand and testify to both small and great about nothing more than what the prophets and Moses said would happen— Therefore I have received the help that comes from until this very , and I stand and to both small and about nothing more than what the and said would happen— Therefore, I have received the help that comes from √ God until √ this very day, and I stand and testify to both small and Not sure if I did τε and καὶ correctly great about nothing more than what √ √ the prophets and Moses said would happen- εἰ παθητὸς ὁ Χριστός εἰ πρῶτος ἐξ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν φῶς μέλλει καταγγέλλειν τῷ τε λαῷ καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν \v 23 that Christ must suffer, and by being the first to rise from the dead he would proclaim light to our own people and to the Gentiles." that must suffer, and by being the first to from the he would to our own and to the ." √ Christ that [1] must suffer, and √ by being the first to rise from the dead he would proclaim light to our own √ people and to the Gentiles." Ταῦτα δὲ αὐτοῦ ἀπολογουμένου ὁ Φῆστος μεγάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ φησιν Μαίνῃ Παῦλε τὰ πολλά σε γράμματα εἰς μανίαν περιτρέπει \s5 \p \v 24 As Paul completed his defense, Festus said with a loud voice, "Paul, you are insane; your great learning makes you insane." As completed his defense, Festus said with a loud , "Paul, you are insane; your learning makes you insane." As √ Paul completed √ his defense, √ Festus said with a loud √ voice, "Paul, you are insane; √ your great learning makes √ you insane." Ὁ δὲ Παῦλος Οὐ μαίνομαι φησίν Κράτιστε Φῆστε ἀλλὰ ἀληθείας καὶ σωφροσύνης ῥήματα ἀποφθέγγομαι \v 25 But Paul said, "I am not insane, most excellent Festus, but I am declaring words of truth and sound judgment. But said, "I am not insane, most excellent Festus, but I am of and sound . √ But Paul said, not "I am [1] insane, most excellent Festus, but I am declaring words of truth and sound judgment. ἐπίσταται γὰρ περὶ τούτων ὁ βασιλεύς πρὸς ὃν καὶ παρρησιαζόμενος λαλῶ λανθάνειν γὰρ αὐτὸν τι τούτων οὐ πείθομαι οὐθέν οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἐν γωνίᾳ πεπραγμένον τοῦτο \v 26 For the king knows about these things; and so I speak boldly to him, for I am persuaded that none of this is hidden from him; for this has not been done in a corner. For the about these things; and so I speak to him, for I that none of this is hidden from him; for this has not been done in a corner. For the king knows about these things; and so I speak boldly to him, for I am persuaded √ that none of this √ is hidden from him; for this √ not has [1] been done in a corner. πιστεύεις βασιλεῦ Ἀγρίππα τοῖς προφήταις οἶδα ὅτι πιστεύεις \s5 \v 27 Do you believe the prophets, King Agrippa? I know that you believe." Do you the , King Agrippa? I that you ." Do you believe the prophets, King Agrippa? I know that you believe." Ὁ δὲ Ἀγρίππας πρὸς τὸν Παῦλον Ἐν ὀλίγῳ με πείθεις Χριστιανὸν ποιῆσαι \v 28 Agrippa said to Paul, "In a short time would you persuade me and make me a Christian?" Agrippa said to , "In a short time would you me and make me a ?" √ √ Agrippa said to √ Paul, "In a short time would you persuade me and make me a Christian?" Ὁ δὲ Παῦλος Εὐξαίμην ἂν τῷ Θεῷ καὶ ἐν ὀλίγῳ καὶ ἐν μεγάλῳ οὐ μόνον σὲ ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντάς μου σήμερον γενέσθαι τοιούτους ὁποῖος καὶ ἐγώ εἰμι παρεκτὸς τῶν δεσμῶν τούτων \p \v 29 Paul said, "I pray to God, that whether in a short or long time, not you only, but also all that hear me today, would be like me, but without these prison chains." said, "I to , that whether in a short or long time, not you only, but also all that me , would me, but without these prison ." √ √ Paul said, "I pray √ √ to God, that whether in a short or √ long time, not you only, but also all that hear me today, would be like √ √ √ me, but without √ these prison chains." Ἀνέστη τε ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ ὁ ἡγεμὼν ἥ τε Βερνίκη καὶ οἱ συνκαθήμενοι αὐτοῖς \s5 \p \v 30 Then the king stood up, and the governor, and Bernice also, and those who were sitting with them; Then the stood up, and the , and Bernice also, and those who were sitting with them; Then the king stood up, and the governor, and Bernice also, and those who were sitting with them; καὶ ἀναχωρήσαντες ἐλάλουν πρὸς ἀλλήλους λέγοντες ὅτι Οὐδὲν θανάτου ἢ δεσμῶν ἄξιον τι πράσσει ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος \v 31 when they left the hall, they talked to one another and said, "This man does nothing worthy of death or of bonds." when they left the hall, they talked to one another and said, "This man does nothing of or of ." when they left the hall they talked to one another and said, √ √ "This man has done √ nothing worthy of death or bonds." Ἀγρίππας δὲ τῷ Φήστῳ ἔφη Ἀπολελύσθαι ἐδύνατο ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος εἰ μὴ ἐπεκέκλητο Καίσαρα \p \v 32 Agrippa said to Festus, "This man could have been freed if he had not appealed to Caesar." Agrippa said to Festus, "This man have been if he had not ." Agrippa √ said √ to Festus, √ "This man could have been freed if not he had [1] appealed to to Caesar." Ὡς δὲ ἐκρίθη τοῦ ἀποπλεῖν ἡμᾶς εἰς τὴν Ἰταλίαν παρεδίδουν τόν τε Παῦλον καί τινας ἑτέρους δεσμώτας ἑκατοντάρχῃ ὀνόματι Ἰουλίῳ σπείρης Σεβαστῆς \s5 \c 27 \p \v 1 When it was decided that we should sail for Italy, they committed Paul and some other prisoners to a centurion named Julius, who belonged to the Augustan company of soldiers. When it was that we should sail for Italy, they and some other to a Julius, who belonged to the Augustan company of . When √ it was decided that we should sail for √ Italy, they committed √ √ Paul and some other prisoners to a centurion named Julius, who belonged to the Augustan company of soldiers. ἐπιβάντες δὲ πλοίῳ Ἀδραμυττηνῷ μέλλοντι πλεῖν εἰς τοὺς κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν τόπους ἀνήχθημεν ὄντος σὺν ἡμῖν Ἀριστάρχου Μακεδόνος Θεσσαλονικέως \v 2 We boarded a ship from Adramyttium which was about to sail along the coast of Asia. So we went to sea. Aristarchus from Thessalonica in Macedonia went with us. We boarded a ship from Adramyttium which was about to sail along the coast of . So we went to sea. Aristarchus from in went with us. We boarded √ a ship from Adramyttium which was about to sail √ along the coast √ of Asia. So we went to sea. Aristarchus from Thessalonica in Macedonia went with us. Τῇ τε ἑτέρᾳ κατήχθημεν εἰς Σιδῶνα φιλανθρώπως τε ὁ Ἰούλιος τῷ Παύλῳ χρησάμενος ἐπέτρεψεν πρὸς τοὺς φίλους πορευθέντι ἐπιμελείας τυχεῖν \s5 \v 3 The next day we landed at the city of Sidon, where Julius treated Paul kindly and allowed him to go to his friends to receive their care. The next day we landed at the city of , where Julius treated kindly and allowed him to go to his friends to receive their care. The √ next day we landed at the city of Sidon, √ where √ Juius treated Paul kindly and allowed him to go to his friends to receive their care. κἀκεῖθεν ἀναχθέντες ὑπεπλεύσαμεν τὴν Κύπρον διὰ τὸ τοὺς ἀνέμους εἶναι ἐναντίους \v 4 From there we went to sea and sailed under the lee of Cyprus, close to the island, because the winds were against us. From there we went to sea and sailed under the lee of , close to the island, because the winds were against us. From there we went to sea and sailed under the lee √ of Cyprus, close to the island, because the winds were against us. τό τε πέλαγος τὸ κατὰ τὴν Κιλικίαν καὶ Παμφυλίαν διαπλεύσαντες κατήλθομεν εἰς Μύρα τῆς Λυκίας \v 5 When we had sailed across the sea past Cilicia and Pamphylia, we landed at Myra, a city of Lycia. When we had sailed across the sea past and Pamphylia, we landed at Myra, a city of Lycia. √ When we had sailed across the sea √ past √ Cilicia and Pamphylia, we landed at Myra, a city √ of Lycia. Κἀκεῖ εὑρὼν ὁ ἑκατοντάρχης πλοῖον Ἀλεξανδρῖνον πλέον εἰς τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἐνεβίβασεν ἡμᾶς εἰς αὐτό \v 6 There, the centurion found a ship from Alexandria that was going to sail to Italy. He put us on it. There, the found a ship from Alexandria that was going to sail to Italy. He put us on it. There, the centurion found a ship from Alexandria that was going to √ Italy. He put us on it. Ἐν ἱκαναῖς δὲ ἡμέραις βραδυπλοοῦντες καὶ μόλις γενόμενοι κατὰ τὴν Κνίδον μὴ προσεῶντος ἡμᾶς τοῦ ἀνέμου ὑπεπλεύσαμεν τὴν Κρήτην κατὰ Σαλμώνην \s5 \v 7 When we had sailed slowly for many days and had finally arrived with difficulty near Cnidus and the wind no longer allowed us to go that way, we sailed along the sheltered side of Crete, opposite Salmone. When we had sailed slowly for many and had finally arrived with difficulty near Cnidus and the wind no longer allowed us to go that way, we sailed along the sheltered side of , opposite Salmone. When we had sailed slowly for many days and had finally arrived with difficulty near √ Cnidus and the wind no longer us allowed [1] to go that way, we sailed along the sheltered side √ of Crete, opposite Salmone. μόλις τε παραλεγόμενοι αὐτὴν ἤλθομεν εἰς τόπον τινὰ καλούμενον Καλοὺς Λιμένας ᾧ ἐγγὺς πόλις ἦν Λασαία \v 8 We sailed along the coast with difficulty, until we came to a certain place called Fair Havens, which is near the city of Lasea. We sailed along the coast with difficulty, until we came to a certain place Fair Havens, which is near the city of Lasea. We sailed along √ the coast with difficulty, until we came to a certain place called Fair Havens, which is near the city of Lasea. Ἱκανοῦ δὲ χρόνου διαγενομένου καὶ ὄντος ἤδη ἐπισφαλοῦς τοῦ πλοὸς διὰ τὸ καὶ τὴν Νηστείαν ἤδη παρεληλυθέναι παρῄνει ὁ Παῦλος \s5 \p \v 9 We had now taken much time, the time of the Jewish fast also had passed, and it had now become dangerous to sail. So Paul warned them, We had now taken much , the time of the Jewish also had passed, and it had now become dangerous to sail. So them, But we had now taken much time, the time of the Jewish fast also had passed, and it had now become dangerous √ to sail. √ √ So √ Paul warned them, λέγων αὐτοῖς Ἄνδρες θεωρῶ ὅτι μετὰ ὕβρεως καὶ πολλῆς ζημίας οὐ μόνον τοῦ φορτίου καὶ τοῦ πλοίου ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ψυχῶν ἡμῶν μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι τὸν πλοῦν \v 10 and said, "Men, I see that the voyage we are about to take will be with injury and much loss, not only of the cargo and the ship, but also of our lives." and said, "Men, I see that the voyage we are about to take will be with injury and much loss, not only of the cargo and the ship, but also of our ." and said, √ "Men, I see that the voyage we are about to take will be with injury and much loss, not only of the cargo and the ship, but also √ of our lives." Ὁ δὲ ἑκατοντάρχης τῷ κυβερνήτῃ καὶ τῷ ναυκλήρῳ μᾶλλον ἐπείθετο ἢ τοῖς ὑπὸ Παύλου λεγομένοις \v 11 But the centurion was more persuaded by the master and by the owner of the ship than by those things that were spoken by Paul. But the was more by the master and by the owner of the ship than by those things that were spoken by . But the centurion was more persuaded by the master and by the owner of the ship than by those things that were spoken by Paul. ἀνευθέτου δὲ τοῦ λιμένος ὑπάρχοντος πρὸς παραχειμασίαν οἱ πλείονες ἔθεντο βουλὴν ἀναχθῆναι ἐκεῖθεν εἴ πως δύναιντο καταντήσαντες εἰς Φοίνικα παραχειμάσαι λιμένα τῆς Κρήτης βλέποντα κατὰ λίβα καὶ κατὰ χῶρον \s5 \v 12 Because the harbor was not easy to spend the winter in, most of the sailors advised to sail from there, and if by any means we could reach the city of Phoenix, to spend the winter there. Phoenix is a harbor in Crete, facing both southwest and northwest. Because the harbor was not easy to spend the winter in, most of the sailors to sail from there, and if by any means we reach the city of Phoenix, to spend the winter there. Phoenix is a harbor in , facing both southwest and northwest. Because √ the harbor was not easy √ to spend the winter in, most of the sailors √ advised to sail from there, and if by any means we could reach √ the city of Phoenix, to spend the winter there. Phoenix is a harbor √ in Crete, facing both √ southwest and √ northwest. Ὑποπνεύσαντος δὲ νότου δόξαντες τῆς προθέσεως κεκρατηκέναι ἄραντες ἆσσον παρελέγοντο τὴν Κρήτην \v 13 When a south wind began to blow gently, the sailors thought that they had what they needed. So they weighed anchor and sailed along Crete, close to the shore. When a south wind began to blow gently, the sailors that they had what they needed. So they weighed anchor and sailed along , close to the shore. When a south wind began to blow gently, the sailors thought they had what they needed. So they weighed anchor and sailed along √ Crete, close to the shore. μετ᾽ οὐ πολὺ δὲ ἔβαλεν κατ᾽ αὐτῆς ἄνεμος τυφωνικὸς ὁ καλούμενος Εὐρακύλων \s5 \v 14 But after a short time a wind of hurricane force, called the northeaster, began to beat down from the island. But after a short a wind of hurricane force, the northeaster, began to beat down from the island. But after a short time a wind of hurricane force, √ called the northeaster, began to beat down from √ the island. συναρπασθέντος δὲ τοῦ πλοίου καὶ μὴ δυναμένου ἀντοφθαλμεῖν τῷ ἀνέμῳ ἐπιδόντες ἐφερόμεθα \v 15 When the ship was caught by the storm and could no longer head into the wind, we had to give way to the storm and were driven along by the wind. When the ship was caught by the storm and no longer head into the wind, we had to give way to the storm and were driven along by the wind. When the ship was caught by the storm and no could [1] longer head into the wind, we had to give way to the storm and were driven along by the wind. Νησίον δέ τι ὑποδραμόντες καλούμενον Καῦδα ἰσχύσαμεν μόλις περικρατεῖς γενέσθαι τῆς σκάφης \v 16 We sailed along the lee of a small island called Cauda, and with difficulty we were able to secure the lifeboat. We sailed along the lee of a small island Cauda, and with difficulty we to secure the lifeboat. We sailed along the lee √ √ of a small island called Cauda, and with difficulty were able so secure √ the lifeboat. ἣν ἄραντες βοηθείαις ἐχρῶντο ὑποζωννύντες τὸ πλοῖον φοβούμενοί τε μὴ εἰς τὴν Σύρτιν ἐκπέσωσιν χαλάσαντες τὸ σκεῦος οὕτως ἐφέροντο \s5 \v 17 When they had hoisted the lifeboat up, they used its ropes to bind the hull of the ship. They were afraid that they should run upon the sandbars of Syrtis, so they lowered the sea anchor and were driven along. When they had hoisted the lifeboat up, they used its ropes to bind the hull of the ship. They were that they should upon the sandbars of Syrtis, so they lowered the sea anchor and were driven along. When the lifeboat<> they had hoisted [1] up, they used its ropes to bind the hull of the ship. They were afraid that they should run √ √ upon the sandbars √ of Syrtis, so they lowered the sea anchor and √ were driven along. Σφοδρῶς δὲ χειμαζομένων ἡμῶν τῇ ἑξῆς ἐκβολὴν ἐποιοῦντο \v 18 We took such a violent battering by the storm that the next day they began throwing the cargo overboard. We took such a violent battering by the storm that the next day they began throwing the cargo overboard. We √ such a violent took [1] beating that the next day they began throwing the cargo overboard. καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ αὐτόχειρες τὴν σκευὴν τοῦ πλοίου ἔρριψαν \s5 \v 19 On the third day the sailors threw overboard the ship's equipment with their own hands. On the third day the sailors threw overboard the ship's equipment with their own hands. √ On the third day the sailors threw overboard the ship's √ equipment with their own hands. μήτε δὲ ἡλίου μήτε ἄστρων ἐπιφαινόντων ἐπὶ πλείονας ἡμέρας χειμῶνός τε οὐκ ὀλίγου ἐπικειμένου λοιπὸν περιῃρεῖτο ἐλπὶς πᾶσα τοῦ σῴζεσθαι ἡμᾶς \v 20 When the sun and stars did not shine on us for many days, and the great storm still beat upon us, any more hope that we should be saved was abandoned. When the sun and stars did not shine on us for many , and the great storm still beat upon us, any more that we should be was abandoned. When the sun and stars not did [1] shine on us for many days, and the great storm √ √ still beat upon us, √ any more hope that √ we should be saved was abandoned. Πολλῆς τε ἀσιτίας ὑπαρχούσης τότε σταθεὶς ὁ Παῦλος ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν εἶπεν Ἔδει μέν ὦ ἄνδρες πειθαρχήσαντάς μοι μὴ ἀνάγεσθαι ἀπὸ τῆς Κρήτης κερδῆσαί τε τὴν ὕβριν ταύτην καὶ τὴν ζημίαν \s5 \v 21 When they had gone long without food, then Paul stood up among the sailors and said, "Men, you should have listened to me, and not have set sail from Crete, so as to get this injury and loss. When they had gone long without food, then stood up among the sailors and said, "Men, you should have me, and not have set sail from , so as to get this injury and loss. When they had gone a long time without food, then √ Paul stood up √ √ among √ the sailors and said, √ √ "Men, you should have listened to me, and not have set sail from √ Crete, so as to get √ this injury and √ loss. καὶ τὰ νῦν παραινῶ ὑμᾶς εὐθυμεῖν ἀποβολὴ γὰρ ψυχῆς οὐδεμία ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν πλὴν τοῦ πλοίου \v 22 Now I urge you to take courage, for there will be no loss of life among you, but only the loss of the ship. Now I you to , for there will be no loss of among you, but only the loss of the ship. √ √ Now I urge you to take courage, for there will be no loss of life among you, but only the loss of the ship. παρέστη γάρ μοι ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὗ εἰμι ἐγώ ᾧ καὶ λατρεύω ἄγγελος \s5 \v 23 For last night an angel of the God to whom I belong, whom also I worship—his angel stood beside me For last night an of the to whom I belong, whom also I —his angel stood beside me For √ last √ night an angel of the God to whom I belong, whom also I worship- his angel stood beside me λέγων Μὴ φοβοῦ Παῦλε Καίσαρί σε δεῖ παραστῆναι καὶ ἰδοὺ κεχάρισταί σοι ὁ Θεὸς πάντας τοὺς πλέοντας μετὰ σοῦ \v 24 and said, 'Do not be afraid, Paul. You must stand before Caesar, and see, God in his kindness has given to you all those who are sailing with you.' and said, 'Do not be , . You must stand before , and see, in his kindness has given to you all those who are sailing with you.' and said, not 'Do [1] be afraid, Paul. You must stand before Caesar, and see, √ God in his kindness has given to you all those who are sailing with you.' Διὸ εὐθυμεῖτε ἄνδρες πιστεύω γὰρ τῷ Θεῷ ὅτι οὕτως ἔσται καθ᾽ ὃν τρόπον λελάληταί μοι \v 25 Therefore have courage, men! For I trust God that it will happen just as it was told to me. Therefore have , men! For I that it will happen just as it was told to me. Therefore have courage, men! For I trust √ God that it will happen just as √ it was told to me. εἰς νῆσον δέ τινα δεῖ ἡμᾶς ἐκπεσεῖν \v 26 But we must run aground upon some island." But we must aground upon some island." But we must run aground upon some island." Ὡς δὲ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτη νὺξ ἐγένετο διαφερομένων ἡμῶν ἐν τῷ Ἀδρίᾳ κατὰ μέσον τῆς νυκτὸς ὑπενόουν οἱ ναῦται προσάγειν τινὰ αὐτοῖς χώραν \s5 \p \v 27 When the fourteenth night had come, as we were driven this way and that in the Adriatic Sea, about midnight the sailors thought that they were approaching some land. When the fourteenth night had come, as we were driven this way and that in the Adriatic Sea, about midnight the sailors thought that they were approaching some land. When the fourteenth night had come, as we were driven this way and that in the Adriatic Sea, about √ √ √ midnight the sailors thought that they Not sure if I did this pronoun correctly were approaching some land. καὶ βολίσαντες εὗρον ὀργυιὰς εἴκοσι βραχὺ δὲ διαστήσαντες καὶ πάλιν βολίσαντες εὗρον ὀργυιὰς δεκαπέντε \v 28 They took soundings and found twenty fathoms; after a little while, they took more soundings and found fifteen fathoms. They took soundings and found twenty fathoms; after a little while, they took more soundings and found fifteen fathoms. √ They took soundings and found twenty fathoms; after a little while, √ √ more they took [1] soundings Not sure if I did these verbs correctly and found fifteen fathoms. φοβούμενοί τε μή που κατὰ τραχεῖς τόπους ἐκπέσωμεν ἐκ πρύμνης ῥίψαντες ἀγκύρας τέσσαρας ηὔχοντο ἡμέραν γενέσθαι \v 29 They were afraid that we might crash on the rocks, so they lowered four anchors from the stern and prayed that morning would come soon. They were that we might crash on the rocks, so they lowered four anchors from the stern and that would come soon. they were afraid that √ √ √ we might crash on the rocks, √ so they lowered four anchors from the stern and prayed that morning would come soon. Τῶν δὲ ναυτῶν ζητούντων φυγεῖν ἐκ τοῦ πλοίου καὶ χαλασάντων τὴν σκάφην εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν προφάσει ὡς ἐκ πρῴρης ἀγκύρας μελλόντων ἐκτείνειν \s5 \v 30 The sailors were looking for a way to abandon the ship and had lowered the lifeboat into the sea, and pretended that they would throw down the anchors from the bow. The sailors were a way to abandon the ship and had lowered the lifeboat into the sea, and pretended that they would throw down the anchors from the bow. The √ sailors were looking for a way to abandon √ the ship and had lowered the lifeboat into the sea, and pretended that they would throw down the anchors from the bow. εἶπεν ὁ Παῦλος τῷ ἑκατοντάρχῃ καὶ τοῖς στρατιώταις Ἐὰν μὴ οὗτοι μείνωσιν ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ ὑμεῖς σωθῆναι οὐ δύνασθε \v 31 But Paul said to the centurion and to the soldiers, "Unless these men stay in the ship, you cannot be saved." But said to the and to the , "Unless these men stay in the ship, you be ." But √ Paul said to the centurion and to the soldiers, √ √ "Unless these men stay in the ship, you √ √ cannot be saved. τότε ἀπέκοψαν οἱ στρατιῶται τὰ σχοινία τῆς σκάφης καὶ εἴασαν αὐτὴν ἐκπεσεῖν \v 32 Then the soldiers cut away the ropes of the boat and let it drift away. Then the cut away the ropes of the boat and let it drift away. Then the soldiers cut away the ropes of the boat and let it drift away. Ἄχρι δὲ οὗ ἡμέρα ἤμελλεν γίνεσθαι παρεκάλει ὁ Παῦλος ἅπαντας μεταλαβεῖν τροφῆς λέγων Τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτην σήμερον ἡμέραν προσδοκῶντες ἄσιτοι διατελεῖτε μηθὲν προσλαβόμενοι \s5 \v 33 When daylight was coming on, Paul encouraged them all to take some food. He said, "This day is the fourteenth day that you have been on constant guard and have gone without food—you have not eaten anything. When daylight was coming on, them all to take some food. He said, "This is the fourteenth that you have been on constant guard and have gone without food—you have not eaten anything. When √ √ daylight was coming on, √ Paul encouraged them all to take some food. He said, "This day is the fourteenth day that you have been on constant guard Not sure if I gont this verb and participle correct and have gone without food- not you have [1] eaten anything. διὸ παρακαλῶ ὑμᾶς μεταλαβεῖν τροφῆς τοῦτο γὰρ πρὸς τῆς ὑμετέρας σωτηρίας ὑπάρχει οὐδενὸς γὰρ ὑμῶν θρὶξ ἀπὸ τῆς κεφαλῆς ἀπολεῖται \v 34 So I urge you to share some food, for this is necessary for you to survive. For not one of you will lose a single hair from his head." So I you to share some food, for this is necessary for you to . For not one of you will lose a single hair from his ." So I urge you to share some food, for this is necessary for √ you to survive. For not one of you will lose a single hair from his head." Εἴπας δὲ ταῦτα καὶ λαβὼν ἄρτον εὐχαρίστησεν τῷ Θεῷ ἐνώπιον πάντων καὶ κλάσας ἤρξατο ἐσθίειν \v 35 When he had said this, he took bread and he thanked God in the sight of everyone. Then he broke the bread and began to eat. When he had said this, he took and he thanked in the sight of everyone. Then he broke the bread and began to eat. When he said this, √ he took bread and he thanked √ God in the sight of everyone. Then he broke the bread and began to eat. εὔθυμοι δὲ γενόμενοι πάντες καὶ αὐτοὶ προσελάβοντο τροφῆς \s5 \v 36 Then they were all encouraged and they also took food. Then they were all and they also took food. Then they were all encouraged and they also took food. ἤμεθα δὲ αἱ πᾶσαι ψυχαὶ ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ διακόσιαι ἑβδομήκοντα ἕξ \v 37 We were 276 souls on the ship. We were 276 on the ship. We √ √ √ were √ √ √ 276 souls on the ship. κορεσθέντες δὲ τροφῆς ἐκούφιζον τὸ πλοῖον ἐκβαλλόμενοι τὸν σῖτον εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν \v 38 When they had eaten enough, they made the ship lighter by throwing out the wheat into the sea. When they had eaten enough, they made the ship lighter by the into the sea. When they had eaten enough, √ the ship they made [1] [2] lighter by throwing out the wheat into the sea. Ὅτε δὲ ἡμέρα ἐγένετο τὴν γῆν οὐκ ἐπεγίνωσκον κόλπον δέ τινα κατενόουν ἔχοντα αἰγιαλὸν εἰς ὃν ἐβουλεύοντο εἰ δύναιντο ἐξῶσαι τὸ πλοῖον \s5 \v 39 When it was day, they did not recognize the land, but they saw a bay with a beach, and they discussed whether they could drive the ship onto it. When it was , they did not recognize the , but they saw a bay with a beach, and they discussed whether they drive the ship onto it. When √ it was day, not they did [1] recognize the land, but they saw a bay √ with a beach, and they discussed whether they could drive the ship onto it. καὶ τὰς ἀγκύρας περιελόντες εἴων εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν ἅμα ἀνέντες τὰς ζευκτηρίας τῶν πηδαλίων καὶ ἐπάραντες τὸν ἀρτέμωνα τῇ πνεούσῃ κατεῖχον εἰς τὸν αἰγιαλόν \v 40 So they cut loose the anchors and left them in the sea. At the same time they loosed the ropes of the rudders and raised the foresail to the wind; and so they headed to the beach. So they cut loose the anchors and left them in the sea. At the same time they loosed the ropes of the rudders and raised the foresail to the wind; and so they headed to the beach. So they cut loose the anchors and left them in the sea. At the same time they loosed the ropes of the rudders and raised the foresail to the wind; and so they headed to the beach. περιπεσόντες δὲ εἰς τόπον διθάλασσον ἐπέκειλαν τὴν ναῦν καὶ ἡ μὲν πρῷρα ἐρείσασα ἔμεινεν ἀσάλευτος ἡ δὲ πρύμνα ἐλύετο ὑπὸ τῆς βίας τῶν κυμάτων \v 41 But the ship struck a sandbar and ran aground. The bow was stuck there and remained unmovable, and the stern was broken up by the force of the waves. But the ship struck a sandbar and ran aground. The bow was stuck there and remained unmovable, and the stern was up by the force of the waves. But the ship struck √ √ √ a sandbar and ran aground. √ The √ bow was stuck there and remained unmovable, and the stern was broken up by the force of the waves. Τῶν δὲ στρατιωτῶν βουλὴ ἐγένετο ἵνα τοὺς δεσμώτας ἀποκτείνωσιν μή τις ἐκκολυμβήσας διαφύγῃ \s5 \v 42 The soldiers' plan was to kill the prisoners so that none of them could swim away and escape. The ' plan was to the so that none of them could swim away and escape. The √ soldiers' plan was to kill the prisoners so that none of them could swim away and escape. ὁ δὲ ἑκατοντάρχης βουλόμενος διασῶσαι τὸν Παῦλον ἐκώλυσεν αὐτοὺς τοῦ βουλήματος ἐκέλευσέν τε τοὺς δυναμένους κολυμβᾶν ἀπορίψαντας πρώτους ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἐξιέναι \v 43 But the centurion wanted to save Paul, so he stopped their plan; and he ordered those who could swim to jump overboard first and get to land. But the wanted to , so he stopped their plan; and he those who swim to jump overboard first and get to . But the centurion wanted to save √ Paul, so he stopped their √ plan; and he ordered those who could swim to jump overboard first and get to √ land. καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς οὓς μὲν ἐπὶ σανίσιν οὓς δὲ ἐπί τινων τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ πλοίου καὶ οὕτως ἐγένετο πάντας διασωθῆναι ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν \v 44 Then the rest of the men should follow, some on planks, and some on other things from the ship. In this way it happened that all of us were brought safely to land. Then the rest of the men should follow, some on planks, and some on other things from the ship. In this way it happened that all of us were to . Then the rest of the men should follow, some √ on planks, and some on other things √ from the ship. √ In this way it happened that all of us were brought safely to √ land. Καὶ διασωθέντες τότε ἐπέγνωμεν ὅτι Μελίτη ἡ νῆσος καλεῖται \s5 \c 28 \p \v 1 When we were brought safely through, we learned that the island was called Malta. When we were , we learned that the island was Malta. √ When we were brought safely through, we learned that the island was called Malta. οἵ τε βάρβαροι παρεῖχον οὐ τὴν τυχοῦσαν φιλανθρωπίαν ἡμῖν ἅψαντες γὰρ πυρὰν προσελάβοντο πάντας ἡμᾶς διὰ τὸν ὑετὸν τὸν ἐφεστῶτα καὶ διὰ τὸ ψῦχος \v 2 The native people offered to us not just ordinary kindness, but they lit a fire and welcomed us all because of the constant rain and cold. The native people offered to us not just ordinary , but they lit a and welcomed us all because of the constant rain and cold. The √ native people offered to us not √ just ordinary kindness, but they lit a fire and welcomed us all because of the constant √ rain and √ √ cold. Συστρέψαντος δὲ τοῦ Παύλου φρυγάνων τι πλῆθος καὶ ἐπιθέντος ἐπὶ τὴν πυράν ἔχιδνα ἀπὸ τῆς θέρμης ἐξελθοῦσα καθῆψεν τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ \s5 \v 3 But when Paul had gathered a bundle of sticks and placed them on the fire, a viper came out because of the heat and fastened onto his hand. But when had gathered a bundle of sticks and placed them on the , a viper came out because of the heat and fastened onto his . But √ Paul when [1] had gathered √ a bundle of sticks and placed them on the fire, a viper came out because of the hear and fastened √ onto his hand. ὡς δὲ εἶδον οἱ βάρβαροι κρεμάμενον τὸ θηρίον ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἔλεγον Πάντως φονεύς ἐστιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος ὃν διασωθέντα ἐκ τῆς θαλάσσης ἡ Δίκη ζῆν οὐκ εἴασεν \v 4 When the native people saw the animal hanging from his hand, they said one to another, "This man certainly is a murderer who has been saved from the sea; Justice does not permit him to live." When the native people saw the hanging from his , they said one to another, "This man certainly is a murderer who has been from the sea; Justice does not permit him to ." When √ the native people saw the animal hanging from √ his hand, they said to one [1] another, √ "This man certainly is a murderer who has been saved from the sea; √ Justice not does [1] permit him to live." ὁ μὲν οὖν ἀποτινάξας τὸ θηρίον εἰς τὸ πῦρ ἔπαθεν οὐδὲν κακόν \s5 \v 5 But then he shook the animal into the fire and suffered no harm. But then he shook the into the and no . √ But then he shook off the animal into the fire and suffered no harm. οἱ δὲ προσεδόκων αὐτὸν μέλλειν πίμπρασθαι ἢ καταπίπτειν ἄφνω νεκρόν ἐπὶ πολὺ δὲ αὐτῶν προσδοκώντων καὶ θεωρούντων μηδὲν ἄτοπον εἰς αὐτὸν γινόμενον μεταβαλόμενοι ἔλεγον αὐτὸν εἶναι θεόν \v 6 They were waiting for him to swell up or suddenly fall down dead. But after they watched him for a long time and saw that nothing was wrong with him, they changed their minds and said that he was a god. They were waiting for him to swell up or suddenly fall down . But after they him for a long and saw that nothing was with him, they changed their and said that he was a god. They √ were waiting for him √ to swell up or suddenly fall down dead. But after they watched him for a long time and saw that nothing was wrong with him, they changed their minds and said that he was a god. Ἐν δὲ τοῖς περὶ τὸν τόπον ἐκεῖνον ὑπῆρχεν χωρία τῷ πρώτῳ τῆς νήσου ὀνόματι Ποπλίῳ ὃς ἀναδεξάμενος ἡμᾶς τρεῖς ἡμέρας φιλοφρόνως ἐξένισεν \s5 \p \v 7 Now in a nearby place there were lands belonging to the chief man of the island, a man named Publius. He welcomed us and kindly provided for us for three days. Now in a nearby place there were lands belonging to the man of the island, a man Publius. He welcomed us and kindly provided for us for three . Now in √ a nearby √ place √ there were lands belonging to the chief man of the island, a man named Publius. He welcomed us and kindly provided for us for three days. ἐγένετο δὲ τὸν πατέρα τοῦ Ποπλίου πυρετοῖς καὶ δυσεντερίῳ συνεχόμενον κατακεῖσθαι πρὸς ὃν ὁ Παῦλος εἰσελθὼν καὶ προσευξάμενος ἐπιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῷ ἰάσατο αὐτόν \v 8 It happened that the father of Publius was lying afflicted with a fever and dysentery. When Paul went to him, he prayed, placed his hands on him, and healed him. It happened that the of Publius was lying with a fever and dysentery. When went to him, he , placed his on him, and him. It happened that the father √ of Publius was lying afflicted with a fever and dysentery. √ √ When √ Paul √went to him, √ he prayed, placed his hands on him, and healed him. τούτου δὲ γενομένου καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ οἱ ἐν τῇ νήσῳ ἔχοντες ἀσθενείας προσήρχοντο καὶ ἐθεραπεύοντο \v 9 After this happened, the rest of the people on the island who were sick also came and were healed. After this happened, the rest of the people on the island who were sick also came and were . After this happened, √ the rest of the people on the island who were sick also came and were healed. οἳ καὶ πολλαῖς τιμαῖς ἐτίμησαν ἡμᾶς καὶ ἀναγομένοις ἐπέθεντο τὰ πρὸς τὰς χρείας \v 10 The people also honored us with many honors. When we were preparing to sail, they gave us what we needed. The people also us with many . When we were preparing to sail, they gave us what we needed. The people also honored us with many honors. When we were preparing to sail, they gave √ √ us what we needed. Μετὰ δὲ τρεῖς μῆνας ἀνήχθημεν ἐν πλοίῳ παρακεχειμακότι ἐν τῇ νήσῳ Ἀλεξανδρινῷ παρασήμῳ Διοσκούροις \s5 \p \v 11 After three months we set sail in a ship that had spent the winter at the island, a ship of Alexandria, with "the twin gods" as its figurehead. After three we set sail in a ship that had spent the winter at the island, a ship of Alexandria, with "the twin gods" as its figurehead. After √ three months we set sail in a ship that had spent the winter at the island, a ship of Alexandria, with "the twin gods" as its figurehead. καὶ καταχθέντες εἰς Συρακούσας ἐπεμείναμεν ἡμέρας τρεῖς \v 12 After we landed at the city of Syracuse, we stayed there three days. After we landed at the city of Syracuse, we stayed there three . After we landed at the city of Syracuse, we stayed there three days. ὅθεν περιελόντες κατηντήσαμεν εἰς Ῥήγιον καὶ μετὰ μίαν ἡμέραν ἐπιγενομένου νότου δευτεραῖοι ἤλθομεν εἰς Ποτιόλους \s5 \v 13 From there we sailed and arrived at the city of Rhegium. After one day a south wind sprang up, and in two days we came to the city of Puteoli. From there we sailed and arrived at the city of Rhegium. After one day a south wind sprang up, and in two we came to the city of Puteoli. From there we sailed and arrived at the city of Rhegium. √ After one day a south wind sprang up, and in two days we came to the city of Puteoli. οὗ εὑρόντες ἀδελφοὺς παρεκλήθημεν παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς ἐπιμεῖναι ἡμέρας ἑπτά καὶ οὕτως εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἤλθαμεν \v 14 There we found some brothers and were invited to stay with them for seven days. In this way we came to Rome. There we found some and were to stay with them for seven . In this way we came to . There we found some brothers and were invited to stay with them for seven days. √ In this way we came to √ Rome. Κἀκεῖθεν οἱ ἀδελφοὶ ἀκούσαντες τὰ περὶ ἡμῶν ἦλθαν εἰς ἀπάντησιν ἡμῖν ἄχρι Ἀππίου Φόρου καὶ Τριῶν Ταβερνῶν οὓς ἰδὼν ὁ Παῦλος εὐχαριστήσας τῷ Θεῷ ἔλαβε θάρσος \v 15 From there the brothers, after they heard about us, came to meet us as far as the Market of Appius and the Three Taverns. When Paul saw the brothers, he thanked God and took courage. From there the , after they about us, came to meet us as far as the Market of Appius and the Three Taverns. When saw the brothers, he thanked and took . From there the brothers, after they heard √ about us, came to greet us as far as the Market of Appius and the Three Taverns. When √ Paul saw the brothers he thanked √ God and took courage. Ὅτε δὲ εἰσήλθομεν εἰς Ῥώμην ἐπετράπη τῷ Παύλῳ μένειν καθ᾽ ἑαυτὸν σὺν τῷ φυλάσσοντι αὐτὸν στρατιώτῃ \s5 \p \v 16 When we entered Rome, Paul was allowed to live by himself with the soldier who was guarding him. When we entered , was allowed to live by himself with the who was guarding him. When √ we entered √ Rome, √ Paul was allowed to live by himself with the soldier who was guarding him. Ἐγένετο δὲ μετὰ ἡμέρας τρεῖς συνκαλέσασθαι αὐτὸν τοὺς ὄντας τῶν Ἰουδαίων πρώτους συνελθόντων δὲ αὐτῶν ἔλεγεν πρὸς αὐτούς Ἐγώ ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί οὐδὲν ἐναντίον ποιήσας τῷ λαῷ ἢ τοῖς ἔθεσι τοῖς πατρῴοις δέσμιος ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων παρεδόθην εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τῶν Ῥωμαίων \p \v 17 Then it came about that after three days Paul called together those men who were the leaders among the Jews. When they had come together, he said to them, "Brothers, although I have done nothing wrong against the people or the customs of our fathers, I was delivered as a prisoner from Jerusalem into the hands of the Romans. Then it came about that after three Paul together those men who were the leaders among the . When they had , he said to them, "Brothers, although I have done nothing against the or the customs of our , I was as a from into the of the . Then it came about that after three days √ Paul called together those men who were the leaders among the Jews. When they had come together, he said to them, √ "Brothers, although I have done nothing wrong against the people or the customs of our fathers, I was delivered as a prisoner from Jerusalem into the hands of the Romans. οἵτινες ἀνακρίναντές με ἐβούλοντο ἀπολῦσαι διὰ τὸ μηδεμίαν αἰτίαν θανάτου ὑπάρχειν ἐν ἐμοί \v 18 After they questioned me, they wished to set me free, because there was no reason for the death penalty in my case. After they questioned me, they wished to , because there was no reason for the ı penalty in my . they After [1] they questioned me, they wished me to set [1] free, because there was √ no reason for the death penalty in my case. ἀντιλεγόντων δὲ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἠναγκάσθην ἐπικαλέσασθαι Καίσαρα οὐχ ὡς τοῦ ἔθνους μου ἔχων τι κατηγορεῖν \s5 \v 19 But when the Jews spoke against their desire, I was forced to appeal to Caesar, although it is not as if I were bringing any accusation against my nation. But when the spoke against their desire, I was forced to , although it is not as if I were bringing any against my . But when the Jews spoke against their desire, I was forced to appeal to Caesar, although it is not as if I were bringing any accusation √ against my nation. διὰ ταύτην οὖν τὴν αἰτίαν παρεκάλεσα ὑμᾶς ἰδεῖν καὶ προσλαλῆσαι ἕνεκεν γὰρ τῆς ἐλπίδος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ τὴν ἅλυσιν ταύτην περίκειμαι \v 20 For this reason, therefore, I called upon you that I might see you and speak with you, since it is because of the hope of Israel that I am now wearing this chain." For this reason, therefore, I upon you that I might see you and speak with you, since it is because of the of that I am now wearing this ." For this reason, therefore, √ I called upon you that I might see you and speak with you, since it is because of the hope √ of Israel that √ I am now wearing this chain." Οἱ δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν εἶπαν Ἡμεῖς οὔτε γράμματα περὶ σοῦ ἐδεξάμεθα ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας οὔτε παραγενόμενός τις τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἀπήγγειλεν ἢ ἐλάλησέν τι περὶ σοῦ πονηρόν \s5 \p \v 21 Then they said to him, "We neither received letters from Judea about you, nor did any of the brothers come and report or say anything bad about you. Then they said to him, "We neither from Judea about you, nor did any of the come and or say anything bad about you. Then they said to him, "We neither received letters from √ Judea about you, nor any of the brothers did [1] [2] [3] come and report or say anything bad about you. ἀξιοῦμεν δὲ παρὰ σοῦ ἀκοῦσαι ἃ φρονεῖς περὶ μὲν γὰρ τῆς αἱρέσεως ταύτης γνωστὸν ἡμῖν ἐστιν ὅτι πανταχοῦ ἀντιλέγεται \v 22 But we want to hear from you what you think about this sect, because it is known by us that it is spoken against everywhere." But we want to from you what you about this sect, because it is known by us that it is spoken against everywhere." But we want to hear from you what you think about √ √ this sect, because it is known by us that it is spoken against everywhere." Ταξάμενοι δὲ αὐτῷ ἡμέραν ἦλθον πρὸς αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν ξενίαν πλείονες οἷς ἐξετίθετο διαμαρτυρόμενος τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ πείθων τε αὐτοὺς περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἀπό τε τοῦ νόμου Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν ἀπὸ πρωῒ ἕως ἑσπέρας \s5 \p \v 23 When they had appointed a day for him, more people came to him at his dwelling place. He presented the matter to them, and testified about the kingdom of God. He tried to persuade them about Jesus, both from the law of Moses and from the prophets, from morning until evening. When they had a day for him, more people came to him at his dwelling place. He presented the matter to them, and about the . He tried to them about , both from the and from the , from until evening. When they had appointed a day for him, more people came to him at his dwelling place. He presented the matter to them, and testified about the kingdom √ of God. tried Some translations including the ASV do not have "persuade" because it is indicative, not subjunctive mood He [1] to persuade √ them about √ Jesus, both from the law of Moses and from the prophets, from morning until evening. Καὶ οἱ μὲν ἐπείθοντο τοῖς λεγομένοις οἱ δὲ ἠπίστουν \v 24 Some were convinced about the things which were said, while others did not believe. Some were about the things which were said, while others did not . √ Some √ were convinced about the things which were said, while others did not believe. ἀσύμφωνοι δὲ ὄντες πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἀπελύοντο εἰπόντος τοῦ Παύλου ῥῆμα ἓν ὅτι Καλῶς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἐλάλησεν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ὑμῶν \s5 \v 25 When they did not agree with one another, they left after Paul had spoken this one word: "The Holy Spirit spoke well through Isaiah the prophet to your fathers. When they did not agree with one another, they left after had spoken this one : "The spoke through the to your . When they did not agree √ with one another, they left √ Paul after [1] had spoken this one word: √ "The Holy √ Spirit spoke well through Isaiah the prophet to √ your fathers. λέγων Πορεύθητι πρὸς τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον καὶ εἰπόν Ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε \p \v 26 He said, 'Go to this people and say, \q "'Hearing you will hear, but you will never understand; \q seeing, you will see, but you will never know. He said, 'Go to this and say, "'Hearing you will hear, but you will never ; seeing, you will see, but you will never . He said, 'Go to √ this people and say, "'Hearing you will hear, but you never will [1] understand; √ seeing, you will see, but √ √ never you will [1] know. \q \q ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν μήποτε ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν καὶ ἐπιστρέψωσιν καὶ ἰάσομαι αὐτούς \s5 \q \v 27 For the heart of this people has become dull, \q and with their ears they hardly hear, \q and they have shut their eyes. \q Otherwise they might see with their eyes, \q and hear with their ears, \q and understand with their heart and turn again, \q and I would heal them."' For the of this has become dull, and with their ears they , and they have shut their eyes. Otherwise they might see with their eyes, and hear with their ears, and with their and again, and I would them."' For the heart √ of this people has become dull, and with their ears hardly they [1] hear, and they have shut √ their eyes. Otherwise they might see with their eyes, and hear with their ears, and understand with their heart and turn again, and I would heal them."' \q \q \q \q \q \q Γνωστὸν οὖν ἔστω ὑμῖν ὅτι τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπεστάλη τοῦτο τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ αὐτοὶ καὶ ἀκούσονται \s5 \m \p \v 28 Therefore, you should know that this salvation of God has been sent to the Gentiles, and they will listen." Therefore, you should know that this of has been to the , and they will ." Therefore, you should know that this √ salvation √ of God has been sent to the Gentiles, and they will listen." Ἐνέμεινεν δὲ διετίαν ὅλην ἐν ἰδίῳ μισθώματι καὶ ἀπεδέχετο πάντας τοὺς εἰσπορευομένους πρὸς αὐτόν \s5 \p \v 30 Paul lived for two whole years in his own rented house, and he welcomed all who came to him. Paul lived for two whole years in his own rented house, and he welcomed all who came to him. Paul lived √ whole for two [1] years in his own rented house, and he welcomed all who came to him. κηρύσσων τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ διδάσκων τὰ περὶ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ μετὰ πάσης παρρησίας ἀκωλύτως \v 31 He was proclaiming the kingdom of God and was teaching the things about the Lord Jesus Christ with all boldness without being hindered. He was the and was the things about the with all without being hindered. He was proclaiming the kingdom √ of God and was teaching the things about the Lord Jesus Christ with all boldness without being hindered.